Cematrix

CORPORATE HEALTH, SAFETY &
ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY &

PROCEDURES
MANUAL
I, _________________________________________________, hereby acknowledge that I have

(Printed Name)
received, read and reviewed the CEMATRIX Inc. Corporate Safety Management Program
Manual.
I fully understand that it is my responsibility, on behalf of myself and/or other workers, to ensure
that CEMATRIX Corporate Guidelines, as well as all appropriate Government Regulations
(provincial and federal) are enforced prior to commencing activities at all CEMATRIX
worksites.
I recognize my responsibilities to follow all safety requirements of both the Company and the
Government in whose jurisdiction I am working.
It is understood that these Guidelines are the minimum requirement and are to be exceeded
where the hazard warrants it.
Workers Signature:
__________________________________________________
Company:
__________________________________________________
Title:
__________________________________________________
Date:
__________________________________________________
Supervisors Signature:
__________________________________________________
Date:
__________________________________________________
Manual Number:
__________________________________________________
(CEMATRIX Inc. Site Representative)
Manual
PLEASE FORWARD THIS SHEET TO THE CEMATRIX INC. PROJECT MANAGER
Date: August 6th, 2013

Reviewed By: Cameron Nerland
Revision: 2013-08
Approved By: Jeff N. Kendrick
Page 2
Contents
1.0
POLICIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................. 10
1.1
Company Safety Policy .................................................................................... 11
1.2
Assignment Of Responsibilities ........................................................................ 12
1.3
Health, Safety And Environmental Policy ......................................................... 17
1.4
Waste Management ......................................................................................... 18
1.5
Site Posting Requirements ............................................................................... 19
2.0
HAZARD ASSESSMENT & CHECKLISTS ........................................................ 21
2.1
How To Conduct A Hazard Assessment .......................................................... 22
2.2
Worksite Corrective Action Form...................................................................... 28
3.0
CODE OF PRACTICE ......................................................................................... 29
3.1
Code Of Practice: Sour Areas And Respiratory Protective Equipment For H 2s

And Other Toxic Substances ........................................................................... 30
3.2
Code Of Practice: Confined Space Entry ......................................................... 41
4.0
SAFE WORK PRACTICES ................................................................................. 54
4.1
Introduction ...................................................................................................... 55
4.2
Safe Work Practices Annual Review ................................................................ 56
4.3
Asbestos Identified ........................................................................................... 58
4.4
Barricades And Guard Rails ............................................................................. 59
4.5
Confined Space Entry ...................................................................................... 60
4.5.1
Confined Space Entry Permit .................................................................... 68
4.5.2
Confined Space Entry Log ......................................................................... 70
4.5.3
Confined Space Hazard Assessment Form ............................................... 71
4.5.4
Supplementary Confined Space Entry Checklist ....................................... 72
4.6
Construction Heater Safety .............................................................................. 74
4.7
Defective Tool .................................................................................................. 75
4.8
Disease Awareness And Prevention ................................................................ 76
4.9
Explosive Actuated Fastening Tools ................................................................ 77
4.10 Exposure To Cold ............................................................................................ 79

Revision: 2013-08
Page 4
4.11 Exposure To Heat ............................................................................................ 85

4.12 Extension Cords Portable ............................................................................. 89
4.13 Fire And Use Of Fire Extinguishers .................................................................. 90
4.14 Grinders Use Of Portables ............................................................................ 92
4.15 Hand-Held Circular Saw Use ........................................................................... 94
4.16 Handling Materials In The Wind ....................................................................... 95
4.17 Storing Hoarding Panels / Other Sheet Materials............................................. 96
4.18 Holes In Decks And Floors ............................................................................... 97
4.19 Housekeeping .................................................................................................. 98
4.20 Ladders .......................................................................................................... 100
4.21 Lifting And Carrying ........................................................................................ 104
4.22 Lifting And Hoisting (Using Equipment) .......................................................... 105
4.23 Lighting Fixed Temporary............................................................................ 106
4.24 Propane Gas And Cylinders ........................................................................... 107
4.25 Rebar Protection ............................................................................................ 110
4.26 Rigging ........................................................................................................... 111
4.27 Backing Up Mobile Equipment / Trucks ......................................................... 112
4.28 Traffic Control At Work Sites .......................................................................... 113
4.29 Compressed Air ............................................................................................. 114
4.30 Forklift ............................................................................................................ 116
4.31 Office Safety................................................................................................... 118
4.32 Scaffolds ........................................................................................................ 120
4.33 Shoring Erecting And Dismantling............................................................... 124
4.34 Solvent And Flammables ............................................................................... 126
4.35 Tiger Torch Use ............................................................................................. 128
4.36 Trenches And Excavation .............................................................................. 129
4.37 Welding, Cutting And Burning ........................................................................ 131
4.37.1
Hot Work Permit ................................................................................... 132
4.38 Working Near Overhead Power Lines ............................................................ 133

4.39 Ergonomics And Manual Material Handling ................................................... 134
4.40 Machine Guarding .......................................................................................... 137
Revision: 2013-08
Page 5
4.41 Chemical Hazards, Biological Hazards And Harmful Substances .................. 138
4.42 Spill Response And Containment................................................................... 143
4.43 Waste Management, Storage And Transport ................................................. 148
4.44 Hearing Protection ......................................................................................... 150
5.0
JOB PROCEDURES ......................................................................................... 153
5.1
Job Procedures .............................................................................................. 154
5.2
General Non Standard Procedures ................................................................ 154
5.2.1
Job Procedures Annual Review ............................................................... 155
5.3
Block Wall Bracing ......................................................................................... 156
5.4
Cold Start (For Starting Equipment) ............................................................... 158
5.5
Cranes And Rigging ....................................................................................... 159
5.6
Cranes Boom Loading And Critical Lifts ......................................................... 162
5.7
Cranes Mobile Equipment Pre-Job Checklist ................................................. 164
5.8
Crane Signals................................................................................................. 169
5.9
Excavating Near Underground Utilities .......................................................... 170
5.10 Fall Protection ................................................................................................ 171

5.11 Fall Protection Plan ........................................................................................ 184
5.12 Hot Work Procedures ..................................................................................... 185
5.12.1
Hot Work Permit ................................................................................... 189
5.13 Lock-Out Procedures ..................................................................................... 190

5.13.1
Electrical Lock-Out Log Book ............................................................... 194
5.14 Guide On How To Complete A Jsa ................................................................ 195

5.14.1
Job Safety Analysis (Jsa) ..................................................................... 198
5.15 Traffic Control................................................................................................. 201

5.16 Using Dry Chemical Fire Extinguisher ............................................................ 203
5.17 Working Near Overhead Power Lines ............................................................ 204
5.18 Manual Lifting ................................................................................................. 207
6.0
RULES AND POLICIES .................................................................................... 208
6.1
General Safety Rules ..................................................................................... 209
6.2
Fit For Duty Policy .......................................................................................... 211
6.3
Violence And Harassment Prevention Policy ................................................. 212

Revision: 2013-08
Page 6
6.3.1
Violence And Harassment Report Or Complaint ..................................... 217
6.3.2
Violence And Harassment Investigation .................................................. 218
6.4
Vehicle Rules ................................................................................................. 219
6.5
Transportation Responsibilities Policy ............................................................ 222
6.6
Subcontractor Safety Management Policy ..................................................... 225
6.7
Workers Right To Know And Refuse Policy .................................................. 227
6.8
Progressive Discipline Policy ......................................................................... 229
6.8.1
6.9
Disciplinary Action Form .......................................................................... 232
Anti-Bribery Policy .......................................................................................... 233
6.10 Whmis And Msds Policy ................................................................................. 240

6.11 Alcohol And Substance Abuse Policy ............................................................ 244
6.12 Work Alone Policy .......................................................................................... 245
6.12.1
7.0
Work Alone Checklist ........................................................................... 246
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT ........................................................ 247
7.1
Policy For Personal Protective Equipment ..................................................... 248
7.2
Foot Protection ............................................................................................... 249
7.3
Head Protection ............................................................................................. 250
7.4
Hearing Protection ......................................................................................... 251
7.5
Personal Fall Arrest System ........................................................................... 253
7.6
Respiratory Protective Equipment .................................................................. 258
7.7
Eye, Skin And Hand Hazards ......................................................................... 260
8.0
8.1
9.0
MAINTENANCE PROGRAM ............................................................................ 261

Maintenance Program Policy ......................................................................... 262
TRAINING AND SAFETY MEETINGS.............................................................. 263
9.1
Safety Education And Training Policy ............................................................ 264
9.2
Policy For Tool Box Meetings......................................................................... 265
9.3
Job Box/Tailgate Safety Meeting Report ........................................................ 268
9.4
Monthly Safety Meetings And Meetings Of The Joint Health And Safety
Committee ..................................................................................................... 269
9.5
Employee Orientation And Acknowledgment Form ........................................ 270
9.6
Quiz For New Hires ........................................................................................ 271

Revision: 2013-08
Page 7
9.7
Employee Policy And Safety Manual Acknowledgement ............................... 273
9.8
Foreman Orientation And Acknowledgment Form ......................................... 274
9.9
Supervisor Competency Questionnaire .......................................................... 275
9.10 Pre-Construction Trade Contractor Safety Checklist ...................................... 277

9.11 Pre-Construction Sub-Trade Safety Checklist ................................................ 278
9.12 Safety Training Summary ............................................................................... 282
10.0 INSPECTIONS .................................................................................................. 283
10.1 Policy For Inspection ...................................................................................... 284
10.2 Site Safety Inspection Checklist ..................................................................... 285
10.3 Contractor Safe Work Permit / Checklist ........................................................ 288
11.0 INVESTIGATIONS ............................................................................................ 289
11.1 Policy For Investigations ............................................................................. 290
11.2 Accident / Incident Report .............................................................................. 301
11.3 Incident Witness Statement............................................................................ 306
11.4 Near Miss Report ........................................................................................... 307
11.5 Automobile Accident Report ........................................................................... 309
11.6 Automobile Incident Witness Statement ......................................................... 312
11.7 Damage Payment Release ............................................................................ 313
11.8 First Aid Record ............................................................................................. 314
11.9 Modified Work Policy ...................................................................................... 315
11.10 Modified Work Duties ..................................................................................... 316
11.11 Standing Requirements .................................................................................. 317
11.12 Bending Requirements ................................................................................... 318
11.13 Walking Requirements ................................................................................... 319
11.14 Sitting Requirements ...................................................................................... 320
11.15 Hand/Eye Coordination Requirements ........................................................... 321
11.16 Lifting Requirements ...................................................................................... 322
11.17 Wcb Employers Report ................................................................................. 323
11.18 Wcb Workers Report ..................................................................................... 325
12.0 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS ..................................................................... 328
12.1 Emergency Preparedness Policy ................................................................... 329
Revision: 2013-08
Page 8
12.2 Emergency Contact List (To Be Posted At Site By Telephone) ..................... 330
12.3 Emergency Management Program ................................................................ 331
12.4 Office Emergency Response Plan ................................................................. 338
12.5 Situation Specific Emergency Response Procedures .................................... 340
12.6 Emergency Response Planning Checklist ..................................................... 347
12.7 First Aid Regulations ...................................................................................... 349
13.0 RECORDS AND STATISTICS .......................................................................... 351
13.1 Inspection Of Vehicles And Machinery ........................................................... 352
14.0 LEGISLATION .................................................................................................. 355
14.1 Legislation ...................................................................................................... 356
15.0 APPENDIX ........................................................................................................ 357
15.1 Fit For Duty (Usa) Policy ................................................................................ 359
15.2 Fit For Duty (Wood Buffalo) Policy ................................................................. 362
15.3 Usa Training Matrix ........................................................................................ 372
15.4 Usa Subsection .............................................................................................. 373
15.5 Manitoba Subsection ...................................................................................... 374
15.6 Saskatchewan Subsection ............................................................................. 375
15.7 Ontario Subsection......................................................................................... 376
15.8 B.C. Subsection ............................................................................................. 377
15.9 Additional Changes For Next Publishing ........................................................ 378
15.10 Frequently Used Forms .................................................................................. 379

Revision: 2013-08
Page 9
1.0 POLICIES AND

RESPONSIBILITIES

Revision: 2013-08
Page 10
1.2 ASSIGNMENT OF RESPONSIBILITIES

SAFETY RESPONSIBILITIES
To achieve the goals outlined in the Safety Management Program, we need to enlist the help and
support of everyone who affects safety in our work. The most effective way to do this is to
identify the responsibilities for every assigned position or action that contributes to safety, and
then set up an accountability structure.
Safety responsibilities will be distributed to each worker to ensure they are aware of their
specific role. These responsibilities will be reviewed with the worker at orientation before he/she
commences work for CEMATRIX.
MANAGEMENT/SUPERVISORY RESPONSIBILITIES
To develop and maintain an effective safety program, ensuring that company policies and
procedures are reviewed annually for essential revisions and compliance with
government legislation and regulations.
To provide all employees with information and instruction regarding the safety policies,
procedures and legislation as outlined in the safety management program Safety Manual,
as well as any applicable client rules/regulations, in order to protect the health and safety
of all workers, equipment and the environment.
To provide all workers with proper, well maintained personal protective and safety
equipment, as well as tools and equipment, to ensure their jobs are completed safely and
efficiently.
To ensure that all workers receive an orientation based on CEMATRIXs Corporate
Safety Management Program.
To ensure that all workers are properly trained and certified to perform required tasks,
and to provide ongoing safety education programs and approved safety training courses
as required.
To perform and document on-the-job training to ensure practices are kept efficient,
accurate and up-to-date.
To evaluate and ensure the competency and compliance of all employees, subcontractors,
suppliers and visitors.
To inform workers of their right to refuse unsafe work.
To carry out disciplinary actions toward those who violate policies, procedures or rules
relating to the Safety Management Program.
To prepare, arrange, and supervise jobs to ensure all work is carried out in a safe manner.
To identify actual or potential hazards, to communicate these hazards to workers, and to
advise them how to isolate, prevent and/or remove such hazards before work begins.
To conduct and document regular safety meetings, tours and scheduled inspections.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 12
To ensure that all Safety Manual forms, OH&S legislation, Emergency Response Plans,
and emergency contact numbers are available at work sites.
To ensure the reporting and investigation of all types of events (including hazards and
near misses, incidents, accidents and equipment damage) in order to determine basic
causes and initiate corrective measures and eliminate reoccurrences of similar events in
the future.
To arrange for medical response or treatment in the case of injury or illness, including
transportation to a doctor or hospital where necessary.
To encourage workers to provide input into safety development and maintenance, and to
promptly respond to the recommendations, suggestions or complaints evolving from the
continuous application of the Safety Management Program.
WORKER RESPONSIBILITIES
To cooperate with their employer when it comes to workplace health and safety.
To read, understand and comply with CEMATRIXs safety and environment policies,
safe work practices, procedures and rules, as well as legislation and industry standards, as
described in the CEMATRIX Safety Manual.
To participate in all training or education offered by CEMATRIX, either on or off the
worksite.
To actively participate in safety program development and maintenance.
To wear the required safety equipment, personal protective devices and clothing required
by the company, their employer and regulatory agencies and to maintain and regularly
inspect this equipment as required and recommended by the manufacturer.
To check tools and equipment, including personal protective and safety equipment, for
hazards prior to use.
To know the location, type and operation of emergency equipment.
To report all hazardous acts and conditions, incidents, accidents, injuries, illnesses and
near misses to their supervisor(s) or management member as soon as possible.
To correct any unsafe conditions that is identified in the workplace.
To take every reasonable precaution to protect themselves and the safety of others.
To refuse to perform work when unsafe conditions exist (as defined in provincial
occupational health and safety legislation), and to refuse to perform work they are not
competent to perform.
PRIME CONTRACTOR/OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES

Definitions
Prime Contractor - the contractor, employer, or other person who reaches an agreement
(where allowed by law) with the owner or legal representative of the owner, to be the

Revision: 2013-08
Page 13
prime contractor. If no agreement has been made or is in force, the owner is deemed to
be the prime contractor.
Contractor - A company, individual or person directly in contract with the Prime
Contractor, or those persons in the employ of a contractor directly under contract with the
Prime Contractor. Titles for this position could include Contractor, Sub-Contractor,
Consultant and Site Supervisor.
Every worksite in Alberta must have a prime contractor if there are two or more employers
involved in work at the worksite at the same time. The prime contractor must ensure the health
and safety of all workers, and that the occupational health and safety act and regulations are
complied with, in respect to the worksite. Where two or more employers are involved with work
at a worksite, the prime contractor is required to designate a representative principle contractor.
While performing work activities at locations owned and/or wholly managed by CEMATRIX
(i.e. Calgary office and shop), CEMATRIX is responsible for fulfilling the role of Prime
Contractor at their own worksites. However, because of the nature and duration of the work that
CEMATRIX performs for its clients, CEMATRIX would generally not take on the role of prime
contractor on a client's worksite. CEMATRIX would normally be classified as a contractor,
directly in contact and working for the prime contractor (client) through their on-site company
representative.
In some cases, the client will have a safety program that may take precedence over
CEMATRIX's safety program. In such an instance, CEMATRIX personnel should make
themselves familiar with the client's safety requirements and follow them as much as possible,
provided they meet or exceed the policies and procedures contained within the CEMATRIX
safety program Manual. Often, the client's safety program can actually enhance the CEMATRIX
safety program. If, however, the client representative asks CEMATRIX personnel to adhere to
policies or perform work tasks that are inherently unsafe, speak with your supervisor
immediately for clarification. CEMATRIX personnel always have the right to refuse unsafe
work.
CEMATRIX personnel are to be aware that the prime contractor also has the following specific
responsibilities in regards to site safety, which includes:
Insisting on safe performance in the completion of required location work tasks by all
CEMATRIX personnel (including CEMATRIX subcontractors).
Ensuring all CEMATRIX personnel are competent to perform requested work tasks.
Ensuring that CEMATRIX personnel comply with contractual and regulatory
requirements.
Ensuring that CEMATRIX personnel are aware of the Prime Contractors expectations.
Providing sufficient time to allow CEMATRIX personnel to perform the required work
tasks safely.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 14
CEMATRIX SUBCONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES

All subcontractors hired by CEMATRIX, regardless of whether they are used as a full time
employee equivalent, hired for similar tasks on a regular basis, or hired on a one-time project
basis, will fulfill the following safety responsibilities:
To possess, supply proof of, and maintain current liability and workers' compensation
insurance and registration.
To have and maintain effective safety programs, and to stay abreast of new technology,
safety legislation, safety systems, industry standards and improved processes.
To ensure their programs and operations comply with or surpass CEMATRIX's or the
operating company's safety expectations, policies and procedures, as well as contractual
and legislative/regulatory requirements.
To participate in CEMATRIX safety orientations, inspections, incident investigations or
meetings.
To insist on safe performance throughout their operations by providing the time and
resources required to enable workers to do their work properly, and by ensuring
personnel are competent to perform their assigned tasks, are educated to work in a safe
manner, and possess valid training as per client or work requirements;
To hold their employees accountable for jobsite safety, failure to observe and follow
instructions or failure to anticipate/analyze hazardous conditions.
To ensure that their workers are provided with and use all protective devices and
procedures required by CEMATRIX and regulatory legislation to protect their health and
safety.
To ensure that subcontractor supplied vehicles, equipment, tools, and materials used at
the worksite are safe, suitable and approved; that they are inspected and maintained
regularly; and that they are used only by competent and qualified personnel.
To assess a worksite and identify existing or potential hazards before work begins at that
worksite, to take all necessary precautions to keep the worksite free of hazards, and to
communicate hazards to all individuals performing work at the worksite.
To comply with all regulatory record keeping and reporting requirements and to make
these records available to CEMATRIX or the operating company's representative upon
request.
The CEMATRIX senior site representative will monitor the subcontractor's conduct regarding
safety. If worksite conditions or behaviors are deemed to be unsafe, or hazards are identified or
suspected at the worksite, the CEMATRIX representative may suspend work and request that the
subcontractor implement remedial actions to correct the condition(s) before work may resume.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 15
VISITOR RESPONSIBILITIES
To sign in to the visitor logbook upon arrival at the worksite.

To report to the senior CEMATRIX site representative and receive a site orientation.
To follow the instructions of the site supervisor or personal escort.
To wear personal protective equipment when required.
To never walk about a worksite unescorted.
To be aware of emergency response requirements for the site.
Children are not allowed at work sites or other hazardous areas.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 16
1.4 WASTE MANAGEMENT

The purpose of this procedure is to establish the requirements for the disposal/recycle of
construction waste associated with CEMATRIX Cellular Concrete Solutions.
NON HAZARDOUS
The disposal of non-hazardous construction waste for the project shall be in the large dumpsters
located on site to be provided by the prime contractor/client. Waste should be placed in each
container as marked.
HAZARDOUS
Any hazardous waste generated on the project shall be disposed of in accordance with the prime
contractor/clients project policies.
RECYCLABLE
Recyclable material shall be placed in appropriately marked containers. No food stuffs
packaging is to be placed in the bins marked for Recycle - Paper Only. Food stuffs packaging
shall be placed in containers so designated for or as site-specific requirements. These shall be
removed from site and transported to applicable recycling depots or as per site-specific
requirements.
Galvanized material is to be placed in bins stipulated for galvanized material. Steel material is to
be placed in bins stipulated for steel material. Alloys (copper, brass, stainless steel, etc.) shall be
recycled in the same manner.
Wool/plastic/oils shall be recycled or disposed of as per applicable local or environmental
legislation, or as per site-specific requirements.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 18
1.5 SITE POSTING REQUIREMENTS

DONE
Presidents Message
Safety and Loss Prevention Policy
Equipment Maintenance Policy
The Right to Refuse Unsafe Work
Environmental Management Philosophy & Policy
Personal Protection Policy
Other Important Policy Statements (ex. Harassment)
W.H.M.I.S. Hazard Symbols (or applicable poster). Ensure WHMIS training is current
and MSDS are readily available to workers for all controlled products; MSDS must be
current within the last three years.
Hazard Assessment (post results of assessment, related key safe work procedures &
implemented action plan). Make sure the assessment is current, items prioritized,
responsibility assigned and records kept of people involved and completed actions.
Tool Box Meeting Minutes
Safety Committee / Joint Health & Safety Minutes (if applicable)
Safety Inspection Reports (with action plan if applicable)
Emergency Response Plan, ex. rescue: coordination with outside agencies,
communication and transport planning, etc. (specific to site)
Emergency Protocols, ex. evacuation, fire, accident, etc. (specific to site)
Emergency Names (include First Aiders), numbers and call signs / codes
Permits (ex. building permit, hot/cold permit, etc.)
New or Critical Safe Work Procedures
Company Site Rules
Albertas W.C.B. Form In All Cases Of Injury
Camp Rules (if applicable)
Fire Extinguishers - of right type and quantity; current certification
** Ensure minutes of meetings, action plans, etc. are being reviewed by the appropriate
management and are being signed off.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 19
DONE
Files & Records: Employee, W.C.B., Accident Investigation (ensure forms are
complete, including identification of causes, recommended corrective action, etc.),
Tool Box Minutes files, Inspection records, Hazard Assessments, Equipment Inventory
and Maintenance records, Disciplinary records, First Aiders list and Safety Training
records (include record of orientation) are present and up to date.
Copy of O.H. & S. Regulations, Safety Manual, M.S.D.S.
Safety Work Procedures for critical or high risk/high injury job tasks
Injury Statistics, yearly reports, claims management files, copies of previous
evaluations and audits (in main office)
Company Policy/Rules
WHMIS
Personal Protective Equipment, training and maintenance
Site Specific Hazards and methods to reduce risks
Site Specific M.S.D.S.
Emergency Response Plans
Any recent Accident or Incident and ways to avoid recurrence - seek employee input on
improvements to safe work practices; record and post accepted suggestions
Responsibilities (employer, employee)
Housekeeping
High Risk/High Injury Job Procedures - seek employee input and ensure understanding
As applicable to your site, review Lockout (electrical, mechanical, hydraulic,
compressed gases), Confined Space, Fall Protection, Rigging, Excavation, etc.
Company Disciplinary Policy
Accident Reporting
Fire Prevention Practices
Fire Fighting Training (ex. Extinguishers, practices, etc.)
Hazardous Waste Disposal
Alcohol and Drug Policy

Revision: 2013-08
Page 20
2.0 HAZARD ASSESSMENT &

CHECKLISTS

Revision: 2013-08
Page 21
2.1 HOW TO CONDUCT A HAZARD ASSESSMENT

Every work place consists of four major components:
1.
2.
3.
4.
The people (clients, workers, subcontractors, suppliers, visitors, etc.).

The environment the work is in.
The materials they work with.
The equipment and tools they use.
Hazard Assessment does not just evaluate things and situations that are wrong now but also
looks at what could go wrong in the future.
WHEN CONDUCTING A HAZARD ASSESSMENT, CONTINUALLY ASK THE
QUESTION WHAT IF?
Before proceeding with an assessment, the Hazard Assessment Team should review the Hazard
Assessment Checklist to delete questions that do not apply and add questions relating to the
special nature of the operation. Be sure to take advantage of knowledgeable people on the work
site (managers, workers, etc.) when revising this form.
STEPS IN CONDUCTING A HAZARD ASSESSMENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Assemble the people that will be involved.

Discuss possible hazards with employees and contractors.
Tour the entire operation.
Look for possible hazards originating from the environment, materials, equipment, and
people.
Keep asking what if?
Mark on the form all items that need attention.
Review the findings with supervisors & workers and solicit their input for control
measures.
Rank the items on a worst first basis. The ranking estimates the severity of the problem if
the potential accident were to occur.
Imminent Danger
Causing death, widespread occupational illness, loss of facilities
Serious
Severe injury, serious illness, property and equipment damages
Minor
OK
N/A
Non-serious injury, illness, or damages

Minor Injury, requiring first aid or less
Not applicable

Revision: 2013-08
Page 22
9. Take corrective actions and make recommendations for the control of hazards (i.e. safe
work practices and safe job procedures, administrative and engineering controls, personal
protective equipment, etc.
10. Ensure that workers affected by the hazards identified in a hazard assessment report are
informed of the hazards and the methods used to control or eliminate the hazards
11. Monitor and follow up to ensure corrective actions are taken.
If emergency action is required to control or eliminate a hazard that is dangerous to the
safety or health of workers.
a) Only those workers competent in correcting the condition, and the minimum number
necessary to correct the condition, may be exposed to the hazard and
b) Every reasonable effort must be made to control the hazard while the condition is being
corrected.
HAZARD CONTROL
A Hazard Control Safety Program will use three general approaches to minimize hazards on the
work site.
1. Administrative Controls: policy, procedures, training, work scheduling, safety-conscious
material and tool procurement.
2. Engineering Controls: adequate ventilation, protective guardrails or barriers, etc.
3. Personal Protective Equipment: hard hats, gloves, etc. (See section entitled Safe Work
Practice for a discussion of Personal Protective Equipment policies).
Some operations may have specialized hazards that are beyond the experience of local
management (e.g. specialty chemicals, radioactive materials, confined space, etc.). Management
at all levels should be encouraged to recognize their limitations in such situations and are
expected to seek outside expertise to assist with Hazard Assessment and Control.
THE STOP & THINK MENTALITY
Identify:
Do I clearly understand my task?

Am I physically and mentally prepared to do the task?
What could go wrong?
Is there a risk to others or myself?
What can change that could create a new risk?
Could other crews, workers or conditions pose risks to me?
Do I have the right tools and equipment to do this task?

Revision: 2013-08
Page 23
Assess:
How bad could this be?

How likely is this to happen?
Control:
Who should I contact for help?

Are safe work agreements and written procedures required?
What must I do to control the risk?
Will the control affect another part of the task being done?
Do I need to tell anyone else?
Are emergency response plans required?

Revision: 2013-08
Page 24
HAZARD ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST

(Done in conjunction with Safety Supervisor)
Date: ________________________________
Page 1 of 3
Job #: ________________________________
Location of Assessment: _________________________________________________________

Assessment Team Names and Positions: ____________________________________________
(Instructions: Indicate hazards that are not applicable with N/A; Add in other hazards; Explain N/A hazards)
Okay
Action
Reqd
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
Safe Work Practices/Procedures

In Place
______
Available
______
______
______
Copies of OH&S Act and Regs Available

At Office
______
At Field Locations
______
Inspections
Policy in Place
Being Done Regularly
Records Available
Corrective Action
Being Completed
SAFETY PROGRAM
Company Safety Policy
Current
Dated
Signed
Posted
Company Safety Manual
Current
Available
Investigation
Policy in Place
Being Done Regularly
Recommendations Being
Implemented
Emergency Services Ability
Are Emergency Numbers
Posted?
Does Every Employee Know
How to Get Help?
Okay
Action
Reqd
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
Training
Worker Training
New Hire Orientation
Tool Box Meetings
Job Specific Training
Training Records
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
Management Safety Training
______
______
______
______
Supervisor Safety Training
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
Mobile Equipment
Maint Procedures
Maint Log Books
Operator Training
Traffic Patterns
Roll Over Protection
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
Vehicles
Proper Maintenance
Drivers/Operators Qualified
Passengers Only in Passenger
Seats
Vehicles Loads Secured
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
Administration
Assigned Responsibilities
Records Maintained
Stats Maintained
Policy for Jobsite Visitors
EQUIPMENT
Fire Prevention
Smoking Rules
Scheduled Fire Inspection
Revision: 2013-08
Page 25

Okay
Action
Reqd
______
______
______
______
______
______
Fire Alarm System

Installed
Inspected Regularly
Fire Drills Held
______
______
______
______
______
______
Fire Department Assistance

Does Every Employee Know
How to Get Help?
______
______
Fire Extinguishers
On Vehicles
In Buildings
All Pers. Trained In Use
Page 2 of 3
Power Tools
Double Insulated/Ground
All Guards In Place
Maintenance Program
Qualified Repairman Avail.
Tag Out System In Place
Ladders
In Good Condition
Inspection Program in Place
Tag Out System In Place
Workers Trained in Use
Okay
Action
Reqd
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
Potential Hazards
Heat
Cold
Falling Object
Toxic Gases, Vapor
Working at Heights
Confined Space Entry
High Noise
Policy/Rules In Place
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
Yards/Grounds
Drainage
Stacking of Materials
Blocking Driver Visibility
Too High Danger of
Toppling Over
Road Signs/Speed Limits
Lighting
Visibility Fog, Mist, Dust
Parking, Fencing
Toxic Gases, Vapor
Working at Heights
Basic PPE in Use

Hard Hats
Safety Glasses
Safety Boots
Hearing Protection
Reflective Vests
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
Buildings
Lighting
Emergency Lighting
Ventilation
Heating
Access/Egress
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
Specialized PPE Available

Respirator
Fall Arresting Equipment
______
______
______
______
______
______
Trailers
Stairs
Catwalks
Smoke Detectors
Fire Extinguishers
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
Transformers
Protected from Traffic
Checked for PCBs
______
______
______
______
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
Hand Tools
Regularly Insp & Maint.
Right Tool for the Job
Always Available

Revision: 2013-08
Page 26

Okay
Action
Reqd
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
Transportation of Dangerous Goods

Shipper Trained
______
Driver Training
______
Emergency Response
______
______
______
______
Facilities
Lunchrooms
Washrooms
Change Rooms
Temporary Installations
Meet Codes
Properly Grounded
Extension Cords
Three Conductors
Strung Out of the Way
Page 3 of 3
Okay
Action
Reqd
______
______
______
______
______
______
Explosion Proof Fixtures

Are They Required
Are They Maintained
Do They Meet Code Reds
______
______
______
______
______
______
Chemicals
WHMIS
MSDS
Supplier Labels
Workplace Labels
Worker Training
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
______
Underground Installations
Located and Marked
Excavation Permit System
Operating
Superintendent/Foreman Signature: _________________________
Date: _________________
Safety Supervisor Signature: ______________________________ Date: _________________

Revision: 2013-08
Page 27
2.2 WORKSITE CORRECTIVE ACTION FORM

Location: __________________________________
Date: __________
Time: __________
Conducted By: _________________________________________________________________

Priority
Number
*See
Below
*** Hazard Priority List

Completed
By
Action Required
1. Immediate Response
2. Moderate
Revision: 2013-08
Date
Completed
3. Minor
Page 28
3.0 CODE OF PRACTICE

Revision: 2013-08
Page 29
3.1 CODE OF PRACTICE: SOUR AREAS AND RESPIRATORY

PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT FOR H2S AND OTHER TOXIC
SUBSTANCES
INTRODUCTION
Hydrogen sulphide (H2S) gas or other noxious airborne substances or materials can be a deadly
hazard to workers. H2S is a colorless, flammable gas having an offensive odor and a sweetish
taste. It is highly toxic and heavier than air (density 1.19). While having a characteristic and
easily recognizable odor of rotten eggs, this gas quickly weakens the sense of smell making this
an unreliable method of detecting hazardous concentrations.
As such, it is crucial that all CEMATRIX employees are adequately trained and equipped and
use appropriate respiratory protective equipment to ensure their safety. Refer to provincial
OH&S Code Part 18 (228-255) for the current (2012) legislative requirements.
Hazards associated with H2S include:
Death due to inhalation.
Injuries or death due to secondary hazards, if rendered unconscious from H2S gas.
Injuries or death due to the non-use of respiratory protective equipment.
Injuries or death due to the flammability of H2S gas.
CEMATRIX Code of Practice
No CEMATRIX employee will work in an area where the exposure to H2S gas or other noxious
airborne substances or materials can occur without:
1. Being properly supervised by a senior CEMATRIX employee experienced in working on
projects where exposure to H2S gas or other noxious airborne substances or materials
existed;
2. Being medically fit to work in an H2S gas or other noxious airborne substances or
materials environment;
3. Having the proper training including a current certificate;
4. Having properly evaluated and documented the hazards;
5. Having put the appropriate controls in place, which includes the proper PPE;
6. Having the proper pre-fitted respiratory protective equipment, appropriate for the
potential exposure on hand;
7. Having the appropriate testing and monitoring equipment in place;
8. Ensuring proper ventilation, where practical;
9. Having an emergency response plan in place.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 30
The Use of Respiratory Protective Equipment by CEMATRIX Inc. employees is mandatory

where the risk of release of H2S gas or other noxious airborne substances or materials is
identified. A risk of release is always present at live sites. Since situations where the potential
exposure to H2S will only occur on projects where CEMATRIX is a subcontractor to a Prime or
General Contractor, CEMATRIX will comply with the prime or general contractors safety
program and emergency response plan.
At CEMATRIX one Person(s) Responsible for Selection, Inspection and Supervision of
Respiratory Protective Equipment and theis person is
Print Name & Sign: __________________________, Cameron Nerland
Date:____________________________
OTHER SPECIAL RULES/CONSIDERATIONS
A Safe Work Permit is required

Is the worksite properly identified by signage, as per government legislation, as well as
wind socks or ribbons to determine wind direction;
Has a Task-specific job hazard assessment conducted
Has a Task-specific Toolbox Safety meeting held workers signed-off
Are the Manufacturers specifications for respiratory equipment on site
Are the MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheets) on site
Have you determined the degree of danger Occupational Exposure Limit (OEL)
identified
Is the a IDLH (Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health) warning in place
Have the air quality monitors been recently inspected/tested
Are H2S Alive training tickets available on site
An Emergency Response and Rescue Plan required
Has a Man Down drill been held between the Safety Supervisor and workers, to
explain roles and responsibilities, and to clarify the location of safety and rescue
equipment, should such an event occur.
SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITIES
9. Ensuring the safety of all employees to be involved in the project;
10. Ensure compliance with all provincial and federal legislation.
11. Ensuring the employees are properly trained and fit to work in the environment and with
the special equipment;
12. Ensuring the proper equipment is selected for the project. The equipment selected is:
Dependent on the hazards involved
Determination of Immediate Danger to Life and Health
Revision: 2013-08
Page 31
Workers with respiratory tract infections, cold sores, open or infected facial skin
conditions, acute Hepatitis B or carriers, or any infectious diseases must be provided
with their own respiratory protective equipment.
13. Perform hazard analysis/conduct a Job Hazard Assessment.
14. Inspect work site.
15. Prepare an Emergency Response and Rescue Plan.
16. Hold a Toolbox Safety Meeting to inform workers about the tasks and hazards.
17. Have the workers sign off, indicating that they understand the procedures to be followed.
WORKER RESPONSIBILITIES
1. Review the CEMATRIX Inc. Code of Practice for Respiratory Protective Equipment
2. Have valid H2S Alive training
3. Be fully trained on use and care of the respiratory equipment to be used
4. Be conversant with safe work procedures and/or site-specific procedures
5. Participate in the Job Hazard Assessment
6. Participate in the task specific Toolbox Safety meeting
7. Inspect respiratory equipment before each use
8. Inspect respiratory equipment after each use
9. Use the buddy system
10. Be sure work masks are cleaned and disinfected after each use
11. Ensure equipment is stored properly
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
H2S Alive
Standard First Aid
On-The-Job Training
EQUIPMENT AND PPE REQUIREMENTS

Equipment Required
SCBA
SABA
H2S Monitor

PPE Required
Protective Footwear
Head Protection as Required
Eye protection as Required
Ear Protection as Required
Fire Retardant/Chemical Resistant
Clothing
Specialized Gloves
Revision: 2013-08
Page 32
OTHER SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT
Mechanical filter respirators, disposal filter masks, chemical cartridge respirators, or

canister respirators as per each situation
SELECTION OF RESPIRATORY EQUIPMENT

1. Only CSA or NIOSH approved respiratory protective equipment must be used.
2. Refer to CSA Standard Z94.4-02 Selection Use and Care of Respirators for detailed
information.
3. Where SCBA or SABA is required, only pressure demand or positive pressure apparatus
with a full face mask are to be used.
4. All breathing air supply lines and apparatus are to be as per manufacturers
specifications.
RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT FIT TEST
1. Workers are required to perform negative fit test each time masks put on.
2. Steps include:
Seal end of mask air hose and filter or chemical cartridge.
Inhale gently, causing cask to collapse slightly.
Hold breath for a few seconds.
Fit is adequate if mask remains collapsed with no inward leakage.
Fit tests are not required for disposable filter masks.
POST-USE CLEANING, MAINTENANCE AND DISINFECTING OF RESPIRATORY
PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
1. Check for any deficiencies and correct prior to storage, including:
Face Mask Cracks, dirt, distortion, flexibility of rubber pieces, holes, lenses
(cracks, scratches, incorrectly mounted), nose cup, tears.
Breathing Tube Clamps (broken, missing), threads (cracked, damaged,
deteriorated).
Head Straps / Harness Breaks, buckles (damaged, missing), elasticity, straps (fully
extended, worn ridges), tears.
Exhalation Valve Proper installation of valve body, valve material and edges
(cracks, distortions, tears), under valve seat (dirt, hair).
Regulators, Gauges, Hose Connections, and Warning Bells.
Air-Purifying Element Correct canister/cartridge/filter, damaged case, loose
connections, shelf-life exceeded, worn or crossed threads.
Apparatus Harness Damaged or worn canister/cylinder holders, broken harness
straps or fastening devices, straps fully extended.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 33
Carrying Case Clean, good condition, sealed properly.

2. To avoid spreading of disease, workers requiring their own respiratory protective
equipment due to special circumstances are responsible for disinfecting and cleaning their
equipment according the requirements listed above and to their special needs.
3. Repairs to be made by the manufacturer or manufacturers designate only.
CLEANING PROCEDURES
Disassemble face mask and clean as per manufacturers specifications.
STORAGE OF RESPIRATORY EQUIPMENT
1. Protect from chemicals, dust, extreme cold, heat, moisture, odors, and sunlight.
2. Store in designated storage containers.
3. Inspect at regular intervals.
HYDROSTATIC TESTING
1. All breathing air cylinders past their hydrostatic test date are to be removed from service
and sent for hydrostatic testing.
2. Test fiberglass and goop wrapped cylinders every three (3) years from the last hydrostatic
test date.
3. Test steel or seamless aluminum cylinders every five (5) years from the last hydrostatic
test date.
4. Immediately remove from service any cylinders with dents or serious rust; bleed the
pressure off, and send the cylinders for hydrostatic testing.
ASSESSING THE WORKER
The use of a respirator may place a physiological or psychological burden on a person. Health
surveillance is important to ensure that a person is able to use a respirator without serious
difficulty. The extent of the health surveillance needed is based on the type of respirator
protection to be worn, work activities the worker will carry out, the length of time the respirator
will be worn and the health of the worker.
MEDICAL ASSESSMENTS OF WORKERS FOR RESPIRATOR USE SHOULD BE
PREFORMED
1. During pre-placement examinations for jobs where a respirator will or may be used;
2. When a worker who is expected to use a respirator returns to work following major
surgery or prolonged illness; and
3. In conjunction with regular periodic medical surveillance or health examinations.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 34
THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION SHOULD BE OBTAINED, EITHER BY

INTERVIEW OR THROUGH USE OF SELF-ADMINISTERED QUESTIONNAIRE
a) Respirator and work information
The type of respirator to be used.

The airborne hazards to which the worker will be exposed.
The extent of use e.g. hours/day, times/shift, emergency only, etc.
A description of the types of physical activities that will be performed while wearing
the respirator e.g. hands only, hands and arms, whole body, very heavy lifting,
climbing, etc.
Whether the worker has special responsibilities for the safety of others e.g. rescue
worker, firefighter, security officer, etc.
What other protective equipment will be worn or carried while the respirator is being
used.
For those workers who normally wear glasses, corrective lenses can be incorporated
directly into the face piece of some types of respirator.
Are there significant adverse environmental conditions in addition to the principal
hazards e.g. excessive heat or cold, confined spaces, height, etc.
Whether the worker has ever had problems with wearing or fitting a respirator.
b) Medical history
Cardiovascular disorders
Respiratory disorders
Skin disorders
Neurological disorders
Anxiety attacks
Claustrophobia
Joint disorders
c) Functional inquiry
Limitations or restrictions of movement or use of limbs, back, or neck.

Problems with breathing such as breathlessness, chronic cough.
Skin inflammation or infection, especially furunculous, acne, contact dermatitis, and
Sycosis barbae or Barbers Itch.
Episodes of sudden loss of consciousness.
Visual deficiencies and use of contact lenses.
Episodes of chest pain or irregular pulse.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 35
Drug, alcohol, and medication use.
d) Examination
The examination should be directed towards the system and disorders covered in the
functional inquiry and medical history, plus the background information about the
intended use of the respirator. Where special tests are indicated, they should be used.
For example, pulmonary function tests, audiometric tests, tests for visual acuity, etc.
may be useful in particular cases.
Special attention should be given to the skin and hair of the head and face, facial
contour and vision.
e) Limiting conditions
In general, workers who have previously used a respirator successfully, despite

having one of the following conditions, will likely be able to continue using the same
type of respirator unless the disorder worsens.
The following conditions should normally be considered as incompatible with the
use of respirators, particularly in very hazardous or severely stressful conditions:
1. Any uncontrolled condition resulting in sudden loss of consciousness or the
inability to function. The same criteria as those limiting heavy vehicle operations
may be used.
2. Claustrophobia this may be assessed by use of a field test or trial of use.
3. Uncontrolled anxiety attacks, manic-depressive illness, or similar affective
psychological disorders.
4. Significant restrictive or obstructive lung disease.
5. Symptomatic coronary vascular disease or recent myocardial infarction.
6. Significant arrhythmia including paroxysmal tachycardia.
7. Uncontrolled hypertension.
8. For full face piece respirators, active conjunctivitis or blepharitis.
9. Use of medications that lower the normal level of awareness, produce delusions
or hallucinations, or decrease the workers performance reliability.
10. Use of medications that may require emergency removal of the respirator e.g.
aerosolized bronchodilators, sub-lingual medications, etc.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 36
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION HAZARD ASSESSMENT & SELECTION

Prime Contractor: _______________________________________________________________
Worksite: _____________________________________________________________________
Number of Workers Requiring Respiratory Protection Equipment: ________________________
Equipment Supplied By: _________________________________________________________
General Description of Job Task: __________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Job Hazard Classification(s): ______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Level of Physical Exertion Required to Perform Job: ___________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Respiratory Hazard(s) Present: ____________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Is monitoring data available? _____Yes _____No

If yes, attach to this form.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 37
CONTAMINANT CONCENTRATIONS PRESENT IN THE WORKPLACE

Contaminant(s): _______________________________________ Concentration:
______
______
______
Does data indicate levels that exceed applicable limits? ______Yes ______No
Do data indicate IDLH concentrations? ______Yes ______No
Note: Wherever hazardous exposure(s) cannot be identified or reasonably quantified, the
atmosphere must be considered IDLH.
Does data indicate oxygen deficiency (less than 19.5%)? ______Yes ______No
Is the respirator for routine use or emergency use? _____________________________________
Additional factors (i.e. temperature and humidity levels, etc.): ____________________________
Are engineering/administrative controls feasible? ______Yes ______No
If no, describe reasons:
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Type of respirator selected: ______ Air Purifying ______ Atmosphere Supplying
Style of respirator selected: ______ SABA ______ SCBA
Make:
Make:
Make:
Make:
Make:
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
Model#______________________
Model#______________________
Model#______________________
Model#______________________
Model#______________________
Type of canister or cartridge to be used: _____________________________________________

Cartridge/canister change schedule if applicable: ______________________________________
Communication requirements: _____________________________________________________
Revision: 2013-08
Page 38
USE OF RESPIRATORY PROTECTION SAFETY / TOOLBOX MEETING

Date:
Project #:
Description of Project:
Supervisors:
Job Location:
Equipment to be Used:
Working Conditions:
Unsafe Conditions
Safety Suggestions/Precautions:
Discussion:
Employee Attendance:
Name: (Printed)

Signature:
Revision: 2013-08
Page 39
EMERGENCY CONTACT LIST & EMERGENCY RESPONSE

Company Name: CEMATRIX Inc.
Location/Address: 5440 53rd Street SE Calgary Alberta T2C OB6
Name
Jeff Kendrick
Steve Bent
Cameron Nerland
Dave Simning
Fire:
Position
President
General Manager
Safety Officer
Project Manager
Cell
403-620-3943
403-703-8271
403-241-6153
Phone: 403-219-0484
Home
403-873-0735
403-532-0919
403-890-1767
403-803-4616
Police/RCMP:
Hospital/Medical Aid:
Direction to Medical Aid:
Emergency Evacuation Signal:
Muster Point Location:

Revision: 2013-08
Page 40
3.2 CODE OF PRACTICE: CONFINED SPACE ENTRY

INTRODUCTION
Every year people die in confined spaces. In many of these cases, the result is multiple fatalities.
For confined space entry work, all employees need to:
1. Spot the hazard: Identify confined spaces where workers may have to enter to work.
2. Assess the risk: Train workers to identify and assess hazards before they are exposed to
them.
3. Find a safer way: Reduce, control, or eliminate hazards and find safer working methods.
You can work safely in a confined space if you make proper hazard/risk assessments and
implement safe work procedures.
Part 5 of Albertas Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) Code requires an employer to have
a written Code of Practice for the procedures to be followed when a worker enters a confined
space.
CEMATRIX CODE OF PRACTICE
1.0 No CEMATRIX employee will enter a confined space without:Having the proper training
including a current certificate;
2.0 Having properly evaluated and documented the hazards;
3.0 Having put the appropriate controls in place, which includes a permit system where required;
4.0 Developing the appropriate procedures for the specific confined space entry;
5.0 Testing the atmosphere, where necessary;
6.0 Ensuring proper ventilation;
7.0 Having an emergency response plan in place.
THE CODE OF PRACTICE
Our code of practice for confined space entry contains more than just procedures for doing the
entry itself. The code of practice includes the following sections:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Description of confined space(s) at the work site (What is a Confined Space);

Reasons for work involving entry into confined spaces;
Identification of hazards that may be present in the confined space(s);
Worker training requirements
Entry permit system
Procedures for each type of confined space entry and the work inside the confined space
Testing the atmosphere

Revision: 2013-08
Page 41
h. Ventilation, purging and inserting

Isolation of hazardous substances and energy
Emergency response
i. Roles and responsibilities of the tending worker
j. Record keeping requirements
1. WHAT IS A CONFINED SPACE?
Albertas OHS Code defines a confined space as:
An enclosed or partially enclosed space that is not designed or intended for continuous human
occupancy with a restricted means of entry or exit and may become hazardous to a worker
entering it because
a) Of its design, construction, location or atmosphere,
b) Of the work activities, materials or substances in it,
c) The provision of first aid, evacuation, rescue or other emergency response service is
compromised, or
d) Of other hazards relating to it.
2. WHY WE MAY HAVE CONFINED SPACES AT OUR PLACES OF WORK
Projects that we are contracted to complete may have a confined space requirement e.g.
placement of our cellular concrete in a deep trench or within a tunnel. In addition, shop or off
site repairs or maintenance work may require you to enter into a silo or mixing tank, which
would be considered a confined space.
3. HAZARD AND RISK IDENTIFICATION
Hazard and risk identification is paramount in ensuring that proper controls and procedures are
put in place to guarantee the safety of all CEMATRIX employees. To prepare a code of
practice, the hazards present in the confined spaces must be known. When assessing the
hazards that workers are likely to be exposed to in a confined space, the requirements of Part 2
of the OHS Code, Hazard Assessment, Elimination and Control, must be met. The hazard
assessment needs to be reviewed on a regular basis and revised if conditions change at the
work site, when new work processes are introduced or work processes or operations change.
For every confined space, CEMATRIX must evaluate each hazard that workers may be
exposed to. For each hazard, CEMATRIX must identify the controls used to protect
workers.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 42
4. CONSIDERATIONS
a) Atmospheric (within the confined space)
Explosive gases/vapors
Toxic gases/vapors
Oxygen content
i. Deficiency
ii. Enrichment
Fumes, dusts, mists, fogs
Smoke
Biological agents
b) Safety hazards
Entry/exit
Ventilation systems
Machinery
Piping/distribution systems
Residual chemicals/materials
Electrical
Visibility
Physical obstacles
Walking/working surfaces
Temperature extremes
Humidity
Noise
Vibration
Radiation
Hazardous animals
c) Work to be performed
Hot work/cold work
d) Human factors
Phobias
Mental and physical condition of workers

Revision: 2013-08
Page 43
5. WORKER TRAINING REQUIREMENTS

Our confined space work requires an effective training program to ensure that everyone
understands the hazards and safe work procedures. Training must be provided for those who
supervise workers, those who perform the work, tending workers and rescue personnel. Whether
you are a supervisor or an employee who performs the work or a Confined Space Monitor, you
must have a valid Confined Space Training Certificate from a training facility recognized by the
Company. Additional training will also occur on the job site.
1. CEMATRIXs Requirements for trainer competency
Trainers must be employed with an approved OHSA Training facility.
2. CEMATRIXs requirements for worker training
This will vary depending on the tasks of different workers, but must at least include
A valid Confined Space or Confined Space Monitoring Certificate from an
approved training facility
Training on Safe work procedures for entry into the confined space,
Training on Safe work procedures for working inside the confined space,
Training on Hazard recognition,
Traing on the content of the entry permit,
How to properly use the control measures in place to protect workers (engineering
controls, administrative controls and personal protective equipment), and
What to do for first aid and in an emergency.
3. CEMATRIX requirements for training workers who will administer first aid and
conduct emergency response and rescue.
A valid First Aid Certificate from an approved training facility;
The rescue portion of this training is part of a company overall emergency
preparedness and response plan.
4. CEMATRIX requirements for evaluating worker training and follow-up.
The Companys Safety Officer will be responsible for establishing the requirements for
training, evaluating the training and following up, to ensure the training has been
completed successfully and continues to be adequate.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 44
6. ENTRY PERMIT SYSTEM

The Companys confined space entry permit is a document that sets out the work to be done
and the precautions to be taken. It functions as a checklist to ensure that the requirements in
the code of practice have been addressed. The code of practice describes the entry permit
system that is used at the work site. CEMATRIX has established a generic format, because
most of the confined spaces it deals with are similar and have similar hazards, but a specific
separate permit is issued for each confined space entry.
The entry permit contains
A list naming each worker who enters the confined space and the reason for their
entry,
The location of the confined space,
The time period for which the entry permit is valid,
The work being done in the confined space,
The safety precautions that must be taken,
The code of practice requirements for entering, being in and leaving the confined
space, and
The signature of a competent person.
7. PROCEDURES FOR EACH TYPE OF CONFINED SPACE ENTRY

See Section 4.5 Safe Work Practice for Confined Space Entry for general procedures
since confined spaces are not common practice in our type of work and each confined
space is different, specific confined space procedures are developed on a project by
project basis before entering the confined space.
8. PROPER VENTILATION
Proper ventilation is checked before entering a confined space and is monitored
during the confined space work, but is typically the responsibility of the Prime or
General Contractor.
9. ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF TENDING WORKER
See Section 4.5 Safe Work Practice for Confined Space Entry

Revision: 2013-08
Page 45
10. RECORD KEEPING REQUIREMENTS

Records of all aspects of confined space will be kept and maintained for a minimum
of six years at the Companys head office. This will include records on training,
Prime of General Contractor orientations, hazard assessments, tool box meetings,
equipment checks, fitting tests, monitoring logs, entry permits, inspections, safety
meetings, etc.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 46
CONFINED SPACE HAZARD ASSESSMENT

Project #:
Supervisor:
Location of the work:
Project Name:
Date:
Description of tasks to be completed:
Atmospheric Hazards
Explosive atmosphere
Oxygen deficiency
Oxygen enrichment
Toxic gasses/vapors
Dust, mist, fumes
Smoke
Biological agents
Other
Other
Other
Yes
No Description of the Hazard
Safety Hazards
Exit/entry: Small/narrow
openings
Steep openings
Entry/exit at height
Angled openings
Exits into
traffic/machinery
Biological agents
Machinery/mechanical
equipment
Piping & distribution
systems
Residual chemical or
materials
Pressure systems
Yes

Revision: 2013-08
Page 47
Electrical hazards
Poor visibility
Physical obstacles
Walking/working
surfaces
Temperature extremes
Heat stress
Cold stress
Humidity
Noise
Vibration
Radiation
Other
Other
Work Related Hazards
Sandblasting
Bonding operations
Grinding
Cutting
Use of solvents,
corrosive chemicals,
cleaners
Paint/spray painting
Other
Other
Yes
Reason for entry:

If Repairs describe:
If Installation describe:
If Inspection describe:

Revision: 2013-08
Page 48
Describe emergency rescue/first aid equipment on site:
Describe human factors that must be considered:
Questions that must be discussed prior to entry: There may be more areas that require
attention depending on the particular type of operation being conducted.
Has the space been isolated from any source of contaminations? (All lines leading to or from are
blind/blanked etc.)
What is the physical layout of the space to be entered?
Has the space been purged and ventilated sufficiently?
Has the detection equipment been calibrated and checked for proper operation?
Has all electrical equipment been associated with the confined space been properly locked-out
and tagged?
Is the person who will test the space trained and competent?
Is the tester aware that the whole volume of the space must be tested?
Is the tester aware of all the potential hazards that may be encountered?
Has the Buddy System been discussed and planned?

Revision: 2013-08
Page 49
Has a rescue plan of action been prepared?

Has an alarm system been developed?
Is the rescue equipment and other safety equipment at the entry site?
Are the personnel effectively trained in rescue procedures?
Has a communication system for the person inside been developed and tested to provide contact
with the Buddy outside?
Are personnel trained in resuscitation techniques?
Is First Aid equipment available at the entry site?
Is a means to transport available to remove an injured worker to hospital?
Are there any other work activities in the area that may interfere with a safe entry or exit from
the space?
If hot work is to be carried out in the confined space, is continuous ventilation and monitoring
available?
Have the potential hazards of scale been discussed and a sample analyzed (if applicable)?

Revision: 2013-08
Page 50
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT

Project #:
Supervisor:
Issued for work in or on:
Project Name:
Entry Date:
Code of Practice prepared by:

Name:
Telephone Number:
Description of task to be completed:
Entry permit valid from:

Starting Date and Time:
Ending Date and Time:
Workers that will be entering the confined space:

Name: (printed)
Task:

Revision: 2013-08
Verified Training:
Page 51
Questions:
1. Type of product in confined space:
__ Flammable
__ Toxic
__ Explosive
2. Have all the lines to and from the
equipment been blocked in?
__ Removed
__ Blinded
3. Shut-off valves locked and/or tagged
in off position?
__ Yes
__ No
4. How has the confined space been
prepared?
__ Steamed
__ Washed
__ Purged
__ Grounded
5. Protective equipment needed?
__ Respiratory
__ Goggles
__ Face Shield
__ Gloves
__ Air Movers
__ Detectors
__ Fire Prevention
6. Have hazards of the nearby area been

controlled?
__ Yes
__ No
7. Is equipment properly grounded?
__ Yes
__ No
8. Have the following personnel been
notified?
__ Safety Supervisor
__ Superintendent
__ Foreman
9. Will welding or torch-cutting be
required?
__ Yes
__ No
10. Has the environment been checked
both inside and out?
__ Yes
__ No
Oxygen Level _____________%
Toxicity ppm ______________
11. Shoring components required for
excavation, trench, tunnel or shaft?
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
Verification of Supervisor Responsible for Confined Space Entry:

Name: (printed)
Signature
Date
Management Review:
Name: (printed)
Signature
Revision: 2013-08
Date
Page 52
Monitoring Equipment Log

Make:
Model Number:
Serial Number:
Date of Purchase:
Date Calibrated:
Calibrated By:
Make:
Model Number:
Serial Number:
Date of Purchase:
Date Calibrated:
Calibrated By:
Make:
Model Number:
Serial Number:
Date of Purchase:
Date Calibrated:
Calibrated By:
Make:
Model Number:
Serial Number:
Date of Purchase:
Date Calibrated:

Calibrated By:
Revision: 2013-08
Page 53
4.0 SAFE WORK PRACTICES

Revision: 2013-08
Page 54
4.1 INTRODUCTION
Everyone wants to get the job done right. To most people in the construction industry, that
means on time, on budget and to the customers satisfaction. But a major part of getting the job
done right is also getting it done safely. Getting the job done safely at CEMATRIX, means that
the people involved follow safe work practices, job procedures, rules and regulations. Rules and
regulations are discussed in the next section.
ABOUT SAFE WORK PRACTICES
CEMATRIXs safe work practices are a set of positive guidelines helpful to the performance of a
specific type of work that may not always be done in a set way. These Safe Work Practices were
developed after the Company completed a hazard analysis for all of its work functions.
It is hard to develop a set of procedures for these types of work functions because they are not
done the same way every time. For these work functions, it was more practical to have a safe
work practice.
Safe work practices are ways of controlling hazards and doing jobs with a minimum of risk to
people and property. To reduce risks, CEMATRIX has developed a set of safe work practices.
Management understands and fully supports these safe work practices, and ensures that:
Safe work practices are in writing;

All employees understand the safe work practices that apply to them;
All equipment and management support to permit compliance with Safe Work Practices
are available or will be acquired;
All supervisors ensure that all safe work practices are followed.
WHEN SAFE WORK PRACTICES ARE USED
Employee orientation.
Proper job instruction.
Planned job observation.
Personal contact, coaching and tipping.
Tool Box topics.
Accident/Incident investigation.
Skill training.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 55
4.2 SAFE WORK PRACTICES ANNUAL REVIEW

Safe Work Practices
Development
By
Whom
Date
M D
Review
By
Whom
Date
M D
Review
By
Whom
Date
M D
Asbestos Identified
Barricades & Guardrails
Confined Space Entry
Construction Heater Safety
Defective Tools
Disease Awareness &
Prevention
Explosive Actuated
Fastening Tools
Exposure To Cold
Exposure To Heat
Extension Cords Portable
Fire & Use Of Fire
Extinguisher
Grinders Use Of Portable
Hand-Held Power Circular
Saws
Handling Materials In The
Wind
Storing Hoarding Panels
Holes In Decks & Floors
Housekeeping
Ladders
Lifting And Carrying
Lifting Hoisting Using
Equipment
Lighting Fixed Temporary
Propane Gas & Cylinders
Revision: 2013-08
Page 56
Rebar Protection
Rigging
Backing Up Mobile
Equipment
Traffic Control At Work
Sites
Compressed Air
Forklift
Office Safety
Scaffolds
Shoring
Solvents & Flammables
Tiger Torch Use
Trenches & Excavations
Welding, Cutting & Burning
Working Near Overhead
Power Lines
Ergonomics and Manual
Material Handling
Machine Guarding
Chemical and Biological
Hazards

Revision: 2013-08
Page 57
4.3 ASBESTOS IDENTIFIED

Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
Friable asbestos is asbestos that can easily be changed into dust, whereas non-friable cannot
easily be changed into dusty material. Asbestos removal and handling is not within CEMATRIX
scope of work. This section is for awareness to promote general employee safety.
1. If in the course of work, asbestos is identified, Corporate Safety must be immediately
informed as well as the client, of the possible presence of asbestos.
2. Work will cease on the project until the asbestos is removed or encapsulated.
3. Fully authorized contractors must do the removal and disposal of asbestos. This is the law.
There are strong penalties for doing this type of work without proper certification. It is a
general assumption that asbestos will be present in older buildings that are being renovated
or upgraded.
4. Clients must also be advised of the policy with respect to asbestos. Occupational Health &
Safety regulations state that customers must notify the contractor if they suspect, or are
aware of any toxic materials that may be encountered in the course of work.
5. Policy shall be followed in all instances regardless of the type of project. Any questions or
concerns should be referred to Corporate Safety.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 58
4.4 BARRICADES AND GUARD RAILS

Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
Even though CEMATRIX is normally not the Prime or General Contractor on projects that it is
involved in, and that the Prime or General is responsible to ensure the proper barricades and
guard rails are in place, CEMATRIX staff must ensure that all work sites are cordoned off, or
suitably identified or marked with barricades, danger tape or rope to warn workers, if required
Guardrails consisting of a top rail, a 42 mid-rail and toe board must be provided:
At all floor edges where work may fall more than 3.5 meters (10 feet).
Around all floor or roof openings where workers may fall more than 3.5 meters (10 feet),
unless such openings are protected by adequate coverings.
Around the working platform of all scaffolds.
When barricades, guardrails or opening covers must be removed for work to proceed, permission
to remove them must be obtained from supervision. When guardrails or opening covers are
temporarily removed, workers in the area must be protected by a safety net, safety belt and
lanyard tied off to the project. Barricades, guardrails and covers must be replaced immediately
after work is complete.
In areas where guardrails are not provided or are removed temporarily, tie off points for lanyards
must be provided and safety meetings held with workers working in that area.
For further information see the appropriate current Occupational Health and Safety Regulations.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 59
4.5 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY

Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
Confined space is defined by regulation as an enclosed or partially enclosed space having
restricted access and egress and which, due to its design, construction, location, atmosphere, the
materials or substances in it or other conditions is or may become hazardous to a worker entering
it or does not have any easy means of escape or rescue of a worker entering it.
No CEMATRIX worker will enter a confined space until such time as:
-
Having the proper training including a current certificate;

Having properly evaluated and documented the hazards;
Having put the appropriate controls in place, which includes a permit system where
required;
Developing the appropriate procedures for the specific confined space entry;
Testing the atmosphere, where necessary;
Ensuring proper ventilation;
Having an emergency response plan in place.
CONFINED SPACE HAZARDS TO CONSIDER

Hazards commonly encountered in confined spaces include:
1. Toxic vapors, from materials such as chlorine, H2S and sludge scale resulting from:
Poor ventilation in the work area.
A gradual release of toxic substances.
Chemical reactions.
Lack of oxygen causing asphyxiation, resulting from chemicals that are used to
reduce the possibility of explosion (such as nitrogen) absorbing or replacing
oxygen.
Rusting (oxidation) of the metal in tanks that have been closer for an extended
period of time.
2. Flammable gases, vapors and liquids with potential of fire or explosion.
3. Electric shock from portable lights tools or associated electrical equipment.
4. Injury from mechanical equipment such as augers, pumps, etc., inadequately activated.
5. Pyrophoric iron (iron sulfide) deposits.
6. Bodily injury from direct contact with corrosives or dermatitis producing chemicals.
7. Ignition from static electricity.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 60
8. Contaminants entering from other areas through ducts, piping, etc.

CONFINED SPACE PREPARATION CHECKLIST Before entry into a confined space:
1. Hazardous materials contained in the space must be removed or diluted to a safe level by
washing, steaming and purging.
2. All internal electrical equipment must be locked in.
3. The equipment to be entered must be isolated by disconnecting or binding and not by
closing process valves.
4. In some cases, the atmosphere may have to be tested for the presence of toxic vapors and
radioactive sources.
5. Adequate ventilation, either natural or forced, must be provided.
6. All electrical equipment must be checked for ground continuity; 100 volt power must
have ground fault circuit interrupters installed; and must be explosion proof if there is a
possibility that flammable vapors, gases or duct exist.
7. Consideration must be given to the potential of generating static electricity, which may
develop while working with media such as high-pressure steam or air, inert gas or
performing sandblasting.
DETAILED REQUIREMENTS
1. Before work begins in any confined space whether it be in a deep trench, manhole, vault,
silo or other confined space, the air must be tested by a person properly trained to use the
appropriate gas detection equipment.
2. Testing of the atmosphere in the confined space ensures no toxic or inflammable vapors
or oxygen deficiency is in evidence or that contamination of the atmosphere can occur
during the entry.
3. Where proper test competently performed indicate a hazardous level of fumes, gases or
oxygen deficiency in any confined space, entry must not be allowed until the space to be
entered has been isolated and any contaminants have been removed by adequate
ventilation or other acceptable means. *Important: Only after these test performed
indicate a safe atmosphere, may workers be allowed to enter.
4. Where self-contained breathing apparatus must be worn to permit entry by worker, only
personnel adequately trained in the use of breathing apparatus will be engaged in the
operation.
5. Where possible, mechanical venting should be continued in any confined space found to
contain hazardous level of fumes, gases or oxygen deficiency, even after mechanical
venting has corrected the hazard. The confined space must also be continually monitored
while personnel are working there.
6. Where mechanical venting has corrected hazardous levels of fumes, gases or oxygen
deficiency in a confined space but cannot be continuously provided. Workers entering the
confined space must wear a rescue harness attached to individual lifelines and a worker
Revision: 2013-08
Page 61
must be posted at the entrance prepared and equipped to provide rescue in case of
emergency.
7. Dangerous atmospheres are created by:
Seeping gases and liquids.
Decaying organic material.
Hot work or oxidation.
Nitrogen purging.
8. Secure the site by erecting signs, barricades and any other traffic control device required
to protect the workers from traffic.
9. Ensure that all equipment is at the site and ready for use (if required).
Testing equipment.
Harness.
Communication device (if required).
Life-line.
Lighting.
Rescue equipment.
10. Ensure that any atmospheric hazards present in the sewer are identified and controlled.
Use ventilation techniques to remove any harmful substances.
Where ventilation is not practical, test must be carried out by a competent worker
until the work is completed.
11. If harmful substances are present or the air is deficient of oxygen, ensure the worker is:
Protected by correct use of breathing apparatus.
Attended by, and in communication with another worker stationed at or near the
entrance of the confined space.
Protected by appropriate rescue equipment available for immediate use.
Aware of, and familiar with, any relevant codes of practice.
Physically capable of effecting a rescue.
12. Check for any physical hazards in the sewer where work will be carried out (e.g. broken
rungs, cracked walls).
13. Ensure that all workers know what procedures to follow in case of an emergency
situation.
Note: Where the oxygen level in the confined space such as a sewer, manhole, or vault is less
than 19%, do not enter unless you are wearing a breathing apparatus or proper ventilation
equipment is available. For further information see the appropriate current Occupational
Health and Safety Regulations.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 62
OTHER CONSIDERATIONS
1. SAFETY WATCH (MONITOR) POSTED
It is mandatory that a worker stand safety watch outside the entrance man-way of the vessel or
enclosed space when anyone is working inside. The safety watch must not leave the post or
perform any other duty until replaced by a relief worker. If there is more than one crew working
in a vessel at different elevations, such as a high tower, it is mandatory that a workman stands
watch at each man-way from where the crews are working.
2. METHODS OF RESCUE
A method of rescue must be established before entry into the confined space is made.
3. EMERGENCY
The safety watch will enter the enclosed space in an emergency only after support help has
arrived on the scene and after outfitting himself with the appropriate safety equipment and
precautions including fresh air supply if required.
4. COMMUNICATION
A system of communication between the safety watch and the worker(s) in the confined space
must be established and maintained at all times.
5. COMMUNICATION SYSTEM DRY RUN
A system of communication between the safety watch and support help must be established and
check for effectiveness before the permit is issued. This check must clearly establish an
understandable contact with the support help and is not simply a check of the condition of the
equipment.
6. CONFINED SPACE ELECTRICAL
Only 31 volt, or less, service transformers are to be used in connection with drop lights when
working inside metallic vessels, unless 100 volt service is essential for the operation of
equipment. In this instance a ground circuit interrupter (Grouse Hinds circuit guard or equal)
shall be used.
.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 63
7. RESPONSIBILITY
Responsibility for safety, both at the time of entry and during the entire operation, rest with the
supervisor who must ensure that adequate steps have been taken to eliminate or control the
hazards.
8. BODY HARNESS & LIFELINES
Workers must be equipped with a body harness with a lifeline attached when:
1. They are wearing respiratory protective equipment.
2. Rescue may be difficult.
3. There is less than 19.5 kPa partial pressure present.
It is a good practice to use the body harness for any vessel work.
9. STANDBY PERSON(S)
There must be a standby person(s) at the tank/vessel entrance who is:
1. Equipped with respiratory protective equipment.
2. Capable of affecting a rescue as required.
3. Able to communicate at all times with the worker(s) inside.
The standby person(s) must:
1. Never leave his post unless he is properly relieved by a qualified person(s).
2. Be able to summon for additional assistance.
3. Have access to a sounding alarm (such as an air horn) for emergencies.
10. ISOLATION
The vessel must be completely isolated from other systems and equipment
To isolate the vessel:
1. Lockout all power driven internal equipment (such as agitators) and any power sources
according to proper lockout procedures.
2. Blank-off or disconnect and blind all connecting pipelines.
Where threaded pipes are used, threaded plugs or caps must be of the same material
Revision: 2013-08
Page 64
Blank, blinds and plugs must be:

1. Of the same specifications as the system or better.
2. Tagged prior to vessel entry.
11. CLEANING
Depending on the nature of the contents, empty the residual material of the vessel by:
1. Draining.
2. Pumping out.
3. Floating off.
In addition, the vessel must be cleaned by:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Hot or cold flushing.

Steaming.
Chemical neutralization.
Inert gas and/or air purge.
Sludge or encrustation should be removed, to the greatest possible degree, by operation from
outside the vessel.
12. VENTILATION
All clean-out doors (where provided) must be opened, and the tank/vessel thoroughly ventilated,
preferably by a positive method of mechanical exhaust ventilation so arranged as to:
1. Remove contamination from all pockets or corners.
2. Avoid re-circulating contaminated air.
After the tank/vessel is cleaned and ventilated, the mechanical exhaust ventilation equipment
must be kept operating to:
1. Provide secondary protection in case of accidental introduction of harmful substances.
2. Remove contamination that may be produced by work in the tank/vessel, such as
welding, cutting, painting and coating.
3. Cool the tank/vessel to improve working conditions.
Excessive heat can develop during welding and cutting operations in confined spaces. General
exhaust ventilation at the minimum rate of 56.6 cubic meters (2000 cubic feet) per minute per
welder will control both the welding fumes and the heat developed while welding.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 65
Additional air supply air cooling may be necessary to maintain desirable work place
temperatures for torch cutting over extended periods.
13. GAS TESTING
When any ignition source must be used in the confined space, a combustible gas test of the
atmosphere in that space is required immediately before beginning the job and then monitored
frequently throughout the job.
To prevent possible hazards from fire and explosion, open flames and welding should not be
permitted when flammable vapor concentration of any amount are present.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 66
EXAMPLES OF CONFINED SPACES BY INDUSTRY:

Construction Industry
Caissons
Box Beams
Sewers
Pits
Trenches
Excavations
Crawl Spaces
Food and Similar Products
Retorts
Tubs and Kettles
Basins
Cold Rooms
Ovens
Flour Bins
Air Scrubbers
Batch Cooker
Caustic Soda Tanks
Clay Hoppers
Conditioners
Continuous Cookers
Extractors
Heated Lard Tanks
Heated Sugar Bins
Holding Bins
Hydrogenators
Metal Bins
Meat Dryers
Mixers
Tallow Tanks
Paper and Pulp

Chip Bins
Barking Drums
Rag Cookers
Acid Towers
Digesters
Beaters
Hydropulpers
Stock Chests
Adhesive Tanks
Bleach Tanks
Chip Silos
Furnaces
Machine Chests
Mix Tanks
Resin Tanks
Clay Mix Tanks
Rubber Products
Solvent Tanks
Shredders
Furnaces
Ovens
Mixers
Petroleum and Chemicals
Reactors
Storage Tanks
Distillation Columns
Cooling Towers
Dike Areas
Fire Water Tanks
Textiles
Bleaching Ranges
J-Boxes
Kiers
Die Kettles
Bale Presses
Dye Becks
Sizing Tanks
Steam Boilers
Electronics Industry
Degreasers
Gas Cabinets
Dust Collectors
Tunnels
Printing and Publishing
Ink Tanks
Solvent Tanks
Precipitators
Scrubbers
Crystallizers
Spray Dryers
Leather Products
Dye Vats
Tanning Tanks
Sludge Pits
Machinery
Boilers
Converyors
Dust Collectors
Tunnels

Revision: 2013-08
Stone, Clay, Glass and Concrete

Products
Kilns
Aggregate Bins
Cement Silos
Crushers
Dryers
Hoppers
Mils
Sand Bins
Primary Metals
Blast Furnaces
Cupolas
Coal Bins
Coke Bunkers
Annelaing Furnaces
Slag Pits
Water Treatment Tanks
Submarine Cares
Gas Holders
Soaking Pits
Acid Pickling Tanks
Plating Tanks
Fabricated Metals
Paint Dip Tanks
Degreasers
Caustic Cleaning Tanks
Drying Ovens
Shot Blasting Enclosures
Enclosed Assemblies
Sludge Tanks
Electric, Gas and Sanitary
Services
Cable Vaults
Manholes
Meter Vaults
Transformer Vaults
Bar Screen Enclosures
Chemical Pits
Incinerators
Pump Stations
Regulators
Sludge Pits
Wet Wells
Valve Pits
Digesters
Greast Traps
Lift Stations
Sewage Ejectors
Storm Drains
Page 67
4.5.1
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT
Serial Number: _____________________________

Date of Issue: ______________________________
Day/Month/Year
Description of Work to be Done:
Duration of Permit (One Shift Only)

From: ________________ (Day/Month/Year)
To: __________________ (Day/Month/Year)
for Cold Work

for Hot Work
_______________________________________
Time
Site: ____________________________________
Location: ________________________________
Department: _____________________________
Contractor: ______________________________
Time: _______
Time: _______
Previous Day Permit

Serial Number: ________________
Have you personally examined equipment and surrounding area of work site regarding this permit?
2
3
Have you discussed the project with the contractor or employees and has a safe work plan been
reviewed and documents?
Work to be done will require the following personal protective equipment:
Breathing Apparatus ______ Goggles ______ Special Clothing ______ Gloves ______
Hearing Protection ______ Special Tools ______ Other ______ (specify in comments)
Will work location remain free of hazards throughout the duration of permit?
Has confined space been thoroughly ventilated? (refer to specifications)
6
7
Has confined space been inspected completely to ensure that all parts are fee from all other potential
hazards?
Have isolating valves been closed, checked for leaks, and properly tagged?
Has equipment been completely isolated and all lines blanked?
Have electrical switches been locked out and tagged?
10
Has equipment been grounded?
11
14
Are you sure that no other work is being done or will be done by anyone within the area that could
create a hazard of any kind of work during the job?
Use Hot Work Permit Checklist to check areas for fires before hot work permit is released, and after
30 minutes when work is completed.
Gas content must not exceed 10% lower explosive limit (LEL). If exceeded, no hot work is to take
place.
If there is a possibility of molten or hot metal falling to a lower level, plywood is to be laid out.
15
Is firefighting equipment checked and in place?
16
Is PPE equipment on hand and inspected?
17
Have the rescue procedures been discussed with the workers?
18
Have the safe work permit procedures and conditions been read, understood and signed by company
employees or contract personnel?
Have test results been recorded and posted?
12
13
19
N/A
Yes
Additional Comments:

Revision: 2013-08
Page 68
No
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO RECEIVER OF THIS CONFINED SPACE PERMIT

1. The person(s) performing this work must comply with all applicable government and DND regulations and laws.
2. The person(s) performing this work must comply with all applicable safe work procedures and conditions of this
permit.
3. The contractor(s), employee(s) or agent(s) doing the work at the site must understand and adhere to all of the
conditions of this permit.
4. There must be a copy of this permit at the work site while the work is in progress.
5. Note: Should a worker have concern about the safe conditions of the job, then he/she is to stop work immediately
and report the concerns to the Site Manager/Supervisor. Before work can be resumed, a new safe work permit
must be issued.
6. Note: No unauthorized equipment/materials are to be taken into confined space.
TEST RESULTS
Gas Detector
Make _______________ Model _______________ Serial # _______________
Calibration Date __________________ MSDS available for chemical Yes
No
Oxygen Level
1. ____________ 2. ___________ 3. ___________ 4. __________
Fuel Vapor Level 1. ____________ 2. ___________ 3. ___________ 4. __________
Time Recorded
1. ____________ 2. ___________ 3. ___________ 4. __________
Comments:
Employee Authorized to Issue This Permit:

Name (printed)
Agreement:
Position
Signature
I understand that no work is permitted except that shown on the permit.

I have checked both the permit and job.
I understand the nature and extent of the work and the precautions to be followed in completing
the work.
I also agree that any other staff or contract workers who will, or may, work on this job shall have a
complete understanding of the conditions of this permit and he/she, or they, will also work under
these conditions.
Permit Receiver:
Name (printed)
Permit Workers:
Name (printed)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Position
Signature
Position
Signature
Revision: 2013-08
Page 69
4.5.2
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY LOG
Confined Space Entry Permit Number:

Entry Date:
Time:
Anticipated Exit Date:
Time:
Name:
Time In:
Time Out:
Safety Watcher:
Name: (Printed)

Comments:
Signature:
Revision: 2013-08
Page 70
4.5.3
CONFINED SPACE HAZARD ASSESSMENT FORM
(Review every three years, or if not entered during the three years, review prior to next entry)
Confined
Space
Number
Class
Location
Description
Potential
Hazards
Suggested
Control
Procedures
Assessment
Dates
Oxygen
Hazards
Flammables
Hazard Assessment Readings:

CO2
H2S
O2
% LEL
Toxic
Chemicals
Mechanical
Hazards
Conducted By:
Signature:
Date:
Electrical
Hazards
Physical
Hazards
Others
Activities Conducted In Area:
Frequency:

Revision: 2013-08
Page 71
4.5.4
SUPPLEMENTARY CONFINED SPACE ENTRY CHECKLIST
ITEMS TO CHECK
Has the purpose of the procedure been well established and permit
issued?
YES
NO
IF NO, EXPLAIN
______________________
If yes, please enter permit # ____________________

Are all the potential hazards 'unique' to this entry listed?
______________________
ENTRY PREPARATION:
Has the procedure provided for:
Complete and adequate purging?
______________________
Gas testing for LEL, oxygen and toxic materials?
______________________
Checking of gas detection unit?
______________________
Complete and adequate vessel isolation blanking and blinding?
______________________
Blanking as close as possible to the confined space? e.g. valves, drains
______________________
Lock out and tagging of mechanical equipment?
______________________
Possibility of a dust explosion?
______________________
Adequate ventilation?
______________________
Temp equipment such as patches, diversion lines, tie-ins, etc?
______________________
Checking of roof strength by mechanical inspectors?
______________________
Safety ladders or scaffolding required?
______________________
Decking or flooring support for workers?
______________________
Protection from falling, splashing or dripping material?
______________________
EMERGENCY PREPARATION:
Has the procedure provided for:
Adequate fresh air breathing equipment?
______________________
Adequate personal protective equipment?
______________________
Adequate arrangements for removing a worker?
______________________
A body harness and lifelines?
______________________
Worker trained in artificial respiration?
______________________
Worker trained in confined space entry?
______________________
Worker trained in emergency procedures?
______________________
Worker trained in first aid?
______________________
Worker trained in use of SCBA?
______________________
Aerosol emergency horn? (good in warm weather only)
______________________
Unit evacuation and assembly point?
______________________
Barricading of roads and adjacent areas?
______________________
HOT WORK
Has the procedure specified:
No hot work on metal unless the opposite side has been inspected and
cleaned?

Revision: 2013-08
______________________
Page 72
No hot work outside the confined space while there are valid confined
space entry permits issued?
______________________
Periodic detection of confined space atmosphere?

HAS THE PROCEDURE CALLED FOR CONDITIONS SUCH
AS:
______________________
Stirring up sludge during cleaning?
______________________
Changing temperatures?
______________________
Smoke or toxic releases due to welding or burning?
______________________
Fire?
______________________
HAS THE PROCEDURE PROVIDED FOR INSPECTION OF

HYDROCARBON TRAPPED IN POCKETS SUCH AS:
Draw off lines?
______________________
Baffles?
______________________
Sumps and water on floor?
______________________
HAS THE PROCEDURE PROVIDED FOR:
______________________
Limitations of work?
______________________
Adequate confined space cleanliness?

MATERIALS HAZARDS:
Has the procedure listed the material hazards unique to this
entry?
______________________
Pyrolitic materials? (spark emitting or self-igniting)
______________________
Toxic chemicals?
______________________
Toxic gases, i.e. H2S and chlorine?
______________________
Flammable gases?
______________________
Corrosives?
MECHANICAL HAZARDS:
Are the potential mechanical hazards unique to this entry listed?
______________________
______________________
STATIC ELECTRICITY HAZARD:

Is the grounding of trucks, hose lines, air movers, etc. required?
______________________
AIR POLLUTION:
Can toxic gases be vented?
______________________
WATER POLLUTION:
Water from steaming operations must be put into 45 gallon drums and
retrograded.
Draining from vessels must be put into 45 gallon drums and
retrograded.
Tank hydrocarbons must be put into 45 gallon drums and retrograded
NOISE POLLUTION:
Can excessive noise be prevented?
Is there a provision for ear protection in noisy areas?

Revision: 2013-08
______________________
______________________
______________________
______________________
______________________
Page 73
4.6 CONSTRUCTION HEATER SAFETY

Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
CEMATRIX has designed the following rules to promote safety in the use of propane/natural gas
construction heaters. Supervisors must control the application of the equipment to particular
situations. Personnel using the equipment must also be trained to use it. Training should include
the following applications:
Workers should be properly trained or instructed before they use the equipment. Ensure only
authorized personnel handle the heaters.
Inspect all equipment before using.
Equipment must be handled with care to prevent damage to components, such as valves,
fittings, hoses and electrical.
All components should be used in accordance with manufacturers instructions and should
not be modified or substituted.
When a hose is used for connecting a construction heater, it shall be neither less than 15 feet
in length, nor more than 50 feet in total length unless otherwise approved by the authority
having jurisdiction.
Propane cylinders must always be kept upright in order to prevent liquid propane from
coming into contact with the valve.
Never lift a propane cylinder by its protective collar; use an approved lifting cage instead.
Maintain a minimum distance of 10 feet from construction heater to gas source.
If propane cylinders are inside a building, they must be in the same area as the heater to
facilitate shut off.
Construction heaters require fresh make up for proper combustion. At least 1 sq. in. of clear
opening to the outdoor for each 1,000 BTU of heater output.
Only three cylinders may be manifold together at one location.
After changing cylinders, or when making hose connections, all connections must be checked
for leaks with soap or leak detectors.
Maintenance of heaters shall only be done by a qualified gas fitter.
Fire extinguishers should be placed near each heater location.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 74
4.7 DEFECTIVE TOOL

Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
Defective tools can cause serious and painful injuries. If a tool is defective in some way, dont
use it. Defective tools are generally discarded and not repaired. Any tool that requires repair will
be evaluated prior to repair.
Be aware of problems like:
Chisels and wedges with mushroomed heads.

Split or cracked handles.
Chipped or broken drill bits.
Wrenches with worn out jaws.
Tools which are not complete, such as files without handles.
To ensure safe use of hand tools, remember:
Never use a defective tool.

Double check all tools prior to use.
Ensure defective tools are repaired.
Air, gasoline or electrical power tools require skill and complete attention on the part of the user
even when they are in good condition. Dont use power tools when they are defective in any
way.
Watch for problems like:
Broken or inoperative guards.

Insufficient or improper grounding due to damage on double insulated tools.
No ground wire (on plug) or cords of standard tools.
The on/off switch not in good working order.
Tool blade is cracked.
The wrong grinder wheel is being used.
The guard has been wedged back on a power saw.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 75
4.8 DISEASE AWARENESS AND PREVENTION

Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
Disease-causing bacteria and viruses are always present in sewers. They occur in both liquid
sewage and dry sludge or dust coating pipes, ladders, and other surfaces inside sewers. Some of
the serious threats to the workers heath are with Hepatitis A, Tetanus and Polio
Hepatitis A is contracted by the virus entering the mouth. Therefore, it can be completely
avoided by following simple hygiene measures: Washing hands before eating; keeping protective
clothing laundered; and keeping the equipment clean. Immunization prevents tetanus and polio.
Cuts and abrasions should be covered by dressings to minimize the chance of infection by sewer
organisms.
AIDS IN THE WORKPLACE
AIDS (Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome) is caused by a virus which is found in blood,
semen and other body fluids of an infected person. The virus is spread through sexual contact
with an infected person, sharing contaminated needles or syringes or through the transfusion of
infected blood or blood products. The virus has been found in tears and saliva but there are no
reported cases of anyone becoming infected from these fluids.
In Canada, only a few cases of probable occupational HIV infection have been reported.
Nevertheless, where ever there is the possibility of contact with blood in the workplace, workers
should take precautions to prevent contact with the skin, eyes or mucous membranes (e.g.
mouth).
The Laboratory Centre for Disease Control recommends using universal precautions to prevent
the spread of AIDS in the workplace. This approach stresses that workers assume that all people
are potentially infectious for the AIDS virus. Universal precautions involves using protective
clothing such as gloves, gowns or aprons, masks and protective eye wear when dealing with
peoples blood and other blood contaminated body fluids such as semen and vaginal secretions.
Universal precautions do not apply to faces, nasal secretions, sputum, sweat, tears, urine and
vomit, unless they contain visible blood. They also do not apply to saliva except in dentistry
where saliva is likely to be contaminated with blood.
Hand washing after contact with blood, blood-contaminated body fluids and soiled items is also
recommended to reduce the risk of infection.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 76
4.9 EXPLOSIVE ACTUATED FASTENING TOOLS

Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
The hazards encountered with these tools are similar to those of firearms. Instructions and
recommendations of the manufacturer shall be strictly followed regarding operation, application
and maintenance. Explosive Actuated Fastening Tools are not used in CEMATRIXs scope of
work, therefore this section is for awareness.
Permit only trained, competent and authorized persons who are familiar with the proper use,
safe operation and regulations governing the use of the tool to operate explosive actuated
fastening tools.
Use CSA/ANSI standard Safety Code for Explosive Actuated Tools as a guide for safe
operation and maintenance of tool.
Wear safety glasses, or a face shield, and a hard hat.
Wear hearing protection, particularly when firing into steel or in a confined space.
Brace yourself at all times when working on ladders or scaffolds to maintain good balance.
Keep tool pointed in a safe direction, never at any person.
Do not carry loaded tools from job to job.
Do not permit bystanders in the immediate vicinity of the work. It may be necessary for the
working area to be shielded to project against possible ricochet.
.
CARE AND SERVICING OF TOOLS
Clean and maintained tools in accordance with the manufacturers instructions.

Check tools prior to use to ensure they are in good working order.
Tag and remove defective tools from service until repaired.
Store tools and cartridges in a locked container when not in use.
USE OF TOOLS
Use the tool at right angles to the work surface.

Check the chamber before using to see that the barrel is cleaned and free from any
obstructions and the protective shield is properly attached.
Do not use the tool where flammable or explosive vapors, dust or other such substances are
present.
Do not load tool until immediately before use.
Do not leave loaded tool unattended.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 77
Do not place your hand over the front (muzzle) end of a loaded tool.
USE OF PROJECTILE
Use only projectiles (nails, studs, etc.) recommended by the tool manufacturer.
Ensure that base material has no holes or openings and is off sufficient consistency that a
projectile would not pass right through.
Do not force a projectile into a working surface that is harder that the projectile being used.
If the base material is unknown, use and hand hammer to drive the projectile, using it as a
center punch.
USE OF CHARGE CARTRIDGES
Use only cartridges recommended by the tool manufacturer.

Check that the color of the cartridge is appropriate for work being done. Charge cartridges
are color-coded for strength.
Make the first trial fixing with the weakest of lowest strength charge cartridge.
Provide adequate ventilation is confined spaces where explosive actuated tools are used.
Hold the tool in fixing position for no less than 30 seconds when a tool misfires. Repeat
procedure again. Keep the tool pointed in a direction that will not cause injuries. Unloaded
cartridge with the utmost caution.
Exercise caution when using tools near live electrical circuits. Ensure fastenings do not
penetrate live circuits that are buried or hidden in the base material.
Keep cartridges in a lock up when not in use.
Do not attempt to force a cartridge into a tool.
Do not discard unfired cartridges carelessly.
Do not carry cartridges loose or in a pocket. Carry them in the manufacturers package or in
approved containers.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 78
4.10
EXPOSURE TO COLD
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
CEMATRIX workers may be exposed to cold temperatures while working outdoors during the
winter, but exposure can also occur in indoor situations such as refrigeration and cold storage
work.
In a cold environment, body heat must be conserved to maintain the core temperature at normal
levels and to ensure an adequate blood flow to the brain and extremities. Feelings of cold and
discomfort should not be ignored, since these may be early warning signals. The effects of cold
are such that problems can occur before the worker is aware of them and furthermore, overexposure to cold may affect judgment. People should not work alone; the buddy system
enables them to observe each other for early signs of frostbite or hypothermia (loss of body
heat). Even temperatures above freezing can cause problems, especially if the person is wet and
exposed to cold and wind for a long period of time.
An additional factor to consider is that workers can become fatigued earlier due to the need to
produce more body heat and due to the bulk or weight of extra clothing which is worn in cold
environments.
However, the hazards of working in cold conditions may be avoided if proper protective
measures are taken.
PREVENTION
Environmental Measures
When possible, steps should be taken to protect workers from wind (or indoors, from drafts)
because the cooling power of wind results in a much lower equivalent temperature than the
actual temperature when there is no wind. For example, under calm conditions (little or no wind)
the equivalent temperature is the same as the temperature shown on the thermometer, say 23.0C. But if the wind speed is 18 KPH at the same thermometer temperature, then the
equivalent temperature is -36.1C. Therefore, the combination of wind and temperature must
always be considered when assessing cold environments. TABLE 1 shows the interaction
between wind and temperature and indicates when exposed flesh begins to freeze. Heated rest
areas should be provided.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 79
Personal Measures
Diet Because workers in cold environments consume more calories, a diet high in fat and
carbohydrates may help in the maintenance of body temperature. For example, foods such as
pasta, potatoes, rice, dairy products, nuts, fat meat, herring and salmon. Warm drinks may be
taken during rest breaks. If heavy work is being done, it is important to drink enough fluids to
replace the fluid lost through breathing and perspiration because dehydration increases the risk of
hypothermia.
Clothing Clothing should be comfortable, durable, and highly visible and afford protection. A
three-layer system has been found to be the most effective. The inner layer absorbs body moister
and keeps it away from the skin. Long underwear of wool or chlorofibre is ideal (besides having
excellent insulation properties, chlorofibre are nonflammable).
The second layer is an insulating one which keeps a layer of trapped air around the body. Wool,
synthetic or waterfowl down are suitable fabrics. The third layer protects the previous layer from
dust, dirt, wind and moisture. However, it must be possible to remove this layer to prevent the
buildup of body heat. Cotton twill, that has been made water and wind proof, is ideal for this
layer. Nylon and synthetics are good, but can develop electrostatic charge.
Proper hand and foot wear are essential components of cold weather clothing. Mittens and gloves
should have removable insulated liners. Liners that cannot be removed and dried every day will
gradually absorb moister that is practically undetectable. This moisture will speed up the loss of
body heat, considerably increasing the possibility of cold injuries. Boots should be made of the
insulated type and have a removable insole. They should be worn with wool, nylon blend or
chlorofibre socks.
If heavy perspiration has taken place, it is very important to exercise caution in removing outer
clothing while resting outdoors in order to avoid severe chilling and possible hypothermia.
Clothing that has become wet should be changed as soon as possible and it is wise to keep a
change of clothing available.
Snow should be removed from outer clothing before going into a warm environment, otherwise
the snow will melt and the clothing will be wet when going out into the cold again.
A schedule for regular rest breaks should be established to allow workers to warm up. These
breaks should not be less than 10 minutes in length and should be taken in a heated area. Outer
clothing should be removed to prevent perspiration when indoors, which may cause chilling
when going out into the cold again.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 80
TABLE 2 presents a recommended schedule of maximum work periods, which should be

followed by a rest period before the next work period. The table takes into account the
combination of wind and temperature, and applies to moderate to heavy work activity. The note
on table 2 explains how to adjust for lighter work activity.
NOTES ON TABLE 2
The schedule applies to moderate to heavy work activity with warm-up breaks of 10 minutes in a
warm location. For light-to-moderate work (limited physical movement): apply the schedule one
step lower. For example, at 30F with no noticeable wind (Step 4), a worker at a job with little
physical movement should have a maximum work period of 40 minutes (Step 5), because he/she
generated less body heat when he/she is less active and therefore, will get colder sooner.
The following is suggested as a guide for estimating wind velocity, if accurate information is not
available:
8 kph: light flag movers
16 kph: light flag fully extended
24 kph: raises newspaper sheet
32 kph: blowing and drifting snow
CAUTIONS
Alcohol intake should be avoided when exposed to cold environments. Alcohol produces a
deceptive feeling of warmth and can affect circulation, particularly to the extremities.
Workers with health conditions which affect normal body temperature regulation or cause
circulation problems, e.g. Raynauds disease, diabetes, thrombophlebitis, should avoid working
in the cold.
Workers who have previously suffered from frostbite will remain extremely sensitive to cold and
should avoid further risk of frostbite.
If loose or bulk clothing is worn, special care should be taken when working around moving
equipment or machinery to prevent clothing from becoming entrapped.
CONDITIONS & SIGNS
Frost Bite
Signs are loss of sensation; cold, pale, waxy skin. To treat, warm frostbitten area quickly,
immersing in warm water for about 20 to 30 minutes. Do not rub and be careful to avoid burns
Revision: 2013-08
Page 81
because the frostbitten skin becomes sensitive in temperature. Get medical aid if there is no
return of feeling.
Trench Foot/Immersion Foot
Signs are intense pain in foot, with swelling. Discoloration of the skin may be caused by long
immersion in cold water. Water temperature does not need to be below freezing to cause trench
foot. Prevent further exposure, warm and dry the feet and get medical aid.
Hypothermia
Signs are cold extremities which are numb and clumsy; severe shivering; reduced mental
alertness with irritability and lack of concentration; unusual or bizarre behavior may occur. Loss
of consciousness, coma and death can occur if not treated. Remove the person from the cold to
prevent further exposure. Wrap in blankets. In more serious cases, immerse in warm water, or
place stripped victim in a sleeping bag with one or two stripped warm people to provide body
heat. Contact medical aid for advice and assistance as soon as possible.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 82
Exposure to Cold
Table 1
Cooling Power of Wind on Exposed Flesh Expressed As An Equivalent Temperature
Estimated Wind Speed
in KPH
Calm
8
18
24
32
40
48
56
64
Actual Temperature Reading (C)

10.0
4.4
-1.1
-6.7
10.0
8.9
4.4
2.2
0.0
1.1
-2.2
-2.8
-3.3
4.4
2.8
2.2
-5.6
-7.8
-8.9
-10.6
-11.7
-12.2
-1.1
-2.8
-8.9
-12.8
-15.6
-17.8
-18.9
-20.0
-21.0
-6.7
-8.9
-15.6
-20.6
-23.3
-26.1
-27.7
-28.9
-29.4
Winter speeds greater

than 64 kph have little
additional effect
-12.2
-17.8
-23.0
-29.0
Equivalent Chill Temperature
-12.2
-17.8
-23.0
-29.0
-14.4
-20.6
-26.1
-32.2
-22.8
-31.0
-36.1
-43.3
-27.7
-37.8
-42.7
-50.0
-31.7
-39.4
-47.2
-55.0
-34.0
-42.2
-50.5
-58.8
-36.1
-44.4
-52.7
-61.6
-37.2
-46.1
-55.0
-63.3
-38.3
-47.2
-56.1
-65.0
Little Danger
If exposure is for less than
an hour and skin and
clothing are dry. However,
workers should be aware of
a false sense of security.
Increasing Danger
Exposed flesh
may freeze
within one
minute.
-34.0
-40.0
-46.0
-51.0
-34.0
-34.4
-50.0
-57.7
-63.3
-66.6
-70.0
-72.2
-73.3
-40.0
-43.8
-56.4
-65.0
-71.1
-75.5
-78.3
-80.5
-82.2
-46.0
-49.4
-63.8
-72.7
-78.8
-83.3
-87.2
-89.4
-91.1
-51.0
-55.5
-70.5
-80.0
-85.0
-91.6
-95.5
-98.3
-100.0
Great Danger
Exposed flesh
may freeze
within 30
seconds.
(Adapted from a table developed by U.S Army Research Institute of Environmental Medicine)
Revision: 2013-08
Page 83
Work Warm-Up Schedule

Table 2
Work Warm-Up Schedule For Work In Cold Environments
Air Temperature
Sunny Sky
No Noticeable
Wind
8 kph Wind
16 kph Wind
24 kph Wind
32 kph Wind
-26C to -28C
-15F to -19F
55 mins.
40 mins.
-20F to -24F
Normal work
hours and break
periods
75 mins.
75 mins.
-29C to -31C
55 mins.
40 mins.
*30mins.
-32C to -34C
-25F to -29F
Normal work
hours and break
periods
Normal work
hours and break
periods
75 mins.
55 mins.
40 mins.
*30 mins.
-35C to -37C
-30F to -34F
55 mins.
40 mins.
30 mins.
-38C to -39C
-35F to -39F
40 mins.
*30 mins.
-40C to -42C
-40F to -44F
*30 mins.
-43C & Below
-45F & Below
Non-emergency
work should cease
Non-emergency
work should cease
Non-emergency
work should cease
Non-emergency
work should cease
Non-emergency
work should cease
* At these conditions, there is danger that exposed flesh may freeze, and appropriate covering and precautions must be used. (Developed by
Occupational Health & Safety Division, Department of Labor, and Saskatchewan).
Revision: 2013-08
Page 84
4.11
EXPOSURE TO HEAT
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
Hot working conditions may be found in various industrial processes and on outdoor work sites
that CEMATRIX employees work with.
The human body functions most efficiently within a fairly narrow range of temperatures. At 2C
above or below 37C additional stress is put on the body to regulate itself; for example, shivering
to keep warm or perspiring to keep cool. The main way in which the body cools itself is by
perspiring; this perspiration is then evaporated from the skin providing a cooling effect. If the
fluid lost through perspiration is replaced at a rate similar to the loss, very few health effects will
occur. However, when there is a net loss of body fluid, workers may become dizzy, irritable and
inattentive, which may make them more likely to have accidents. High humidity prevents
perspiration from evaporating, with the result that the body cannot cool itself. The combination
of high temperature and high humidity may lead to more serious heat related problems. The
problem may be further aggravated when wearing heavy protective clothing.
PREVENTION
Environmental Measures
An occupational hygiene survey should be done to see if there are measures that can be taken to
control severe indoor heat. These measures may include:
Isolating workers from heat, e.g. by using air conditioned booth or automating the process.
Screening the heat source, e.g. using movable or permanent heat reflecting screens, checking
the position and efficiency of fans and air blowers, lowering the humidity.
Personal Measures
Fluids should be provided and workers encouraged taking frequent drinks. The feeling of thirst
alone may not be enough to ensure sufficient intake. 200-300ml per hour (1 cup) may be needed.
These fluids should be water (cool not cold), diluted fruit juice, tea or lemon tea. A drink to
provide replacement of electrolytes and sugar such as Gatorade may be given about once per
shift.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 85
It is important to replace the amount of fluid lost through perspiring on each shift. One quick
way of measuring is to take the workers weight before and after each shift. Each 0.453 Kg. (1
lbs.) of weight loss requires 500ml of fluid replacement. The fluid should be taken at a rate no
faster than 2 cups per hour to avoid abdominal cramps.
The normal salt content of food plus the use of salt on food is usually sufficient to replace the
salt lost through perspiring. Salt tablets or saline (salt drinks) should only be provided on the
advice of a physician.
Clothing should be light in weight and color; it should also be loose and of a fabric that will
allow perspiration to evaporate (e.g. cotton). In some jobs, it may be necessary to wear protective
clothing, goggles, gloves and boots to provide a screen from the heat source.
Outdoor workers should wear appropriate clothing and sunglasses to screen out the sun.
Additional measures include wearing sun-screen the number on the label indicates the level of
protection provided. The higher the number, the higher the protection. Very fair skinned people
may need to use a 25 sun blocking lotion.
The provision of rest breaks in a cooler area is an extremely effective means of preventing heat
related health problems. Recommendations for these breaks are based on the wet-bulb globe
temperature (WBGT) readings. These readings provide a measure of the combined effect of heat
and humidity. At a given temperature, the higher the humidity, the greater the heat stress. As
pointed out above, high humidity prevents perspiration from evaporating and the body cannot
cool itself efficiently.
Acclimatization to heat can be achieved by gradually increasing length of exposure over the
period of 4 - 7 days. Physically fit workers adapt to heat far more quickly than unfit ones.
However, this acclimatization is lost very quickly. One week away from heat will require a
worker to re-acclimatize.
Heat rash (prickly heat) can be prevented by resting in cool places at regular intervals and
showering after each work shift.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 86
Recommendations For Rest Breaks Are As Follows:

Work/Rest
Continuous work
75% work - 25% rest
50% work - 50% rest
25% work - 75% rest
Work Load:
Light
Medium
Heavy
30.0
30.6
31.4
32.2
26.7
28.0
29.4
31.1
25.0
25.9
27.9
30.0
Light Work
Sitting - moderate arm and trunk movements or leg movement (desk work, typing,
driving cat, etc.)
Standing - light work at machine or booth.
Medium Work
Sitting - heavy arm and leg movements.

Standing - light or moderate work at bench or machine, with some walking about.
Walking about with lifting or pushing.
Heavy Work
Intermittent lifting, pushing or pulling, e.g. pick and shovel, hard sustained work.
CAUTIONS
Workers with high blood pressure or kidney problems should definitely not use extra salt or salt
tablets unless directed by physician.
People who have chronic disease, are obese, pregnant, elderly, or abuse alcohol usually develop
problems from heat exposure more quickly than others.
Do not drink more than 2-3 cups of fluid at a time, doing this can cause stomach cramps.
Alcohol, coffee, cola or other carbonated drinks containing caffeine increase the amount of urine
passed and should be avoided by people who are perspiring profusely.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 87
Anyone who has previously suffered from heat stroke has an increased sensitivity to heat and
should avoid exposure at much as possible.
Heat Rash (Prickly Heat)
Tingling and burning of the skin, red itchy rash. Most likely in hot humid environment where the
skin is wet most of the time. Cool showers, thorough drying and calamine lotion help to alleviate
the condition. Shower often and wear clothing to absorb perspiration and wick it away from the
body so it can evaporate.
Heat Cramps
Signs are painful spasms of the muscles that do the hardest work. This can occur during or after
working hours. Take a glass of water with tsp salt and massage the muscles causing the pain.
Warm up muscles before heavy work to avoid cramping.
Fainting
If fainting is a problem, avoid standing still in one position. Move around and stretch to improve
circulation. Drink enough fluids to replace that lost by perspiration.
Heat Exhaustion
Signs of exhaustion are tired, weak, dizzy, clammy skin and slow weak pulse. Complexion will
be pale or flushed. Lie down with knees raised and take cool fluids. If no rapid improvement of
condition occurs or the person has a known heart condition, contact a physician.
Heat Stroke
Usually the victim stops perspiring. Temperature is high (40 - 43) with hot, dry skin and
confusion. Person must be taken to the hospital as quickly as possible. Cooling should be started
before moving. On the way to the hospital, soak victims clothes in cold water and fan. If
transport is delayed, cool rapidly to 39C, and then slow the cooling. Massage the limbs to
encourage blood flow.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 88
4.12
EXTENSION CORDS PORTABLE
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
1. All portable extension cords must be of the outdoor type, rated for 600 volts, and have an
insulated grounding conductor. The rated load shall not be exceeded.
2. Defective cords must not be used.
3. Extension cords shall not be fastened with staples, hung from nails or suspended by wire.
4. Extension cords are to be protected during use to prevent damage from sharp edges,
movement of materials, flame cutting and other operations.
5. All extension cords used should have ground fault protection.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 89
4.13
FIRE AND USE OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
Good housekeeping is essential in the prevention of fires. Fires can start anywhere and at any
time. This is why it is important to know which fire extinguisher to use and how to use it.
Always keep fire extinguishers visible and easy to get at. Fire extinguishers have to be properly
maintained to do the job. Where temperature is a factor, ensure that care is taken in selecting the
right
extinguisher.
TYPES OF FIRES
Class A: Wood, paper, rags, rubbish and other ordinary combustible materials
Recommended Extinguishers:
Water from a hose, pump type water can, pressurized extinguisher and soda acid
extinguishers.
Fighting the Fire:
Soak fire completely - even the smoking embers.
Class B: Flammable liquids, oil and grease
ABC units, dry chemical, foam and carbon dioxide extinguishers.
Fighting the Fire:
Start at the base of the fire and use a swinging motion from left to right, always keeping
the fire in front of you.
Class C: Electrical equipment
Carbon dioxide and dry chemical (ABC units) extinguishers.
Fighting the Fire:
Use short bursts on the fire. When the electrical current is shut off on a Class C fire, it
can become a Class A fire if the materials around the electrical fire are ignited.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 90
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
Portable extinguishers are classified according to their capacity for handling specific types of
fires.
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Fire extinguisher caps shall not be interchanged.

Water or water extinguishers shall not be used on electrical fires.
Dry chemical recharge materials shall be stored in a dry location.
Dry chemical shall be blown from the extinguisher hose after use, by turning the extinguisher
upside down and squeezing control lever.
A straight stream of water shall not be placed on hot oil or steam lines or other normally hot
surfaces.
All extinguishers shall be inspected at regular intervals and shall be tagged with the date of
inspection and/or refill.
All extinguishers shall be promptly refilled after use.
The contents of all extinguishers shall be projected on a fire from the windward side and
directed at its base or outer edge of fire with a sweeping motion.
All instructions of the manufacturer as to the recharging of the extinguisher and its
maintenance shall be followed.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 91
4.14
GRINDERS USE OF PORTABLES
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
An abrasive wheel break can cause severe injury. Proper storage of new wheels, proper use of
wheels and proper maintenance of wheels must be observed.
Familiarize yourself with the grinder operation before commencing work.

Guards must be provided in place and adjusted to protect you. Replace damaged guards.
Clean and service grinders according to manufacturers recommendations. Record all
maintenance for grinders.
Ensure that a machine will not operate when unattended by checking dead-man (constant
pressure) switch.
Wear safety glasses, goggles, and face shield to protect against flying particles.
Gloves, aprons, safety boots, and respiratory protection are advisable, depending on
work.
Ensure that all operators are properly trained.
SPEEDS
Maximum speed in revolutions per minute (rpm) is marked on every wheel. Never
exceed this speed.
Check the speed marked on the wheel and compare it to the speed on the grinder. Is it
equal or greater than the maximum speed of the grinder?
Measure speed of any new machine. Take several readings.
Measure speed of governor controlled air driven grinders after 20 hours of use or every
week, whichever comes first. Measure speed after any repairs.
Measure speed of electricity driven grinders monthly and after repairs.
Check speed for vibrations.
WARNING: DO NOT INHALE DUST.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 92
CHECKLIST
DO:
Before Grinding:
Check that newly mounted or existing wheels do not vibrate or operate roughly at operating
speed.
Use racks or hooks to store portable grinders.
Stand away from the wheel when starting grinders.
Inspect all wheels for cracks and defects before mounting.
Ensure mounting flange surfaces are clean and flat.
Use mounting blotters supplied.
Run newly mounted wheels at operating speed for 1 minute before grinding.
Wear eye, ear and face protection.
Wear dust mask.
DO NOT:
Do not use grinders near flammable materials.

Do not clamp portable grinders in a vise for grinding hand held work.
Do not use liquid coolant with portable grinders.
Do not force wheels onto a grinder or change mounting hole sizes.
Do not over tighten the mounting nut.
Do not use grinders for jobs they were not designed for (i.e. cutting).

Revision: 2013-08
Page 93
4.15
HAND-HELD CIRCULAR SAW USE
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
This type of power hand tool is one of the most commonly used in construction. Because of its
common use, numerous accidents occur due to thoughtless acts.
The following are minimum accepted practices:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Approved safety equipment such as safety glasses or a face shield must be worn.
Where harmful vapors or dusts are created, approved breathing protection is to be used.
The proper sharp blade designed for the work to be done must be used.
The power supply must be disconnected before making any adjustments to the saw or
changing the blade.
5. Before the saw is set down, be sure the retracting guard has fully returned to its down
position.
6. Both hands must be used to hold the saw while ripping.
7. Maintenance is to be done according to the manufacturers specifications.
8. Ensure all cords are clear of the cutting area before starting to cut.
9. Before cutting, check the stock for foreign objects or any other obstruction that could cause
the saw to kick back.
10. When ripping, make sure the stock is held securely in place. Use a wedge to keep the stock
from closing, thereby causing the saw to bind.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 94
4.16
HANDLING MATERIALS IN THE WIND
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
Wind can affect the work site in many different ways. New construction can be damaged due to
wind loads. Neighboring properties and workers can be damaged by flying construction
materials. Blowing dust can also be a safety issue.
FRAMING
Plywood should be stacked in neat piles and the top sheets nailed together.
Scarp and loose sheet goods should be stored so that wind cannot blow pieces around.
Second floor and higher decks are more vulnerable to wind. Loose materials blown from a
height can do considerable damage so clean up daily.
As walls are being stood up brace them immediately.
Use tag lines when hoisting roof trusses.
Trusses must be braced as soon as enough are standing to get permanent braces in place.
Lift sheet goods only as needed on the roof.
If it is too windy to carry sheets, work should be stopped.
HOISTING
Sheet goods should be strapped or at least the top sheets nailed together when lifted with
forklifts.
Light loads that can be affected by wind should be tied together before lifting with the
forklift.
Tag lines used with suspended loads.
DUST
It is always a good idea to wear safety glasses.

In some circumstances, water can be used to prevent blowing dust.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 95
4.17
STORING HOARDING PANELS / OTHER SHEET MATERIALS
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
Hoarding panels become dangerous objects in high wind conditions and require proper fastening
when being stored.
The general principal is to band the whole pile together so that wind cannot act on the individual
panels but must move the whole pile, which is too heavy to move. If you have enough panels in
the pile, the weight of the pile alone will prevent it from moving. However, when dealing with
just a few panels, weight will have to be added to the top of the pile to hold it down.
METHODS OF BANDING THE PILE TOGETHER
1. Wrap metal lumber banding strap around each end of the pile. For transport, lumber should
be nailed to the pile sides to keep it aligned. This method is good for both temporary and
permanent storage.
2. Metal 16ga structural framing strap could be used instead of the banding. Wrap the whole
pile with the strap and nail each end of the strap to at least three panels with at least two
double head or common nails per panel.
3. Use the lumber nailed to the pile corners to hold the pile together and keep the pile aligned.
At least two nails in each of the top and bottom three or four panels should be used for
temporary storage. For transport, more nails will be required to keep the pile aligned. For
temporary site storage, 16ga framing strap could be nailed to the top and bottom three panels
at each corner of the panel.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 96
4.18
HOLES IN DECKS AND FLOORS
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
Any hole in a deck or floor:
1. Although small, may be stepped into or be a tripping hazard, or
2. Large enough to fall through should have:
A protective cover of appropriate sheet material (minimum 3/4 plywood);

This protective cover fastened securely in place;
A painted warning on the cover so that others know why it is there;
Guard rails or barricades if the hole is too large to cover.
If covers are removed for work to proceed, the area should be appropriately danger flagged and
they must be replaced immediately when that work is completed. In some cases safety belts and
lanyards may be required when working near open holes.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 97
4.19
HOUSEKEEPING
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
1. Work locations, vehicles and buildings shall be kept clean and orderly at all times.
2. Combustible materials, such as oil soaked rags and waste, shall be kept in approved metal
containers.
3. Flammable liquids such as gasoline, benzene, naphtha, paint thinner, etc. shall not be used
for cleaning purposes.
4. All solvents shall be kept in C.S.A. approved, properly labeled containers. Gasoline,
benzene naphtha, paints thinner and other solvents of this class shall be handled and
dispensed only from approved, properly labeled containers.
5. Floors and platforms shall be kept free of dangerous projections or obstructions and shall be
maintained reasonably free from oil, grease, or water. Where the type of operation produces
slippery conditions, the area shall be cleaned immediately, or mats, grate, cleat or other
methods shall be used to reduce the hazard of slipping.
6. Materials and supplies shall be stored in an orderly manner so as to prevent their falling or
spreading, and to eliminate tripping and stumbling.
7. Emergency exits, stairways, aisles, permanent roadways, walkways, and material storage
shall be identified and kept clear at all times.
8. Materials and supplies shall not be stored in such a manner as to block access to fire
equipment.
9. No clothing shall be allowed to hang on walls, behind doors, in the space behind
switchboards. No matches shall be left in clothes or placed on lockers. Rubbish and unused
clothing shall not be allowed to accumulate in lockers.
10. Waste material and debris should be removed from work and access areas on a regular basis
or at least once a day. Waste material and debris should not be thrown from one level to
another but carried down, lowered in containers or deposited in a disposal chute.
11. In any building, except one provided for their storage, flammable liquids such as gasoline,
benzene, naphtha, paint thinner, etc. shall be limited to five gallons, in U.L. approved,
properly labeled containers.
12. Rule 11 does not apply to kerosene and cleaning agents of the Stoddard solvent class;
however, not more than one gallon of such liquids shall be kept in any open container. The
container shall be provided with a proper cover and be kept securely covered except when in
use.
13. When pouring or pumping gasoline or other flammable liquids from one container to
another, metallic contact shall be maintained between the pouring and receiving containers.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 98
14. Strict adherence shall be paid to No Smoking and Stop Your Motor signs at fuel
dispensing locations.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 99
4.20
LADDERS
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
PORTABLE LADDERS
1. Only company approved ladders conforming to CSA/ANSI standards should be used.
2. All ladders shall be inspected frequently and regularly. Ladders with weakened, broken, or
missing steps or rungs, cracked side rails, non-slip bases or other defects shall be tagged and
removed from the service until repaired or replaced.
3. Wooden ladders shall not be painted, only a clear nonconductive finish such as boiled linseed
oil or wood preservative shall be used.
4. Aluminum, magnesium, other conductive metal ladders or wire reinforced wooden ladders
shall not be permitted in energized switchyards, terminal stations, battery rooms, or where
the possibility exists of the ladder or worker coming into contact with energized conductions
or equipment.
5. Ladders shall not be placed in front of doors opening towards the ladder unless the door is
open, locked, guarded or unless barricades have been erected.
6. Ladders shall be set up on a firm level surface. If the base is to rest on soft non-compacted or
rough soil, a mud sill should still be used.
7. When setting up a ladder, secure the base, and walk the ladders into place.
8. All portable ladders shall be equipped with suitable non-slip safety feet or skid bases.
9. Where there exists a hazard of the ladder slipping, it shall be securely held in place by tying
or by a person holding the base of the ladder.
10. The ladders should be set at the proper angle of one (1) horizontal to every four (4) vertical.
11. The ladders should not be climbed higher than the third step from the top.
12. When dismounting from a ladder at an elevated position (as at a roof) the employee shall
ensure that the ladder extends at least one meter above the dismounting position
13. When ascending or descending ladders, employees shall use both hands for climbing and
shall face the ladders. Three points of contact should always be maintained: 2 feet and 1 hand
or 1 foot and 2 hands.
14. Only one employee shall be on a portable ladder at one time.
15. Dont over reach while on a ladder. It is easier and safer to climb down and move the ladder
over a few feet to a new position.
16. Ladders shall not be used in an elevated or horizontal position as substitutes for scaffold
planks, runways or any other service unless specifically designed for.
17. Workers on a ladder shall not straddle the space between a ladder and any other object.
18. Boxes, chairs, etc. shall not be used in place of ladders.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 100
19. Ladders shall not be erected on boxes, carts, tables, scaffold platforms, man lift platforms or
on vehicles.
20. Employees working from ladders at heights greater than 3 meters or whenever both hands
must be used for the job or their exists the possibility of the employee falling from an
elevated position, they shall be belted in.
21. Ladders not specifically designed for that purpose, shall not be sliced together to form a
larger ladder.
22. A ladder shall not be placed against an unsafe support. Rest both side rails on the top support,
with the top secure to prevent slipping.
23. When sections of portable ladders are extended, the overlap shall not be less than one meter.
Do not remove safety extension bolts, or stopper bolts.
Place ladder feet 1/4 of ladders working

length away from the base of the
structure.
Extend ladder at least 1m (3ft) above the
landing platform.
Locate ladder on a firm footing using
slip-resistant feet or secure blocking, or
have someone hold the ladder.
Rest both side rails on top support, and
secure ladder to prevent slipping.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 101
WORKERS RESPONSIBILITIES
Install temporary or permanent guardrails on stairs before stairs are used as general
access between levels to prevent falling or stepping off edges.
Do not store materials on stairways that are used for general access between levels.
Do not use ladders to enter or leave an elevated or sublevel work area if the area has
another safe and recognizable way to enter or leave it.
Do not use wooden ladders.
Do not work from the top two rungs, steps, or cleats of a portable ladder unless otherwise
specified by the manufacturer.
Ensure that the ladder is placed at the proper angle (1 foot out from the base every 4 feet
of vertical use).
Keep hazardous projections (such as protruding nails, large splinters, etc.) out of the
stairs, treads and handrails.
Correct any slippery surfaces on stairways before they are used.
Inspect ladders before use for broken rungs or other defects to prevent accidents. Ensure
all manufactured/job made ladders are in good condition and free of defects.
Disassemble and discard any defective ladders.
Secure ladders near top and bottom to prevent from slipping and causing falls.
When you cant tie a ladder off, be sure the ladder is on a stable and level surface so it
cannot be kicked over.
Extend ladders at least 3 feet (1 meter) above the landing, platform or parapet if the
ladder is used as a means of access to the landing, platform of parapet to provide a
handhold or for balance when getting on and off the ladder from other surfaces.
Do not set up ladders near passage ways or other high traffic areas, use ladders only as
they are intended, not as a platform, runway, or scaffold planks.
Always face the ladder and maintain 3 points of contact while climbing up or down a
ladder.
Always ensure that a ladder used during servicing of energized or potentially energized
electrical equipment is made of a nonconductive material.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 102
STEP LADDERS
As with all ladders, make sure that the step ladder is in good condition, and it is the right ladder
for the job to be done.
Step ladders are to be used only on clean even surfaces.
1. No work is to be done from the top two steps of a ladder, counting the top platform as a rung.
2. When in the open position ready for use, the incline of the front step section shall be one (1)
horizontal to six (6) vertical.
3. The step ladder legs shall be spread in the fully opened position with the spreaders bars
locked in place.
4. Top of step shall not be used as a support for scaffolds.
5. Step ladders shall not be used as straight ladders.
6. Dont over reach while on a ladder and keep the body centered. Climb down and move the
ladder over to a new position.
7. When an employee is working on a step ladder over 3m high (except a platform ladder), the
ladder shall be held by another person.
8. Only CSA/ANSI standard ladders shall be used.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 103
4.21
LIFTING AND CARRYING
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
Most lifting accidents are due to improper methods rather than lifting heavy loads.
All manual lifting should be planned and safe lifting practices followed.
1. Employees should know their physical limitation and the approximate weight of the materials
they are trying to lift.
2. Obtain assistance lifting heavy objects whenever the task may be more than can be safely
handled.
3. Before any Manual lifting is done, the use of power equipment or mechanical lifting devices
such as dollies, trucks or similar devices should be considered and employed where practical.
4. Bulky loads should be carried in such a way as to permit an unobstructed view ahead.
5. Ensure a good grip before lifting.
6. Lift gradually. Lift slowly, smoothly and without jerking.
7. The back should be kept close to vertical or straight and lifting done with the leg muscles
which are large and strong.
8. Avoid unnecessary bending. Do not place objects on the floor if they must be picked up
again later.
9. Avoid unnecessary twisting. Turn your feet; do not turn your hips or shoulders. Leave
enough room to shift your feet so as not to twist.
10. Avoid reaching out. Handle heavy objects close to the body. Avoid long reach out to pick up
an object.
11. Do not be tempted at the last moment to swing the load onto the deck or shelf by bending or
twisting your back; it could end up being your last heavy load.
12. Pipes, conduits, reinforcing rods and other conductive materials should not be carried on the
shoulders near live electrical equipment or conductors.
13. When two or more persons carry a heavy object that is to be lowered or dropped, there shall
be a prearranged signal for releasing the load.
14. When two or more persons are carrying an object, each employee, if possible, should face the
direction in which the object is being carried.
15. Keep in good physical shape. Get proper exercise and maintain a good diet.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 104
4.22
LIFTING AND HOISTING (USING EQUIPMENT)
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
EVALUATING THE LOAD

Determine the weight of the object or load prior to a lift to make sure that the lifting equipment
can operate within its capabilities.
BALANCING THE LOAD
Estimate the center of gravity or point of balance. The lifting device should be positioned
immediately above the estimated center of gravity.
LANDING THE LOAD
Prepare a place to land the load, lower the load gently and make sure it is stable before
slackening the sling or chain.
1. Select only alloy chain slings and never exceed the working load limits.
2. Make sure the hoist or crane is directly over the load.
3. Use slings of proper reach. Never shorten a line by twisting or knotting. With chain slings,
never use bolts or nuts.
4. Never permit anyone to ride the lifting hook or the load.
5. Make sure all personnel stand clear from the load being lifted.
6. Never work under a suspended load, unless the load is properly supported.
7. Never leave a load suspended when hoist or crane is unattended.
8. Inspect all slings thoroughly at specified intervals and maintain them in good condition.
9. Inspect each chain or sling for cuts, bent links, bent hooks, etc. before each use. If in doubt,
dont use it.
10. Ensure that safety latches on hooks are in good working condition.
11. Ensure that the signaler is properly identified and understands techniques of proper signaling.
12. Make sure the tagline is used to control the load.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 105
4.23
LIGHTING FIXED TEMPORARY
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
This refers to the electrical system installed for the purpose of illumination during construction.
Branch lighting circuits should be kept entirely separate from power circuits except for a
common supply. Minimum temporary lighting requirements do not include provisions for
portable hand-held lamps used by various trades to illuminate their immediate work area.
1. Lamps should be installed in suitable locations to illuminate the entire area. Where this is not
practical, additional light should be installed over and above the minimum requirements.
2. All temporary lighting is to be inspected regularly and burned out or missing lamps replaced
promptly. Any lights that become obstructed by new work such as ceiling, ducts, piping,
equipment, and partitions should be relocated.
3. Non-metallic sheathed cable of type N.W.M. 10 should be used for branch circuits providing
it is not less than No. 12 A.W.G. copper.
4. All lamp holders should be hard usage type, medium base sockets. The use of left-handed
threaded lamps and sockets has been found effective.
5. N.M.W. 10 cables should be secured to the structure by thermoplastic insulated solid wire on
both sides the each light. The intervals between supports should be more than 8 to 10.
6. Each individual lighting branch circuit should be protected by a circuit breaker or fuse with a
rating of 15 amperes and the total load per circuit should not exceed 12 amperes.
7. Lighting stringers should not be plugged into a receptacle but hard-wired directly into a
distribution panel.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 106
4.24
PROPANE GAS AND CYLINDERS
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
Propane is a chemical compound made up of hydrogen and carbon. It has the property of
turning from gas to liquid when pressure is applied. This allows us to pump a lot of propane
into a steel cylinder and makes transportation relatively easy and inexpensive. Thus we get
liquefied hydrocarbon or L-P Gas, as propane and other similar gases are frequently
called.
Propane is non-toxic and non-poisonous. It is artificially odorized to aid in detecting leaks. In
the event of gas leakage, close all cylinder valves immediately and close all appliance valves
and do not turn them on again until the cause of the leakage has been found.
Propane burns with hot, clear blue flame when mixed with the proper amount of air. The
proper amount of air is very important.
Propane gas is heavier than air. If a leak should occur, the gas may tend to collect near the
floor or flow into a basement. Therefore, cylinders and regulators should be located outside
and at least three feet horizontally away from any opening in any building, as prescribed by
the National Fire Protection Association and the Canadian Standards Association.
All installations and use of this product on the job site must comply with the Government
legislation set out for its safe use.
Suppliers delivering the product or setting up the equipment at the site must be part of the
safe work practices.
STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION OF CYLINDERS
Cylinders must be kept upright at all times during storage, transportation and use.
They should always be stored outside - away from any flames or sources of ignition and
never in heated or inhabited dwellings.
Some cylinders require valve protection caps that must be kept in place, except when the
cylinder is actually connected to a system and in use.
During transportation all cylinder should be secured so they cannot be knocked over.
HANDLING OF CYLINDERS
Cylinders should always be upright whether in storage, during transportation or in use unless
designed for horizontal use.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 107
Each cylinder has a safety relief device (usually on the valve) to relieve the pressure if the
gas gets too hot. If a cylinder is lying on its side when the temperature rises and the safety
device is opened, liquid will be released - and liquid propane is over 200 times more
concentrated as propane vapor.
Lifting Lugs provided on tanks are to be used.
Tank gauges and regulators are to be removed from the tank prior to any movement of the
tank.
Crane hooks shall be equipped with a safety latch.
All trucks, cranes or equipment used to handle propane tanks must be equipped with a fire
extinguisher appropriate for the size and type of tank being handled.
Except in an emergency, any movement or repositioning of tanks should be performed by a
competent worker.
BASIC RULES FOR SAFE OPERATION
Before connecting a full cylinder, open the cylinder valve three (short) times to blow out any
dust or moisture, and then close it tight again. Do this in the open and away from any source
of ignition.
Cylinder valves should always be closed tight before any cylinder (full or empty) is
connected or disconnected from the system.
Each cylinder should be turned so that the relief valve points away from the other cylinders
or combustibles.
Only approved hoses and fittings must be used to connect a cylinder to tools and equipment.
Make sure the pigtail or regulator is screwed into the cylinder valve outlet firmly. Remember
it has left hand threads.
Tanks are not to be hooked up and used without proper regulators.
Open cylinder valves fully when in use (by turning counter-clockwise). This gives you full
flow of gas from the cylinder and prevents any leak around the valve stem.
Tanks are not to be heated to increase flow.
Test the connection for tightness and leaks with soapy water, never a flame or matches.
Check operation by lighting one burner (it may be slow to light till air is expelled) - then, if
all is well, relight all pilots and check each appliance for normal operation.
If you ever find a cylinder that is leaking gas because of characteristics of gas odor, stop
smoking and keep all sources of ignition away. If possible take it away from all buildings to
an open field. Then try to shut off the valve tight (there may be a particle of dirt keeping the
valve from closing). If the leak continues, let the gas escape to the open air until the cylinder
is empty. Make sure the wind blows any gas away from buildings, automobiles, etc.
Never use a damaged or leaking cylinder. No cylinder should be put into service which has
been involved in or near any fire, or has dents or other signs of damage of any kind. Such

Revision: 2013-08
Page 108
cylinder must be prequalified for service according to the Government regulations. Take it to
your Propane Distributor for inspection.
Never try to transfer gas from one container to another. This can only be done safely be men
trained in this work, who have the proper pumps and equipment in approved locations and
premises. It is against the law as well as insurance regulations to transfer gas from a cylinder
to a smaller one, except in an approved propane cylinder filling plant.
Close cylinder valves tight even when empty (by turning clockwise). This is necessary to
prevent moisture getting into the empty cylinder during storage and transportation. Moisture
in the cylinder could cause freeze-up of the regulator in freezing weather (because of the
refrigeration action of the gas in the regulator when the pressure is being reduced).
When not in use, propane cylinders and hose-connected devices should not be left in trenches
or other low-lying areas. Propane is heavier than air and can settle in dangerous
concentrations at the bottom of trenches, manholes, basements, sumps and other below-grade
areas.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 109
4.25
REBAR PROTECTION
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
Protecting workers from injuries associated with rebar projections is an important consideration
in CEMATRIXs Safety Management Program.
APPLICATION
In the absences of specific regulatory requirements, rebar end protectors shall be installed in
areas traversed by workers where rebar projections represent a personal hazard.
SELECTION AND USE
The most popular protective method is the utilization of end caps, which are easily installed by
slipping them over the rebar ends. Specifically, there are two types that are generally used and
include the Mushroom Cap and/or the Square Cap. Mushroom Caps are generally installed
on horizontal rebar projections and Square Caps on vertical rebar projections.
RESPONSIBILITIES
Supervisors are responsible to facilitate and/or provide proper instruction to their workers on
protection requirements.
Workers must not remove rebar end cap protectors without permission from their supervisor and
must report situations where rebar projections (which may cause personal injury) have been
adequately protected.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 110
4.26
RIGGING
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
Rigging looks like an easy operation that requires no particular skill or experience. But if you
have an idea that just anybody can do it, youre on the wrong track.
Here are some Dos and Donts to remember:
1. Name one member of the crew to act as a signalman, and instruct the equipment operator to
recognize signals from that person only. The signalman must be careful not to order a move
until he has received the all ready signal from each member of the crew.
2. Each rigger must be sure hes in the clear before he gives an all ready to the signalman.
When you have positioned the sling or choker youre using, release it, if possible, before you
give the all ready signal.
3. If you must hold the sling or choker in position, be sure your hand is clear of pinch points. In
fact, your hand should be far enough away so theres no possibility of a frayed wire catching
your glove and jerking your hand into a pinch point. (Of course, frayed cables should never
be used.)
4. Watch out for the roll or swing of the load. Since its almost impossible to position the hook
exactly over the loads center, there will almost always be a swing or roll. Anticipate the
direction of the swing or roll and work away from it.
5. Never place yourself between material, equipment or any stationary object and the load
swing. Also, stay away from stacked material that may be knocked over by a swinging load.
6. Never stand under the load, and keep away from under the boom as much as possible.
Chances are that nothing will break, but something might.
7. Look over the place where the load is to be set. Remove unnecessary blocks or other objects
that might fly up if struck by the load.
8. When lowering or setting the load, be sure your feet and all other parts of your body are out
from under. Set the load down easily and slowly so that if it rolls on the blocking, it will be a
slow shift that you can get away from.
9. Identify the designated signalman by the use of distinctive vests, armlets, etc.
10. Use tag lines to control the leads.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 111
4.27
BACKING UP MOBILE EQUIPMENT / TRUCKS
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
A large percentage of construction site accidents and injuries involve mobile equipment/trucks.
Most of these accidents occur while machines are being reversed and are backing up. Operators
must be continually aware of people/traffic movements and obstacles around them.
CEMATRIX employees that drive will be required to complete a fleet safety course before they
are authorized to use company vehicles. Proper training in this respect will reflect a safe work
practice.
1. Circle your machine before mounting, particularly when in residential and commercial areas.
2. Always look back on both side of the machine before backing up.
3. Where ground workers are involved, ensure all are clear of the machine and accounted for
before moving.
4. Use a signal person to guide when:
Backing up in an area where vision is limited.
Aid in judging distance between the machine and obstacles is required.
Backing into traffic areas.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 112
4.28
TRAFFIC CONTROL AT WORK SITES
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
Control of traffic flow to protect workers from injuries associated with traffic congestion at work
sites.
PURPOSE
To regulate traffic at work sites in such a manner as to protect the safety and well-being of all
personnel and equipment.
PROCEDURE
Erect signs and barricades to direct traffic safely around worksite.

Restrict onsite traffic.
Obtain authorization to enter restricted work areas.
Vehicles should park pointed towards the exit with the doors closed, unlocked and the
keys in the ignition.
Prior to operation, the operator must perform a walk around check of the vehicle.
Operate vehicles in a safe and courteous manner.
If vehicle traffic at a worksite is dangerous to workers on foot, in vehicles or on
equipment, an employer must ensure that the traffic is controlled to protect the workers.
An employer must ensure that a worker on foot and exposed to traffic wears a highly
visible piece of clothing.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 113
4.29
COMPRESSED AIR
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
Air power tools in construction range from stapling guns to jack hammers. If not treated with
respect, these tools can become a powerful enemy rather than a servant.
1. Compressed air and compression air tools shall be used with caution.
2. Pneumatic tools shall be operated only by competent persons who have been trained in their
use.
3. Compressed air must not be used for cleaning purposes to blow debris or to clear dirt from
any workers clothes, except where reduced to less than 30 psi and then only with effective
chip guarding and PPE.
4. Pneumatic tools shall never be pointed at another person.
5. All hose connectors must be of the quick disconnect pressure release type with a safety
chain/cable.
6. Pneumatic power tools shall be secured to the hose or whip by some positive means to
prevent the tool from becoming accidentally disconnected.
7. Safety clips or retainers shall be securely installed and maintained on pneumatic impact
(percussion) tools to prevent attachments from being accidentally expelled.
8. Before making adjustments or changing air tools, unless equipped with quick change
connectors, the air shall be shut off at the air supply valve ahead of the hose, and the hose
bled at the tool before breaking the connection.
9. A proper pressure regulator and relief device must be in the system to ensure the correct
desired pressures are maintained.
10. Manufacturers safe operating pressure for hose, pipes, valves, filters and fittings shall not be
exceeded.
11. The correct air supply hoses must be used for the tool/equipment being used.
12. Regular checks must be done for cuts, bulges, or other damage & defective hoses repaired or
replaced.
13. All hoses exceeding inch inside diameter shall have a safety device at the source of supply
or branch line to reduce pressure in the case of hose failure.
14. The use of hoses for hoisting or lowering tools shall not be permitted.
15. The use of metal-reinforced hose shall be avoided near energized equipment. When this type
of hose must be used, proper clearances shall be maintained.
16. Eye protection, foot protection and other protective devices shall be worn when their use
could reduce the possibility of injury.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 114
17. During operations using compressed air tools, be sure other workers in the area are made
aware of or have restricted access to the hazard area.
18. The equipment must be properly maintained according to the manufacturers requirements.
19. Follow manufacturers general instructions and comply with legislated safety requirements.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 115
4.30
FORKLIFT
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
1. Before operating the forklift, adequate training must be provided by CEMATRIX.
2. Both the operator of the lift and the person helping with the lift must know the proper hand
signals.
3. Only one designated helper is to give signals to the fork lift operator.
4. A daily walk around and inspection report is to be filled out. A function test should be
performed prior to the start of work.
5. Before the forklift is operated on a site, each operator should do a site evaluation to identify
any possible hazards. The work site evaluation sheet must be filled out. The site must be reevaluated from time to time as construction proceeds - this should be done at least once a
week.
6. The forklift must be operated within the limits of the load chart. If the operator is uncertain of
the load he should stop and ask a supervisor.
7. Talk to the site supervisor to see if any site specific traffic rules are in place.
8. Hazardous areas, permanent obstructers should be flagged before operations commence.
9. Operator and helpers must wear high visibility vests.
10. Seat belt must always be used.
11. Never refuel the forklift with the engine running near an open flame, or while smoking.
12. Always check that you have a maximum visibility and adequate ventilation. Adjust mirrors
prior to starting the machine.
13. Never leave the operators seat of the RTFL with the engine running. Always properly shut
down the RTFL and set the brake before dismounting.
14. Use a 3 point contact when getting in and out.
15. Always accelerate slowly, brake gradually and use a speed appropriate to the terrain.
16. Do not drive across excessively steep slopes under any circumstances, use extreme caution
when turning on an incline or slope. Ascend and descend inclines or slopes with the heavy
end of the forklift pointing up the slope.
17. Use the horn to warn others when visibility is obstructed.
18. Load C.O.G. calculations are done for a load 24 out and 24 up from the back of the forks.
For every 1outside the box, reduce the max load by 100 pounds.
19. Stabilizers should always be down when unloading.
20. Load should be cradled and kept as low as practical.
21. Level frame prior to lifting a load.
22. Light loads should be banded.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 116
23. During windy conditions, extreme caution should be used.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 117
4.31
OFFICE SAFETY
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
CEMATRIX is committed to protecting workers from injuries associated with office
environments.
PROTECTIVE MECHANISMS
Safe work procedures

ERP (Emergency Response Plan)
Manufacturers recommendations
Alberta Fire Code
Local Legislation
MSDS
Working Alone Policy
SUPERVISOR RESPONSIBILITY
Supervisors are responsible to facilitate and/or provide proper instruction to their workers on
protection requirements and training.
WORKER RESPONSIBILITY
Ensure you are conversant with emergency evacuation.

Ensure that all electrical cords are in good condition and are not overloaded.
Ensure that computer monitors are adjusted to correct height and kept clean.
Ensure fans/space heaters are used to manufacturer specifications.
Ensure floors and aisles are kept clear and not cluttered.
Ensure that only one drawer of a filing cabinet is open at a time and drawers are closed
when not in use.
Ensure proper type of fire extinguisher is available.
When transporting materials of a heavy nature, ensure that handcarts and trolleys are used
properly.
Operate microwave according to manufacturers specifications.
Ensure coffee makers are used according to manufacturer specifications.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 118
Ensure photocopier is maintained according to manufacturers specifications.

Ensure chairs are in good repair.
Ensure rugs are kept clean and in good repair free of tripping hazard.
Ensure paper cutter blade is placed in closed lock position.
Ensure all loose clothing and operators hair is tied back when using paper shredder.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 119
4.32
SCAFFOLDS
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
CEMATRIX Inc. generally does not use scaffolds in the normal scope of work. This section has
been added for awareness.
SIX KEY SAFETY RULES FOR FRAME SCAFFOLDS
1. Make sure all equipment is in good condition.
2. Set the scaffold on level, firm footing using screw jacks and mud sills.
3. Erect scaffold plumb and level. Climb and descend with caution, using access
climbing ladder. Use both hands.
4. Proper footwear.
5. Install proper planking, in good condition.
6. Install guard rails and toe boards.
GENERAL RULES
The erection and dismantling of scaffolds must be carried out under the supervision of
personnel knowledgeable and experienced in such operations.
Workers erecting or dismantling a scaffold more than 2.5 m (8 feet) high must be tied off
with a harness and lanyard.
Scaffolds must be erected with all braces, pins, screw jacks, base plates and other fittings
installed, as required by the manufacturer.
Scaffolds must be adequately braced horizontally and vertically.
Most tubular frame scaffolds should have braces both on every section in the vertical
plane.
Horizontal bracing is provided to some extent by the scaffold platform and the base plates
on the scaffold legs. However, where scaffolds are several sections high or where they
are on casters, most manufacturers recommend that horizontal bracing be used.
Scaffolds must be equipped with guardrails consisting of:
o Horizontal rail - 0.92 m to 1.07 m above platforms
o Intermediate rail - horizontal rail midway between scaffold platform and top rail
o Toe board - horizontal member at platform level no less than 140mm in height
above the platform level.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 120
Scaffold platforms must be at least 46 cm (18 inches) wide and if they are over 2.5 m (8
feet) high they must be planked across their full width.
Scaffolds must be tied to a building at vertical intervals not exceeding three times the
least lateral dimension, including the dimension of any outrigger stability.
Where scaffolds cannot be tied into a building, guide lines adequately secured should be
used to provide stability.
Scaffold frames should be effectively pinned together wherever scaffolds are two frames
in height or where they are used as rolling scaffold towers.
Scaffold planks must be securely fastened to prevent them from sliding.
Scaffold planks must be good quality, free from defects such as loose knots, splits or rot,
rough sawn, measuring 50 mm x 255 mm (2 x 10) in cross section, and No. 1 spruce or
better when new.
Scaffolds must be erected, used and maintained in a reasonable plumb condition.
Scaffold planks must be installed so they overhang by at least 150 mm (6) but not more
than 300 mm (12).
Scaffolds over 15 m (50) in height must be designed by a professional engineer and
constructed in accordance with design.
Remove ice, snow, oil, grease and other slippery material from the platform and sand the
surface.
Wheel or casters on rolling scaffolds must be equipped with braking devices and securely
pinned to the scaffold frame.
SCAFFOLDS - METAL
There are various types of metal scaffolds and they all have a right and wrong way to be erected.
The misuse of scaffolding is the cause of numerous serious injuries. Every worker who designs
or constructs a scaffold should be competent and know what the manufacturers specifications
are for that type of scaffold.
The scaffold type which will be best suited for the job and capable of withstanding the loads to
be imposed on it must be determined before the job begins.
Ensure that:
The scaffold you intend to use is the correct one for the job.
The location in which the scaffold is to be constructed is level or capable of presenting
secure footing by use of mudsills or some other device.
Legislation and manufacturers requirements are to be complied with.
Leveling adjustment screws have not been over extended.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 121
Scaffold planks are number one grade materials with the maximum spans of 3.1 m on
light duty and 2.3 m on heavy duty with a maximum projection beyond the ledger of no
more than 300mm.
ROLLING FRAME SCAFFOLDS

The following are some rules designed to promote safety in the use of rolling scaffold.
Supervisors must control the application of the equipment to particular situations. Personnel
using the equipment must also be trained to use it.
Training should include the following applications:
Workers should be properly trained or instructed before they use the equipment.
Inspect erected scaffolds regularly to ensure they are maintained in safe condition.
Plumb and level all scaffolds as the erection proceeds. Do not force the braces to fit - level
the scaffold until proper can be made easily.
Pin all scaffold frames together using manufacturers pins, wire, or bolts.
Fasten all braces securely.
Do not climb on braces - they can come loose causing the worker to fall.
The working height of a free standing rolling scaffold must not exceed three times the
smallest base dimension unless scaffold tower is restrained from tipping by securely installed
outriggers, guying or other means.
Equip all planked or working levels with proper guard rails, mid rails, and toe boards along
all open sides and ends of scaffold platforms.
Do not ride on rolling scaffold.
Caster brakes must be applied at all times when scaffolds are not being moved.
Do not use ladders or makeshift devices on top of rolling scaffolds to increase the height.
Do not attempt to move a rolling scaffold without sufficient help - watch for floor openings,
overhead obstructions, and possibility of tools/materials falling from scaffold during
movement.
SWING STAGE SCAFFOLDS

The following are some rules designed to promote safety in the use of swing stage scaffold.
Supervisors must control the application of the equipment to particular situations. Personnel
using the equipment must also be trained to use it.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 122
Training should include the following applications:
Workers should be properly trained or instructed before they use the equipment.
Equipment must be handled with care to prevent damage to components.
All components should be used in accordance with manufacturers instructions and should
not be modified or substituted.
Swing stages must never be loaded beyond its rated capacity.
Swing stages must never be joined to one another unless they have been so designed.
Guard rails and toe boards must be used to protect workers on and under the stage. Workers
must remain inside the guardrails and stirrups at all times.
The roof or parapet wall must be structurally sound to support either Outriggers or Cornice
Hooks. For outriggers, the counterweights must be non-flowable material and be securely
locked to the outrigger.
The outriggers should be independently tied back to a fixed support on the structure at right
angles with swing stage.
Each worker must have his own independent life line of at least 5/8 polypropylene rope
separately anchored to the structure. Rope should be of sufficient length to extend to the
ground level.
Fall arrest equipment must be work by each worker by way of a sliding rope grab attached to
the independent lifeline.
Steel wire rope suspending the swing stage must be made of at least 5/16 size, and regularly
inspected and maintained.
Except when moving, swing stage should be tied to building or structure to prevent excess
movement.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 123
4.33
SHORING ERECTING AND DISMANTLING
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
CEMATRIX Inc. generally does not use shoring in the normal scope of work. This section has
been added for awareness.
It shall be the responsibility of all employees to read and comply with the following common
sense rules that are designed to promote safety in the erecting and the dismantling of steel frame
shoring. These rules do not purport to be all inclusive nor supplant or replace other additional
safety and precautionary measures to cover usual or unusual conditions. If these rules conflict in
any way with the state, local or federal statute or regulation, said statute or regulation shall
supersede these rules and it shall be the responsibility of each employee to comply therewith.
RULES
Shoring Layout: A shoring layout, prepared by a person qualified to analyze the loading
intended and consistent with the specific manufacturers recommended safe working loads,
shall be used on the job at all times.
Local codes and regulations: Follow all regulations pertaining to shoring.
Never use equipment for purposes or in ways for which it was not intended.
Survey the jobsite: A survey shall be made of the jobsite for hazards such as untamped earth
fills, ditches, debris, and high tension wires, under guarded openings or hazardous
conditions created by other trades.
Only an experience and qualified supervisor shall be utilized in the erecting and dismantling
of steel frame shoring.
Inspect erected shoring prior to, during and immediately after the pour.
ERECTING STEEL FRAME SHORING
Provide and maintain solid footing. The sills for shoring shall be sound, rigid and capable of
carrying the maximum intended load without selling or moving.
Use base plates and adjustment screw. Always use base screws. Adjustments screws shall be
used to adjust to uneven grade conditions. Keep screw adjustments within the recommended
height for loading imposed.
Do not exceed the frame spacing or tower height. Consult the layout.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 124
Plumb and level all shoring frames. Make sure there are no gaps between the lower end of
one frame and the upper end of the other frame.
Fasten all cross braces securely. Do not force cross braces - level the shoring tower. Use
sufficient cross braces to make a rigid solid unit.
Do not climb on cross braces.
Use adjustment device on top of leg. Use the top adjustment to level off the falsework - not
the bottom screw. (The bottom screw is for plumbing the legs.)
Use caution when erecting free standing towers. Prevent tipping by guying or bracing.
Avoid eccentric loads. Stringers or purloins should be centered on heads.
Do not exceed the proper spacing from form lumber or timbers. Consult the layout. Verify
the grade, condition and species of lumber to be used.
Give special consideration to temporary loading areas where reinforcing rods, material or
equipment is to be stored temporarily may need to be strengthened to meet these loads.
Where motorized concrete equipment is to be used, shoring must be so designed. Consult the
layout to verify such fact.
Take special precaution when shoring from, or to, slopes surfaces.
Do not use the adjustment screws to raid formwork after the concrete is placed.
DISMANTLING SHORING
No shoring equipment should be released or removed without the approval of a qualified

engineer.
Re-shoring should be approved by a qualified engineer.
Care should be taken that no construction loads shall be permitted on the partially cured
concrete.
Do not remove braces or back off the adjustment screws until dismantling approval has been
received.
Dismantling equipment should be stockpiled in an orderly manner.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 125
4.34
SOLVENT AND FLAMMABLES
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
Cleaning solvents are used in the day-to-day construction work clean tools and equipment.
Special care must be taken to protect the worker from hazards, which may be created from the
use of these liquids. Wherever possible, solvents should be nonflammable and nontoxic.
The foreman must be aware of all solvents/flammables that are used on the job, and be sure that
all workers who use these materials have been instructed in their proper use and any hazard they
pose.
The following instructions or rules apply when solvents/flammables are used:
1. Use nonflammable solvents for general cleaning.
2. When flammable liquids are used, make sure that no hot work is permitted in the area.
3. Store flammables and solvents in special storage areas.
4. Check toxic hazards of all solvents before use (MSDS).
5. Provide adequate ventilation where all solvents and flammables are being used.
6. Use goggles or face shields to protect the face and eyes from splashes and sprays.
7. Use rubber gloves to protect the hands.
8. Wear protective clothing to prevent contamination of workers clothes.
9. When breathing hazard exists, use the appropriate respiratory protection.
10. Never leave solvents in open tubs or vats - return them to storage drums or tanks.
11. Ensure that proper containers are used for transportation, storage and field use of
solvents/flammables.
12. Where solvents are controlled products, ensure all employees using or in the vicinity of use
or storage are trained and certified in the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information
System. Ensure all WHMIS requirements are met.
TRANSPORTING FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS
1. Gasoline and other highly flammable liquids must not be carried in the passenger
compartment of a vehicle.
2. Gasoline and other flammable liquids must be transported in approved containers bearing a
proper dangerous goods label.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 126
3. Ensure that the containers are not damaged and that the caps or fittings are properly secured
after filling.
4. Flammable liquids must be transported in an upright position, bases or otherwise secured to
prevent overturning.
5. When transporting gasoline or other flammable liquids in a closed vehicle, place the
containers in the rear of the vehicle with adequate ventilation. Remove the containers from
the vehicle immediately upon arrival at the destination.
6. Provide an adequate fire extinguisher in the drivers compartment when gasoline or other
flammable liquids are transported in the vehicle.
7. Do not use gasoline as a cleaner.
8. Gasoline engines should be shut off and allowed to cool before refueling.
9. Absolutely no smoking or open flame allowed near the area during this time.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 127
4.35
TIGER TORCH USE
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
The tiger torches, although valuable to a job site, are sometimes misused in a manner that can
make them dangerous.
Tiger torches are only to be used for preheating piping etc. prior to welding.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
When a torch is used, an adequate fire extinguisher must be present.

Torches are not to be used for heating work areas, thawing of lines and equipment, etc.
When not in use, ensure that the propane bottles are properly shut off.
Fuel lines are to have regulators.
Propane bottles shall be secured in an upright position.
NEVER LEAVE A LIT TORCH UNATTENDED

Revision: 2013-08
Page 128
4.36
TRENCHES AND EXCAVATION
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
CEMATRIX Inc. has included this section for general awareness. Trenching and excavation are
not in the scope of work normally performed. Working in trenches and excavations could be part
of a task performed by a CEMATRIX employee.
Trenching on job sites is very common and we recognize that workers in the trench have to be
protected.
A necessary consideration in planning trench work is preventing cave-ins and soil movement in
the trench.
1. All trenching and excavations shall be in accordance with the applicable Occupational Health
and Safety regulations.
2. Buried underground services such as gas lines, water lines, sewers and electrical services
must be located and marked before excavation starts.
NOTE: Always request underground locations before you dig. When trenching near
overhead power lines, contact the utility operator for safe approach distances. Refer to
Overhead Power Lines - Job Procedure in Company Safety Manual. When trenching near
power poles, request locations in case of grounding grids buried at the base of the power
poles.
3. Mechanical or power excavating is to be used only in locations where there is no danger of
contacting or damaging buried facilities.
4. Employees shall not enter trenches or excavations more than 1.5m (5 feet) unless:
a) The walls of the excavation have been cut back to less than 1.5m (5 feet) in accordance
with Occupational Health and Safety regulations. Where cut back is required, the wall
must be cut back at least:
In hard compact soils - 30 Degrees from the vertical
In other soils - 45 Degrees from the vertical
b) Temporary protective structures such as an approved cage or proper shoring are in place.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 129
5. Frozen ground shall not change the requirement of the regulation to provide temporary
protective structures or cutting back the walls of the trench except where freezing is a
designed specification to control a fluid condition and then only in accordance with the
professional engineers specifications and instructions.
6. The Site Manager shall ensure that:
a) The spoil pile is kept a minimum of one meter from the edge of excavations deeper than
1.5m (5 feet) and;
b) Heavy vehicles or objects are kept away from the excavation a distance equal to the depth
of the excavation unless the shoring has been certified as being able to withstand such
weights.
7. Employees shall not place or stack tools/material near the edge of the excavation where their
falling could cause injury to employees in the excavation.
a) Employees installing shoring, stringers or bracing shall use a ladder and work downward
from the top of the excavation, installing each brace in descending order.
b) When timber shoring is used, it must be installed progressively as the trench is being
excavated.
c) Employees removing shoring, stringers or bracing shall use a ladder and work upward
from the bottom of the excavation, removing each brace in ascending order.
8. The company shall provide for each trench more than five (5) feet (1.5 meters) in depth in
which the employees are working, not less than one ladder for each fifty (50) feet (15 meters)
of working length of the trench or fraction thereof and the ladder shall extend at least three
(3) feet (0.9 meters) above the top of the trench.
9. Excavation which workers are required to enter should be kept reasonably free of water.
10. No more trenching than absolutely necessary shall be left overnight. When trenches are left
open, they must be barricaded or guarded to protect the public and employees.
11. Factors which can have an effect on the stability of a trench are:
a) Soil Type.
i.
TYPE A (Hard and Compact) - soil that can only be excavated by machinery and
shows no sign of cracks after excavation.
ii.
TYPE B (Likely to Crack or Crumble) - soil that can be excavated with hand
tools, shows signs of cracking after excavation, and has a low to medium moisture
content.
iii.
TYPE C (Soft, Sandy, or Loose) - soil that is easily excavated with hand tools and
will run or shift if unsupported.
b) Weather.
c) Location of Trench (near structures, underground facilities, traffic).

Revision: 2013-08
Page 130
4.37
WELDING, CUTTING AND BURNING
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
Welding is a task not normally performed by CEMATRIX Inc. employees. Hot work such as
cutting is a task that could be performed by an employee. The references to welding have been
added to this section for general awareness.
Work involving welding, cutting and burning can increase the fire and breathing hazard on any
job, and the following should be considered prior to the start of work.
1. Always ensure that adequate ventilation is supplied since hazardous fumes can be created
during welding, cutting or burning.
2. Where other workers may also be exposed to the hazards created by welding, cutting and
burning, they must be alerted to these hazards or protected from them by use of screens.
3. Always have firefighting or prevention equipment on hand before starting welding, cutting or
burning.
4. Never start work without proper authorization or permits in place.
5. Check the work area for combustible material and possible flammable vapors before starting
work.
6. A welder should never work alone. A fire or spark watch should be maintained.
7. Check cables and hoses to protect them from slag or sparks.
8. Never weld or cut lines, drums, tanks, etc. that have been in service without making sure that
all precautions have been carried out and permits obtained.
9. Never enter, weld, or cut in a confined space without the proper gas tests and a required
safety lookout.
10. When working overhead, use fire resistant materials (blankets, tarps) to control or contain
slag and sparks.
11. Cutting and welding must not be performed where sparks and cutting slag will fall on
cylinders (move all cylinders away to one side).
12. Open all cylinder valves slowly. The wrench used for opening the cylinder valves should
always be kept on the valve spindle when the cylinder is in use.
13. All compressed cylinders must be secured.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 131
4.37.1 HOT WORK PERMIT

Job #:
Job Name:
Area Hot Work Required:
Description of Work Performed:
Work Commencement Date and Time:
Name (Printed)
Permit Holder:
Fire Watch:
Owners Rep.:
Monitor of Purge:
Signature
Requirements
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Fire Extinguisher At Work Station

Fire Watch Trained In Use Of Fire Extinguisher
Fire Watch At Station Continuous With Operable Communication Equipment, Radio Or Phone
Fire Watch Required Below Work Area
Fire Watch Required In Adjacent Area
Fire Blankets At Station And In Good Repair
Smoke Alarms Disable
Sprinkler System Enabled
All Combustibles Remover In 10M Diameter
All Combustibles Protected If Not Removed
All Explosives Are Removed Or Contained
Ventilation Working To Remove All Fumes
Smoke Eater Available
Torches In Good Working Order
Welding Equipment In Good Working Order
Grinders, Cutoff Saws, Etc. In Working Order
Piping Worked On Free Of Explosives & Comb.
Piping Worked Not Free Of Explosives Or Combustibles Is Under Continuous Purge
Person Monitoring Purge Is Trained To Use Test Equipment & Purge Equipment
Gas Monitoring Equipment Manufacturer: _________________________________________
Completion of Hot
Work Sign Off
Permit Holder:
Fire Watch:
Monitor Purge:
Name (Printed)
Signature
Revision: 2013-08
Date and Time
Required Permit Holder

Yes
No
Done Int.
SN. __________________
Date and Time
Page 132
4.38
WORKING NEAR OVERHEAD POWER LINES
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
CEMATRIX workers must review and adhere to the following procedure when planning and
performing work near overhead power lines.
1. Before work begins, examine the work area to establish that the safe limits of approach
distances to overhead power lines contained in the table can be maintained.
2. Contact the operator of the power line to determine the operating voltage of the line and
confirm the safe approach distance.
3. Do not allow equipment or objects to approach the overhead power line closer that the safe
limit of approach specified.
4. If work is being carried out near the safe limit of approach, assign a worker to act as an
observer to ensure that the required distance is maintained.
5. Request assistance from the power line operator if the work must be performed at a distance
that is less than those specified in table.
6. Do not place materials under or adjacent to the overhead power line if it reduces the
clearance above ground required by OH&S regulations. Maintain the required clearance
between the power line and the ground.
7. Do not allow excavations to reduce the support required for power poles. Contact the power
line operator to determine support required. Request location in case of grounding grids
buried at the base of power poles.
Safe Limit of Approach Distances from Overhead Power Lines For Persons and
Equipment
Operating Voltage Of Overhead Power Line Between
Conductors
0 - 750 V Insulated or Polyethylene Covered Conductors (1)
0 - 750 Volts Bare, Insulated
Above 750 V Insulated Conductors (1) (2)
750 Volts - 40Kv
69kV, 72Kv
138kV, 144kV
230kV, 260Kv
500Kv
Safe Limit of Approach Distance

0.3 m
1.0 m
1.0 m
3.0 m
3.5 m
4.0 m
5.0 m
7.0 m
Revision: 2013-08
Page 133
4.39
ERGONOMICS AND MANUAL MATERIAL HANDLING
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
CEMATRIX aims to ensure safe manual material handling, the use of ones body to move or
manipulate an object.
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION
At CEMATRIX Inc. there may be numerous situations where employees are faced with such
tasks. It is therefore essential that an employee familiarize themselves with the hazards that
pertain to the lift:
1.
2.
3.
4.
How heavy is the object to be moved? Is this a manageable weight?

How large is the object to be moved? Is this a manageable size?
How frequently will the load be moved?
How will the load be moved?
If it is determined that the above four criteria are acceptable, then the Manual lift can proceed.
Employees need to remember the proper lifting technique: keeping their back straight; using
your legs to lift; keeping the load close to your chest; refraining from twisting or any sudden
movements; and getting help with loads of sizes too great to be handled by one individual.
If it is determined that the load is too heavy, too large, moved repeatedly in a short time span, or
moved in an unsafe manner the lift should not be conducted manually. In these cases an
engineered alternative should be used. This usually means a forklift, crane, or other mechanized
lifting devices as provided by CEMATRIX. Care should be taken to consult the safe work
practices and procedures for the safe use of such equipment prior to use.
Note: Whenever practicable, equipment should be used to move objects rather than manual
lifting.
INJURY PREVENTION
As stated in the Statement of Purpose, CEMATRIX is committed to An injury and accident free
workplace, to this end you should familiarize yourself with the following indications/factors of
musculoskeletal injuries.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 134
Factors that could lead to Musculoskeletal Injury:
Force work exerted on the object.

Repetition number of times the force is exerted or activity is carried out.
Work Posture the body position during force exertion.
Contact Stress contact of object and body.
Duration how long the task is to be performed for.
Early Signs of Musculoskeletal Injury:

There are two types of MSI injuries: Overuse and Over Exertion. Below are some of the physical
symptoms of MSI:
Sharp pain
Dull aches
Tingling or numbness due to compressed nerves
Burning sensations
Swelling
Redness & tenderness to the touch
Pain when the affected body part is moved
Should an employee notice that they are suffering from such symptoms, they should consult their
physician and inform their supervisor.
Preventative measures:
Whenever practicable, a mechanical lifting device should be used (whether this means a
dolly, forklift, trolley, or other apparatus).
Rotation of duties should also be employed to reduce the risk of an overuse MSI.
Team work should be used to reduce the risk of an over exertion MSI.
Stretching prior to starting the task is highly recommended.
Note: Should any employee unfortunately acquire a musculoskeletal injury, they will be placed
on a modified work plan or some engineered alternative will be developed on a case by case
basis.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 135
OFFICE ERGONOMICS
It should be noted that MSI injuries are not limited to shop and field work. These MSI injuries
may also be present in an office environment. Employees should take note of the following
office prevention methods:
Place your monitor at an appropriate distance and height for its size.
Ensure a comfortable sitting posture.
Ensure your keyboard and mouse are at comfortable positions on the same level.
It is recommended to take 5 minutes of stretch breaks for every hour of computer work
time.
Note: Reference should be made to the OH&S Code Part 14 Section 208-211.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 136
4.40
MACHINE GUARDING
Developed By: Safety Steve Inc.

Reviewed By:
Date: 2006
Date:
GENERAL
If there is an exposed mechanical component or energy source on a piece of equipment where an
employee may come into contact with it, a safeguard should be in place. This holds true for all of
the following:
Exposed gears
Wheels and belts
Surfaces with dangerous temperature (hot or cold)
Places where debris may be thrown
Places where cutting or shaping occurs
Note: Should an employee notice the lack of or disrepair of a guard, the machine or equipment
should be tagged out until the guards have been put back into place or functionality.
TEMPORARY REMOVAL OF SAFEGUARDS
Safeguards are not to be tampered with or removed unless for service or inspection. When the
guard is off, the equipment must either be: locked and tagged out or otherwise de-energized; or
have an alternative means of guarded protection.
Once the maintenance is complete the functionality of the guard must be tested.
Note: Tampering with a guard will result in disciplinary action or dismissal
Note: Reference should be made to OH&S Part 22 Section 310(1)-312(2) on safeguards.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 137
4.41
CHEMICAL HAZARDS, BIOLOGICAL HAZARDS AND HARMFUL

SUBSTANCES
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
A plan for the control of any biological or chemical substance used, produced, stored or disposed
of at the workplace is critical to the overall safety and health of all company personnel. The plan
will provide the basis for information dissemination, training and control measures for chemical
and biological hazards.
POLICY
CEMATRIX Inc. requires that all existing and potential risks to the health or safety of workers
will be identified and all reasonably practicable steps will be taken to reduce, eliminate or control
identified and potential risks to workers from chemical, biological and harmful hazards in
accordance with OH&S Code Part 4.
Health and safety will be considered in all tendering and purchasing decisions. Wherever
reasonably practicable, the least hazardous product, equipment or supplies will be selected.
EXPOSURE TO HARMFUL SUBSTANCES
CEMATRIX Inc. has a duty to ensure that no employee exposure to a concentration of harmful
or controlled substances (listed in Schedule 1 Table 2 of OH&S) is above the Occupational
Health and Safety stipulated exposure limits. These conditions will be assessed by qualified
employees or contractors (either sub-contractors or clients).
Should work at CEMATRIX Inc. involve work with or near hazardous chemicals, proper
training will be provided to employees on how to appropriately protect themselves from such
hazards (such as H2S training).
The nature of CEMATRIX Incs business may lead to exposure to harmful substances,
specifically related to the production and placement of Cellular Concrete. Be sure to read the
MSDS for the CEMATRIX foaming agents, slurry, and Cellular Concrete. Should contact
occur, mobile eye washes and rinse are in each CEMATRIX vehicle (this information is also
highlighted on the Field Level Risk Assessment (FLRA) filled out prior to commencing work).
Revision: 2013-08
Page 138
CEMATRIX head office is also equipped with a full shower and high-flow eyewash, become
familiar with the locations of these safety devices.
Note:
Completion of the Construction Safety Training System (CSTS) will review the
Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS).
Note: Reference should be made to OH&S Part 4 Section 16(1)-30(3).

STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITIES
Employer
Identify, assess and properly control chemical and biological hazards.

Prepare a current list of chemical and biological hazards in the workplace.
Maintain hazard identification and control lists.
Develop written safe work practices.
Inform workers about the chemical and biological hazards in the workplace.
Train workers with regards to required control measures to keep them safe at work.
Ensure that an emergency response plan is developed for tasks involving chemical and
biological substances.
Maintain a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) control system according to the
guidelines in the Workplace Health and Safety Act.
Store MSDS in a highly visible area and to be readily available for use as required.
Update the material safety data sheets every three years.
Worker
Comply with safe work practices.

Inform their supervisor of chemical or biological hazards or harmful substances
encountered in their workplace.
Work with their supervisor to resolve hazardous situations.
PROCEDURE FOR IDENTIFYING AND CONTROLLING HAZARDS

1.
Define Types of Hazards
A hazard is any activity, situation or substance that can cause harm. Categorizing the hazard(s)
helps to determine the type of control(s) that may be necessary to protect workers. See Step 2 on
Identifying Hazards. Biological hazards and chemical hazards are two of the categories and
examples are noted below.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 139
2.
Biological hazards caused by organisms such as viruses, bacteria, fungi, parasites,

dusts, molds or other living organisms.
Chemical hazards caused by solids, liquids, vapours, gases, dust, fumes or mists, such
as battery acids, solvents, etc.
Identify Chemical and Biological Hazards in the Workplace
Supervisors are responsible for identifying potential chemical and biological hazards and risks to
workers. Chemical and biological hazards may be identified through data gathered by any of the
following processes:
3.
Workplace inspections
Job safety analysis (JSA)
Dangerous occurrences
Workplace incident reports (types and causes)
Incident investigations
Concerns raised by workers
Workers Compensation Board (WCB) claims
New or modified jobs
New or modified equipment or job procedures
New scientific information regarding hazards or risks
Legislation (Transportation of Dangerous Goods, WHMIS)
Industry standards (infection control)
Regulatory (codes of practice, American National Standards Institute (ANSI), Canadian
Standards Association (CSA), Alberta Building and Fire Codes)
Supplier or manufacturer information
Determine the Degree of Risk to Workers
Hazards need to be assessed by the degree of risk or harm posed to workers. When determining
the degree of risk to workers, consider not only the probability or likelihood of the hazard
causing harm, but also the potential severity of the harm. Probability is the chance that a hazard
will cause harm. Severity is the seriousness of the harm that could be suffered. Risk represents
the odds that a hazard will cause harm.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 140
4.
Determine and Implement Appropriate Control Measures for Each Hazard
The employer is responsible for determining and implementing control measures in an attempt to
reduce, eliminate or control the hazard(s). Controls may be implemented at the source of the
hazard, along the path between the hazard and the worker, and/or at the worker level.
Often, more than one control method needs to be implemented in order to protect the health and
safety of workers. Strategies used to reduce, eliminate or control hazards may include any one of
the following:
Controls at the Source:
Engineering controls either reduce or remove the hazard at the source or isolate workers from the
hazard.
Eliminate the risk by getting rid of the hazardous substance.

Substitute the hazard with a less hazardous process or material.
Redesign the layout of the workplaces, workstations, work processes and jobs.
Isolate, contain or enclose the hazard, often used for chemical or biological hazards.
Automate dangerous work processes by using mechanical equipment.
Controls Along the Path to the Worker:
Relocate by moving the hazard a safe distance from the worker.

Create barriers between the worker and the hazard to block the hazard path. For example,
use of screens, walls, aprons or other personal protective equipment.
Absorb the hazard by using local exhaust ventilation to remove toxic gases (airborne
hazards) at the source where they are produced.
Dilute the hazard, such as hazardous gases, by mixing with clean outside air.
Controls at the Worker:

Work practice controls alter the manner in which a hazardous task is performed, such as
minimizing exposure, prohibiting smoking, inspecting equipment and eating in regulated areas.
Administrative controls such as implementation of new policies, improved and

standardized work procedures, and good supervision.
Housekeeping, maintenance and repair to ensure cleaning, waste disposal and spill
cleanup at the workplace, as well routine preventive maintenance and repair of
equipment.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 141
5.
Hygiene practices that can reduce the spread of infections such as frequent hand washing,
lockers for changing between work and street clothes and footwear, separate eating areas
away from the hazardous work area, etc.
Personal protective equipment (PPE) such as gloves, eye protection and face shields are
to be used as controls when other controls are not feasible, or where additional protection
is required.
Train workers in safe work procedures and inform them of chemical and biological
hazards.
Supervise workers to ensure worker compliance.
Develop Written Safe Work Practices
Once chemical and biological hazards have been identified and control measures have been
selected to reduce, eliminate or control the hazard, the safest way to perform the task must be put
in writing. Safe work practices outline the step-by-step method for performing a particular task,
including any potential or existing hazards present and the control measures that must be taken to
eliminate, reduce or manage the risk. Safe work practices should also outline any emergency
procedures required in the event that control measures are not sufficient to protect the worker
from harm.
6.
Train Workers About the Potential Hazard(s) and Required Controls
Supervisors are responsible to ensure that, prior to performing any hazardous task(s), workers are
trained regarding potential and existing hazard(s), and required safety measures. Workers should
be trained in the proper use and care of safety equipment, work processes and emergency
procedures.
7.
Ensure Worker Compliance
Supervisors are responsible to ensure that workers comply with safe work procedures.
Procedures are written to provide information and guidance to anyone performing a hazardous
task or work process. Workers must comply with safe work procedures by using equipment
and/or tools provided in order to do the task safely. Non-compliance with safe work practices
may result in disciplinary action of the worker. Working safely is a condition of employment.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 142
4.42
SPILL RESPONSE AND CONTAINMENT
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
Spills can be one of the most common environmental incidents encountered by staff and
contractors. The prevention of spills or reduction in their severity is a principal initiative in
reducing CEMATRIX Inc.s environmental liabilities. The occurrence of releases and/or spills is
an indication for areas of improvement. Prompt and appropriate spill response is critical to
mitigating environmental impacts.
SPILL PREVENTION
CEMATRIX is a provider of site produced cellular concrete and is normally employed as a
subcontractor. Form work, ground excavation, general site preparation is not within the scope of
work provided. Pre-productions meetings with the Prime of General Contractor to address the
required spill protection requirements are essential.
All reasonable precautions to prevent spills should be made. Spill prevention practices are more
effective, in terms of cost and environmental protection, than the measures needed to correct a
spill once it has occurred.
Under equipment drop sheets, secured lined formwork/bulkheads, berms provide the basic
containment in most cases. When working near any open water source additional precautions
may be required. Secondary containment precautions and site mitigation must be reviewed and
put in place for all environmentally sensitive site work. These requirements will be determined
and documented on an as required basis by the site supervisor and contractor prior to any work
commencing.
Slurry, foaming agent and the finished product cellular concrete are non-toxic biodegradable
products, however all reasonable precautions must be in place.
EQUIPMENT REFUELING & MAINTENANCE
Refueling and maintenance should only be conducted in suitable areas. CEMATRIX requires the
refueling of all vehicles to have an operator immediately nearby and done on clay pads or areas
stripped of topsoil.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 143
a. Refueling must not be conducted within 100 metres of a watercourse or water body;
b. During refueling and truck-loading activities, operators must be diligent to ensure overfills
do not occur;
c. New fuel and lubricants storage sites must be developed with approval from CEMATRIX
E&R Team;
d. Contractors should consider every opportunity to use environmentally friendly lubricants
and oils;
e. Contractors are reminded that all spills must be remediated.
TRUCK LOADING AND OFF-LOADING
Potential for spills and their severity should be considered when conducting a pre-job work
hazard assessment. If a job has a high potential for spilling, adequate measures must be taken to
eliminate or reduce the risk.
a. Truck load-line connections within facilities must have spill containment boxes installed;
b. All camlock fittings and temporary hose connections must be secured with cam arm locks or
approved locking devices;
c. Inspect equipment prior to use - worn hoses and leaky fittings must be replaced;
d. Ensure lines are drained and isolated prior to breaking fittings apart.
SPILL KITS
Spill kits containing appropriate amounts of absorbent pads and oil absorbing materials should
be on site during all refueling and maintenance work. All vehicles over one tonne, such as
service trucks and heavy equipment, are required to have a spill kit at all times. Contractors are
encouraged to carry spill kits in their vehicles and restock after use.
GENERAL SPILL PREVENTION MEASURES
a. Leaking equipment tanks and vessels must be repaired as soon as they are detected. All
temporary storage tanks must have bull plugs installed if they will be left unattended;
b. Drip pans are recommended for equipment that has high use and/or potential for leaks and
spills associated with refueling (generators, light plants, sampling points, etc.);
c. Drip pans are required under high-risk equipment within 100 metres of a water body; and
d. Contractors should consider every opportunity to use environmentally friendly lubricants
and oils. Contractors are reminded that all spills must be remediated.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 144
SPILL RESPONSE
1. Always ensure the safety of personnel first; move away from the area if necessary. The first
person to notice the spill or leak should move to a safe area in order to evaluate the situation
without exposing him or herself. This is not required if the nature of the spill is known and is
minor;
2. Eliminate all ignition sources;
3. Notify your direct supervisor, CEMATRIX Representative, and the operations control room,
in accordance with CEMATRIX Emergency Response Plan (ERP). Get help for all but
minor spills.
4. Identify whether or not the situation is an emergency:
a. Leaks that can immediately be cleaned up by operations and/or maintenance personnel
are not considered emergencies. Refer to the ERP for further clarification and
information. If in doubt, treat the situation as an emergency;
b. Attempt to identify the spill to the furthest extent possible without putting yourself at
risk. This includes identifying the following:
i. Type of material spilled;
ii. Size of the spill and whether it has stopped;
iii. Identify where multiple chemicals are involved in the leak and could react with
one another;
iv. Any unusual features such as foaming, odor, fire, etc;
v. Hazards associated with the spill (flammable, combustible, toxic, volatile,
corrosive, and oxidizer).
The Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) will provide some information on safe
handling of the product. MSDSs can be found on CEMATRIX Server MSDS Database.
Hard copies are located in the master MSDS binder found in all vehicles and mobile
units;
5. Plan how to contain and clean up spill or leak. Procedures for the containment and
cleanup of common types of spills and leaks are included in the ERP;
6. Obtain the appropriate spill control materials. Spill kits are located at operating areas in
the mobile units;
7. Put on appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE); refer to the MSDS for details;
8. Stop the source of the spill or leak. This can include turning off a valve, patching a leaky
hose, draining a tank, or up-righting a container of liquid;
9. Contain the spill to prevent further damage. This can include using appropriate
absorbent/ containment materials such as absorbent pads, socks and/or booms, or other
suitable equipment;
10. Clean up the spill using the appropriate sorbent materials and equipment. Remember,
sorbents are primarily suited for cleaning up small spills and the residues left over after a
large spill;
Revision: 2013-08
Page 145
11. Dispose of contaminated materials properly:

a. Contaminated spill control materials and disposable PPE may have to be disposed of
as hazardous waste;
b. Contaminated tools and non-disposable PPE should be safely decontaminated;
c. Contact the E&R Team for information regarding contaminant disposal and/or
decontamination.
12. Retain records. Take photos whenever possible. File an incident report.
DEALING WITH CRITICAL AND CATASTROPHIC SPILLS
a. Additional capabilities may be required in the event of a situation where CEMATRIXs
capability to respond to a spill is limited or a Critical or Catastrophic spill has occurred
(as defined by CEMATRIX Risk Assessment Matrix);
b. In the event of a critical or catastrophic spill, contact the contractor and notify Alberta
Environment, Environment Canada and CEMATRIX management team immediately;
c. CEMATRIX Team will coordinate with Contractors, regulators, and any other specialized
services;
d. In the case of an emergency, see below.
RELEASES DURING TRANSPORTATION - TDG
In the event of the accidental or imminent release of dangerous goods from a means of
containment during transport, a person who has possession of the dangerous goods at the time of
the accidental release must make an immediate report of the accidental release to the local police
and Alberta Transportation and Dangerous Goods at 1-800-272-9600.
Reporting is required if the accidental release consists of a quantity of dangerous goods or an
emission of radiation that is greater than the quantity or emission level set out in the table.
This is in addition to the above required reporting to the Alberta Environment Sustainable
Resource Development (AESRD) and the Energy Resource Conservation Board (ERCB).
SPILL REPORTING
Documentation of spills is critical to ensure adequate cleanup and to allow for compilation and
analysis of spill causes and trends. Detailed documentation of spill remediation activities can
minimize the potential for costly follow-up environmental assessment.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 146
INTERNAL REPORTING
a. CEMATRIX requires that all spills be reported, including those inside secondary
containment systems and buildings. Small spills must be reported as they may be an
indicator for potential of a larger spill;
b. Report all spills immediately to your Supervisor. Complete an Incident Report;
c. Supervisors must immediately report all spills greater than 5 litres to the CEMATRIX Team
and the appropriate CEMATRIX Representative;
d. Photos should be taken whenever possible, as they can assist in communicating the nature
and extent of the spill;
e. You must report the following information:
i. The date and time of the release, or the time period over which the release occurred, if
known;
ii. The location of the release;
iii. The duration, frequency and rate of release, if known;
iv.
The composition of the material released (e.g. crude oil, produced water, sour gas
condensate, etc.) including concentration of key components and amount released;
v. A detailed description of the circumstances leading to the release (e.g. leaking tank,
dripping valve, etc.);
vi.
The steps or procedures which were taken to minimize, control, or stop the release and
the steps or procedures which will be taken to prevent a similar release from occurring.
EXTERNAL REPORTING
CEMATRIX E&R Team, including CEMATRIX Operations Staff, are responsible for reporting
spills to regulatory agencies. Any spill, release, or emergency that may cause, is causing, or has
caused an adverse effect to the environment must be immediately reported to AESRD by the
CEMATRIX Representative. The Failure to Report is a serious offence.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 147
4.43
WASTE MANAGEMENT, STORAGE AND TRANSPORT
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
All generated wastes must be characterized, classified and disposed of appropriately.
WASTE CHARACTERIZATION
Wastes must be characterized as non-oilfield wastes (construction wastes, office waste, and
camp/domestic waste) or oilfield waste (e.g. oily wastes, process sludge, lube oils, contaminated
soil).
Oilfield waste is further characterized as Dangerous Oilfield Waste (DOW) or Non-Dangerous
Oilfield Waste (Non-DOW). A waste is considered DOW if it has any one of the following
properties: flammable, potential for spontaneous combustion, oxidizing potential, toxic,
corrosive, contains PCBs, or contains toxic leachates.
If in doubt about the characterization of waste, request additional information from the
CEMATRIX E&R Team via 403-219-0484 or by e-mail.
DOMESTIC WASTE MANAGEMENT
Camp Waste/Food Waste
Food waste should not be placed into waste bins used for construction waste. Please dispose of
bagged lunches/food waste in waste bins that are kept closed. This will prevent the proliferation
of scavenger birds and attraction of wildlife. It is everyones responsibility to ensure that the bin
lids are shut.
Garbage must not be stored in the back of vehicles and should be adequately secured during
transport. Food scraps will be placed in a closed, bear-proof dumpster. The dumpster will be
emptied regularly to ensure food odors are kept to a minimum.
Recyclable waste (paper, cardboard, aluminum, glass containers, etc.) from residences/camps
should be segregated and placed in the recycling bins, where available.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 148
Office Waste and Recycling

Most office waste should be recycled; paper and cardboard will be stored together, and metal
should be segregated. There are blue recycle boxes located throughout every office facility at
CEMATRIX. The following paper products are accepted in the blue recycling containers:
Colored paper
Magazines
Shredded paper
White paper
Books (including phone books)
Paper coffee cups
Newspapers
Blueprints
File folders
Junk mail (including envelopes)
All recyclable materials can be stored in the same waste bin (paper can be shredded, if needed,
and cardboard boxes should be flattened) and hauled to a designated recycling bin where it will
require sorting.
Toner and batteries cartridges should be recycled. Store batteries in an appropriate separate
container. Non-recyclable material will be placed in a closed dumpster (can be combined with
camp waste).
CONSTRUCTION WASTE AND RECYCLING
Construction waste will be reused on site, if possible. If not, scrap metal, cables, pallets and other
wood waste, and used pipe insulation will be segregated and stored neatly in designated areas
until being hauled away by a contractor for reuse/recycling.
Storage areas must be clearly marked. Combustible materials must be segregated in accordance
with instructions from site safety personnel.
Any materials that cannot be hauled away for reuse or recycling will be sent to an appropriate,
approved disposal facility.
No materials will be buried or burned on site.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 149
4.44
HEARING PROTECTION
Developed By:
Reviewed By:
Date:
Date:
GENERAL
CEMATRIX Inc. will, whenever possible, ensure that all reasonably practicable measures are
used to reduce the noise to which workers are exposed in areas of the work site where workers
may be present.
NOISE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
CEMATRIX Inc. will ensure that the following steps are followed as part of our noise
management plan.
Worker Education this includes how noise-induced hearing loss occurs and how workers
can protect themselves.
Measuring and monitoring sound levels what needs to be done to protect workers depends
on the level and type of noise at the workplace. Measuring sound levels identifies noise sources
and those workers most likely to be exposed to noise exceeding the OELs.
Posting of suitable signs where the noise level exceeds 85 dBA.
Controlling noise exposure worker exposure to noise can be reduced through
a. engineering controls;
b. administrative controls; or
c. providing workers with appropriate personal hearing protection.
The general rule for hearing protection is to use hearing protection when you cant carry on a
conversation at a normal volume of voice when you are 3 feet apart. Remember, this is only a
rule of thumb. Any sound over 85 dba requires hearing protection. Hearing loss can be very
gradual, usually happening over a number of years.
The most common types of hearing protection in the construction industry are earplugs and
earmuffs. If you choose to use other types of hearing protection, ask your safety supplier or the
Alberta OH&S office for further information.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 150
It is important to have different styles of hearing protection available. Different styles allow a
better chance of a good fit. Each persons head, ear shape and size is different. One style may not
fit every person on your crew. If hearing PPE does not fit properly or is painful to use, the person
will likely not use it. If the hearing protection is not properly fitted, it will not supply the level of
protection it was designed to deliver.
Most earplugs, if properly fitted, generally reduce noise to the point where it is comfortable
(takes the sharp edge off the noise). If hearing protection does not take the sharp edge off the
noise, or if workers have ringing, pain, headaches or discomfort in the ears, your operation
requires the advice of an expert.
DO
Abide by any relevant signage and instruction at the worksite.

Use CSA Standard Z94.2-02 approved hearing protection when applicable.
Be informed of the appropriate class and grade of hearing protection required as described in
Schedule 3 Table 2 of the Alberta OH&S Code requirements.
Wear and use the equipment in accordance with the training provided by the employer.
DO NOT
Use hearing protection which does not have proper certification in accordance with OH&S
regulations.
Insofar as is reasonably practicable, CEMATRIX Inc. shall, by engineering controls or other

physical means other than hearing protectors, reduce the exposure to sound of employees to a
level that does not exceed the acceptable limits.
Where it is not reasonably practicable, without providing hearing protectors, for CEMATRIX
Inc. to maintain the exposure to sound of an employee within acceptable limits, CEMATRIX
Inc. shall, without delay, (a) make a report in writing to the regional health and safety officer
setting out the reasons why it is not reasonably practicable to do so; and (b) provide a copy of the
report to the work place committee or the health and safety representative.
Where an employer is required to make a report, CEMATRIX Inc. shall, as soon as is reasonably
practicable, provide every employee whose exposure to sound is likely to exceed the acceptable
limits with a hearing protector that: (a) meets the requirements set out in CSA Standard Z94.2M1984 (or current version); and (b) prevents the employee using the hearing protector from
being exposed to a level of sound that exceeds acceptable limits.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 151
If providing a hearing protector to an employee, CEMATRIX Inc. shall, in consultation with the
work place committee or the health and safety representative, formulate a program to train the
employee in the fit, care and use of the hearing protector.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 152
5.0 JOB PROCEDURES

Revision: 2013-08
Page 153
5.1 JOB PROCEDURES

The Companys Procedures are broken into two groups. The first group is our task/job specific
procedures, which are found in our Job Procedure Manual a copy of which is located at the work
stations (work vehicles, shop and QC areas) and can be accessed online. The second group
includes non-standard job procedures, all of which are included in this Manual. Both Job
Procedure Groups are reviewed and updated annually.
5.2 GENERAL NON STANDARD PROCEDURES

INTRODUCTION
A job procedure is a written, step-by-step description of how to do a job from start to finish. Job
procedures are sometimes referred to as proper job procedures or methods. Written job
procedures are used to train new workers and workers that are moved to new jobs. Job
procedures are also used by workers as a reference, especially for complex jobs, particularly
hazardous jobs, or for jobs that are not done very often. A job procedure contains the appropriate
safe work practices and highlights safety points.
Theoretically, all jobs in an operation should be covered by written job procedures wherever
such procedures are likely to improve safety. Whenever a new job arises, for which there is no
developed job procedure, the new procedure is developed on site, prior to commencing the new
job
DEVELOPMENT of JOB PROCEDURES - Use the Job Safety Analysis (JSA) Form (Sect.
5.14)
a) Examine each new job to determine the potential hazards.
b) Examine the job carefully by watching how an experience worker does it and by
discussing it with experienced supervisors.
c) Identify, locate, and read regulations that apply to the job.
d) Locate all appropriate safe work practices.
e) Combine the above information into a step-by-step format that is easy to understand.
f) Communicate the job procedure to your employees and make sure they follow the
procedure.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 154
5.2.1
JOB PROCEDURES ANNUAL REVIEW
JOB PROCEDURES
DEVELOPMENT
By
Whom
Date
M D
REVIEW
By
Whom
Date
M
REVIEW
By
Whom
Date
M D
A. Non Standard
Block Wall Bracing
Cold Start
Cranes & Rigging
Excavations Near
Underground Utilities
Fall Protection
Spill Clean up
Flooded Premises
Hot Work
Lock-Out
Job Safety Analysis (JSA)
Traffic Control
Using Dry Chemical
Extinguishers
Work Alone
Working Near Overhead
Power lines

Revision: 2013-08
Page 155
JOB PROCEDURES
DEVELOPMENT
REVIEW
By
Whom
Date
M D
By
Whom
Date
M
REVIEW
By
Whom
Date
M D
B. Standard
Dry Mix Operation
Silo loading & offloading
Silo set up & take down
Water delivery & storage
Dry Powder delivery &
storage
PIG delivery and
operation
Wet mix Operation
Wet Mix Operation
Trailer
Drum Expansion
Support Vehicle Operation
5.3
BLOCK WALL BRACING

Revision: 2013-08
Page 156
Do a job hazard analysis at the start of the job and at that time it will be decided whether an
engineer will be hired to design site specific wall bracing. Wall bracing is not in CEMARTIXs
scope of work. This section has been added for general safety awareness.
INSTALLATION DOS AN DONTS
Get anchors installed and equipment on site before the walls are started.
Proper way to install cable clamps (never saddle a dead horse).
Cable tension should be as tight as possible once the mortar is fully set.
Tie cables off to a properly designed anchor.
Tension cables evenly from side to side so as not to pull the top of the wall sideways. Note
that a steeply sloped cable on one side of the wall requires more tension than a normally
sloped cable on the other side to get an equal horizontal force on the cables.
Wall fins may have to be wedged to get a tight clamp on the wall. There should be no
movement of the wall allowed.
Clevis pins need to be threaded all the way in.
Put plastic around the fins so they are easy to remove.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 157
5.4
COLD START (FOR STARTING EQUIPMENT)
1. The mechanic/operator will check all appropriate fluid levels in equipment.

2. The mechanic/operator will do a visual inspection of equipment pertaining to leaks, belts, etc.
3. The mechanic/operator will do a walk around the equipment to make certain the equipment is
safe to start.
4. The mechanic/operator will climb on equipment, using the 3 point contact method, and check
for any DANGER - DO NOT OPERATE tags.
5. If there are no such tags on the equipment, then the mechanic/operator checks to make sure
the equipment gears are in neutral and checks that the park and emergency brakes are
activated.
6. The mechanic/operator proceeds to start engine.
7. Once the engine is running at an idle, the mechanic/operator will check again all parts and
emergency brakes and drop all hydraulic accessories such as blades, bowls, buckets, etc.
8. The mechanic/operator will dismount safely from the equipment.
9. The equipment should not be left idling for more than 15 minutes.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 158
5.5
CRANES AND RIGGING
The Project Manager/Project Engineer shall ensure that any crane owned or rented for use on site
shall be of adequate size to complete the lifts required. All cranes shall be operated in accordance
with the manufacturers procedures and recommended limits. All rented or owned cranes must
meet the requirements of the applicable Provincial/State regulations.
The Project Manager/Project Engineer is responsible for hiring a competent crane operator that is
qualified. A copy of all certificates, records and maintenance logs shall be kept in the bar of the
crane and produces when requested.
The Project Manager/Project Engineer/Site Manager shall ensure that all specialty lifts, i.e. those
involving two or more cranes, special rigging or irregular loads, are designed, reviewed and the
procedures are understood by all parties. Adequate communication must be maintained.
The Operator is responsible for the safe operation of the crane. Whenever there is doubt as to
safety, no operator will operate, nor will he be requested to operate a crane until safety has been
assured.
The crane operator is responsible for the following:
Daily maintenance checks as per manufacturers specifications.
Complete monthly maintenance as required by the manufacturer.
Prior to each shift, checking the travel radius of the crane to ensure it is clear.
Ensuring that the manufacturers load chart is in the crane and that he operates within its
guidelines.
5. Complete the daily crane log in an accurate manner.
6. The crane operator shall rig or operate within limits as provided for in applicable statutory
regulations.
7. The operator of a mobile crane shall ensure that the mobile crane situated properly as per the
manufacturers specifications before starting a lift.
8. At the beginning of each shift, inspect the hoisting equipment, test limit switches, brakes and
circuit breakers and any other safety devices. Report any defects immediately.
9. The operator will only take directions from one person at a time and when in doubt shall stop
the load.
10. When required, the Site Manager will ensure that a qualified signalman shall work with the
crane operator. The crane operator shall ensure that the signalman:
a) Is knowledgeable in the proper hand signals and the operator is aware of the same.
b) Check each load to ensure that it is rigged properly.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 159
c) Is aware of the actual weight of each load and informs the operator of this.
d) Maintains all rigging gear in good condition.
11. The Pre-Job Checklist is to be completed by the Operator and the Rigger.
TOWER CRANES
The Project Managers/Site Manager shall ensure that all tower cranes have a structural
inspection prior to erection on-site.
Due to various local requirements, the applicable Provincial/State/Federal code and regulations
shall be obtained, kept on site and referred to as necessary.
All tower cranes require a structural inspection every 2000 hours or one a year from the date of
erection, or as otherwise required by applicable statutory regulations.
All tower cranes on the site must be equipped with offset caged ladders on a fall arresting device.
Where a fall arresting device is provided, it must be used by any person climbing to the
operators cab.
When a tower crane is jacked, the Project Engineer shall compile a new drawing showing the
height and turn radius of the crane in relation of any building or other structures.
RIGGING
Rigging must be done by a competent worker(s).
Here are some Dos and Donts to remember:
1. Name one member of the crew to act as a signalman, and instruct the equipment operator to
recognize signals from that person only. The signalman must be careful not to order a move
until he has received the all ready signal from each member of the crew.
2. Each rigger must be sure hes in the clear before he gives an all ready to the signalman.
When you have positioned the sling or choker youre using, release it, if possible, before you
give the all ready signal.
3. If you must hold the sling or choker in position, be sure your hand is clear of pinch points. In
fact, your hand should be far enough away so theres no possibility of a frayed wire catching
your glove and jerking your hand into a pinch point. (Of course, frayed cables should never
be used.)

Revision: 2013-08
Page 160
4. Watch out for the roll or swing of the load. Since its almost impossible to position the hook
exactly over the loads center, there will almost always be a swing or roll. Anticipate the
direction of the swing or roll and work away from it.
5. Never place yourself between material, equipment or any stationary object and the load
swing. Also, stay away from stacked material that may be knocked over by a swinging load.
6. Never stand under the load, and keep away from under the boom as much as possible.
Chances are that nothing will break, but something might.
7. Look over the place where the load is to be set. Remove unnecessary blocks or other objects
that might fly up if struck by the load.
8. When lowering or setting the load, be sure your feet and all other parts of your body are out
from under. Set the load down easily and slowly so that if it rolls on the blocking, it will be a
slow shift that you can get away from.
9. Identify the designated signalman by the use of distinctive vests, armlets, etc.
10. Use tag lines to control the leads.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 161
5.6 CRANES BOOM LOADING AND CRITICAL LIFTS

Crane and rigging safety is of extreme importance. The Critical Lift Permit outlines the criteria
of a critical lift and must be completed before any critical lift is attempted.
Hazardous loading of crane booms, which could lead to either overturning the crane or to
buckling the boom, can be avoided when crane ratings are understood. Every crane should be
provided with a chart showing its rated capacity. This rated capacity can be safely handled if
attention is paid to the following points.
1. The safe load depends upon the boom length and the radius. Make sure the length of boom is
known. Remember that radius is measured from the center of rotation, not from the boom
foot pin.
2. The published load does not include the weight of the hook or material handling devices.
Subtract the weight of equalizer jobs, concrete buckets, or job extension from the rated loads
to determine the weight of material that can be handled.
3. Ratings are based on operating on firm ground, and in the case of mobile cranes, with the
outriggers fully extended. Make sure that the crane is not operating on ground that is too soft
or without outriggers that are not properly blocked and extended.
4. Ratings are based on operating on level ground. Operating on grades increases the boom
stress. If a load is picked up on the high side of the slope and swings to the low side, the
radius will increase and can cause to tip. If operating at high boom angles, a swing from the
low side to the high side can cause the boom to collapse over the cab.
5. Avoid fast operations. Fast swings cause the load to swing out, thus increase the radius.
Rapid hoisting or braking of the load increases the boom stresses and can overload the
rigging.
6. Make sure the crane is properly rigged, has the correct counterweight, the proper boom, the
right boom mounting position, the gantry properly rigged and has adequate parts of line.
7. Avoid traveling with a heavy load. The boom is subjected to shock and bending stresses if
moving over uneven ground and swinging the load creates inertia forces, which can cause
collapse of the boom.
8. Do not use a crane with a bent or damaged boom. Booms must be straight and in good
condition.
9. If in doubt as to the ability of a machine to lift a load, make sure that a lift is attempted in the
most stable position. (I.e. with a truck crane, pick the load up over the rear where stability is
greater and then boom up before swinging over the side).
There are many safety devices available (such as overload indicators, boom back stops and level
indicators) but in terms of reducing hazards, there is still a requirement for all crane users to
understand load rating and to exercise intelligence, care and common sense.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 162
SAMPLE PROBLEM
3/8 Single Chain or Wire Rope, Vendor Specifications is 6600 pounds. Lift to be made at a 45
degree angle with double sling.
6,600
6,600
13,200
Total working strength of both 3/8 chains and rope sling
13,200
30
Strength of Sling
Percent of Reduction in strength at 45 degree angle
3,960
Reduction in points of 3/8 sling at 45 degree angle
13,200
3,960
9,240
Total Safe Working Strength of 3/8 Double Chain or Wire Rope Sling at 45degrees.
These reductions in safe working load limits are based on new wire, rope or chains. Inspect all
wire, rope and chains for safe condition.
MOBILE CRANES HOISTING
1. Park picker on firm, level and dry ground if possible.
2. Before starting, make sure brake is on.
3. Avoid work under power lines. If it is necessary to work under power lines, abide by the
general safety regulations for working near overhead power lines.
4. Use outrigger pads at all times with picker being level.
5. Know the weight and the distance to travel with hoisting load and machine capacity.
6. Make all personnel aware of hoisting operations, and ensure they are wearing proper safety
equipment.
7. Use tag lines whenever possible.
8. Keep load as close to ground as possible.
9. Secure all loads properly on truck or when resting on ground.
10. Do daily visual checks of hoisting line and all rigging equipment.
11. Make sure everyone is aware of proper hand signals. Take directions from one signal person
only.
12. Never operate beyond machine capacity
Revision: 2013-08
Page 163
5.7 CRANES MOBILE EQUIPMENT PRE-JOB CHECKLIST

NOTE: If the swing of any boom is within 30 meters of any electrical lines, then the power distribution
company must be notified.
Job Description:
Location:
Client Contact:
Title:
Signature:
Weight of equipment to be lifted:
Height of equipment to be lifted:
Approximate radius of lift:
Description of item to be lifted:
Yes
1
Is the safety factor less than 25% (exceed 75% of crane capacity)?
Is the safety factor less than 50% when lifting over critical lines/equipment?
Is the swing arc of the boom within 3 meters of high voltage lines or
conductors?
Is the weight of the object being lifted unknown, not specified due to
modifications, outdated drawings, etc.?
Are two cranes required and is the lift less than 50% of the safety factor?
Is the integrity of the ground (soil/cement/stone) not known or questionable
regarding total weight for outriggers?
Is an engineering study required with specifications and/or drawings for the
lift?
Is the lift infrequently used or have unusual characteristics?
Explain: ___________________________________________
Is there a second crane requiring a man in a basket?
10
Is the lift within battery limits of a toxic material unit?
3
4
5
6
7
8
No
** If any of the above questions are answered Yes, contact the Project Manager**
NOTE: Load chart refers to the piece of paper, plastic or metal on which the crane manufacturer lists the
legal maximum gross loads at various radiuses and boom lengths that the crane is capable of lifting if
operated properly without the approval of the manufacturer.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 164
No crane shall lift any load in any configuration, unless there is, in or on the crane, a current, published
rating chart from the crane manufacturer, valid for the configuration in which the crane is to be used. Any
crane that doesnt have such a rating chart should not be used, except in movement off the site, until a
proper rating chart is provided.
Published capacities are absolute maximums and must never be exceeded under any circumstances
without the approval of the manufacturer.
NOTE: No article or item in this submission and/or acceptance of the following checklist will relieve the
contractor of any responsibility as per the Occupational Health and Safety Act including any provincial
regulations. All hoisting equipment and rigging must be sized to exceed the total lift weight multiplied by
the safety factor (1.5), unless an engineered drawing is submitted by a Professional Engineer.
* Total Weight x 1.5 = Minimum Crane Capacity Target *
1
2
3
4
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Type of crane to be used

Major hoisting equipment to be used
Schedule of critical lift (include rigging & equipment inspection)
Equipment to lift relationship
Operation radius
Boom length
Allowable load (from equip. load chart)
Clearance between boom and lift
Clearance to surrounding facilities
Can outriggers be fully extended
Can hoist tires be fully elevated
Will hoist be out of level
Obtaining weight of critical lift
NOTE: All cranes must have a calibrated load indicator and
anti-two block device.
Certified scale weight
Weight calculated independently by more than one source:
Source/Weight
Source/Weight
NOTE: Always use the greatest weight for calculations. If this is
an existing item being removed, then it must be calculated,
taking into account all modifications, including internals,
allowances for scale, sediment, sludge, insulation, liquid, etc.
Total weight of rigging and load
Total weight or rigging and load X safety factor

Revision: 2013-08
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
Page 165
e.
6
f.
a.
b.
c.
d.
7
a.
b.
c.
d.
If the weight of the equipment being lifted is unknown, describe

the assumptions made in making the load calculations
What measures can be taken to determine an accurate weight?
Equipment
Condition of hoisting equipment hoist and associated equipment
(blocks, hook, cables, and drive train) are required to be
inspected by
Engineer (Signature)
Crane Company
Client Representative
Rigging is to be inspected by a competent person
Inspection list required
Inspector (Signature)
All fabricated rigging devices are to be approved/stamped by
engineer
Lifting lugs approved by
Welding procedures approved by
Lug attachment approved by
Dye check of lugs approved by
Non-description inspection of lugs approved by
The entire lift and drawings shall be approved/stamped by
engineer
Stability of ground area
Check soil bearing allowable load under each pad
Will mats be required?
Size = Min. Sq. area = Capacity of crane in tons / 5
Type = Hardwood
Thickness = 100mm x 100mm or as calculated with load bearing
Configuration = Square and tied together
Are there any underground installations that require special
consideration, e.g. wells, sewers, etc.?
If any excavation is in the area, the crane must maintain a
distance away from the excavation that is equal to the depth of
the excavation

Revision: 2013-08
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
Page 166
LEADERSHIP AND ADMINISTRATION

QUESTIONS
Has an Engineers seal been attached to the drawing?
Name: _______________
Has a lift commander been appointed?
Name: _______________
Has a competent operating Engineer been selected?
Name: _______________
Has a competent signal person been selected?
Name: _______________
Has a competent safety person been selected?
Name: _______________
Has an emergency fire crew been specified?
Name: _______________
Submission/Approval to project management?
Name: _______________
Has a traffic controller been selected?
Name: _______________
PLANNED INSPECTION
Will a client management representative inspect the crane(s)?
Name: _______________
Will formal weekly inspection site take place?
TASK ANALYSIS/OBSERVATION
JTO is required by: _______________
Will a test lift be carried out as part of an engineered lift procedure?
Name: _______________
Will a person be required to be lifted in a basket?
Will other work jobs or permits have to be cancelled?
EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS
Does a plan exist to identify equipment to be isolated in an emergency?
Will lifting stop if wind speed exceeds 30k per hour or if there is any danger of an
electrical storm?
Has operations personnel (terminal staff/drivers/contractors) or, if applicable, local
emergency departments been notified or alternate fire routes?
Will emergency stations be staffed by competent people?
Has a plot plan displaying all emergency valves been prepared and cross referenced
with a list detailing contents of each?
ORGANIZATIONAL RULES
Is the contractor aware that nobody is to be situated directly under the lift?
Tag lines are to be used where possible?
Revision: 2013-08
YES NO N/A
Page 167
EMPLOYEE TRAINING
Can the crane operators produce current Operating Engineers License?
Are all employees/contractors sufficiently trained in their use of emergency
equipment?
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)
Will any PPE be necessary for routine work or emergency work, if people need to
remain on site? (Other than normal required PPE)?
HEALTH CONTROLS
Have hazardous material been identified? Specify: _______________
Have any job hazards been identified? Specify: _______________
Does the lift pass over live equipment? Specify: _______________
Will an area be roped off to include all contingencies? (e.g. boom failure)
Will access to the work area be controlled? How? _______________
PROGRAM EVALUATION
Will this plan be submitted for future references on similar lifts?
Will compliance with fire prevention, personal safety and control standards be
evaluated?
ENGINEERING STANDARDS
Will live equipment need protection?
Will cranes be positioned on mats?
Is Non-Destructive Test (NDT) required on rigging equipment?
Is it necessary to lift other than in daylight hours?
Is it necessary to schedule a lift on a Saturday or Sunday?
PERSONNEL COMMUNICATIONS
Will on site personnel be notified via public address systems on lift?
Is the signal person aware of the OHSA regulations for positioning?
Will radio communications be required?
Has a notice been communicated to all site personnel about the lift, including all
drivers/contractors using the facilities?
Will the site have a shut down during the lift?
GROUP MEETINGS
Have all participants been notified of a follow up critique meeting for input?
Date/Time: _______________
Before lifting, will a safe lift meeting be conducted?
Meeting Leader: _______________

Revision: 2013-08
Page 168
5.8 CRANE SIGNALS

Revision: 2013-08
Page 169
5.9 EXCAVATING NEAR UNDERGROUND UTILITIES

Underground utilities are a hidden hazard that is often encountered during excavation operations.
To ensure the safety of all persons in the construction area and to eliminate needless repair costs,
please adhere to the following procedure:
1. Always request underground locations before you dig. Even if you are sure there are no lines
in the area, call to confirm it.
2. Hand locations must be performed when working within 600 mm of buried utility lines or
greater as requested by the utility owner.
3. If a utility line is struck, stop work immediately and act to ensure the risks to people and
property are kept to a minimum. (This may mean isolating the area from persons and
equipment until the authorities arrive).
4. Have the utility company notified.
5. If the damage has the potential of being serious, contact the supervisor who will in turn
contact OH&S officers or other authorities as required.
6. Verify the damaged area by taking pictures and making notes of the situation. If the utility
line damaged appears to be in an incorrect easement, collect any information that could be
used in case of a dispute (i.e. elevations, alignment, etc.).
7. Complete a company damage report including a diagram and forward to the supervisor as
soon as possible.
8. Locates of underground utilities must be identified by contracted locators. No
excavating shall be done without locates - NO EXCEPTIONS!
ALBERTA FIRST CALL 1-800-242-3447

Revision: 2013-08
Page 170
5.10
FALL PROTECTION
OBJECTIVE
To prevent fall hazards for employees who are required to work or be exposed to elevations that
have a potential for falls. These procedures are intended to supplement the applicable
Provincial/State/Federal regulations.
Employees working at elevations greater than four feet in a permanent structure (finished edge)
or greater than ten feet where there is a potential for injury from falls, must use Fall Protection
measures.
These include:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Establishing walls, floors and /or guardrails.

Using work platforms and/or aerial lifts.
Operational changes/engineering controls.
Restrict workers travel.
Use of fall arrest/restraint equipment.
Control zones.
Safety monitors systems.
Danger zones.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1. Fall protection system will be used when work is being done at a place:
a) From which a fall of 3 meters (10 feet) or more may occur, or
b) Where a fall from a lesser height may result in an unusual risk or injury; for example,
from a fall when working over machinery that is in operation.
2. When practicable for the work process, guardrails, barriers or other similar means of fall
restraint will be used.
3. When a fall arrest system is not practicable or will result in hazards that are greater than if the
system were not used;
a) Use methods acceptable to Occupational Health and Safety Regulations (i.e. guardrails).

Revision: 2013-08
Page 171
DEFINITIONS
Some key definitions are:
Fall Arrest System: a system that will stop workers fall before the worker hits the ground.
Fall Protection System: any of the following when used to protect a worker from a fall or
minimize the risk of falling: guardrails, safety belt/body harness/ related equipment, safety net, a
control zone, safety monitor zone with approved procedures.
Fall Restraint System: a work positioning system to protect a worker from falling from a work
position or a travel restriction system such as guardrails or a personal fall protection system to
prevent a worker from traveling to an edge from which the worker could fall.
Personal Fall Protection System: an individual workers fall protection system, composed of a
safety belt or full body harness, lanyard, lifeline, and any other connection equipment that is used
to secure the worker to an individual anchor or to a horizontal lifeline system.
Unusual Risk of Injury: with respect to the risk of injury from a fall, there is a risk of injury
greater than the risk of injury from impact on a flat surface; example, from a fall onto operating
machinery or into a tank of chemical.
Control Zone: the area between an ungraded edge of a building or structure and a line, which is
set back a safe distance.
Safety Monitor System: a system in which a trained worker is designated to monitor work
activities in a control zone to ensure that work is done in a manner that minimized the potential
for a worker to fall.
Danger Area: elevator shafts, scaffolding, slab edge, rooftops and other tops, and other areas
where it is possible to fall ten (10) feet or more. The Danger Area extends 8 feet back from any
unprotected edge plus the height of any elevated work platform such as stilts or a ladder.
Example: A worker on 2 foot high stills is in the danger area within 10 feet from an unprotected
edge. Any worker within the danger area must have fall protection.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 172
GUARDRAILS
Guardrails must meet the design requirements of the governing Health & Safety legislation,
usually the Workers Compensation Board of the Province where the site is located.
Specifications for standard guardrails:
A standard guardrail shall consist of a tope rail, approximately 42 inches (107 cm) above the
floor level, a toe-board as required by regulation 8.78, and an intermediate rail centered at
approximately the midpoint of the space between the underside of the top rail and the upper edge
of the toe board. The top and intermediate rails and toe board shall be supported by vertical
members spaced not more than 8 feet (2.44 m) apart. Where the guardrails are of wooden
construction the top rail shall be securely fastened to the top of the upright or at the top of the
upright on the side facing the protected area and the intermediate rail shall be securely fastened
to the side facing the protected area.
Standard guardrails shall be designed to withstand a static load of 200 pounds applied in any
direction at any point to the top rail.
1. When a guardrail must be removed to accommodate work:
a) Only that portion of the guardrail necessary to allow the work to be done may be
removed, and
b) Workers must use another fall protection system when the guardrail is absent.
2. The guardrail must be replaced:
a) When the unguarded area is left unattended, at any time and
b) After the work is completed if the circumstances still require guardrails.
3. Standard Guardrails should be installed:
a) Where any open-side floor, working platform, runway, walkway or balcony is 4 feet
(1.22 meters) or more above grade or floor levels.
GLASS HAZARD
Guardrails shall be installed across glass panels, the lower edges of which are less than 30 inches
(76 cm) above the levels of stair tread nosing, ramps, platforms, or landings. The exception is
where laminated, wired or tempered glass is installed having strength equivalent to a guardrail.
SAFETY HARNESSES
A worker must wear a full body harness when using personal fall protection for fall arrest.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 173
CONNECTING EQUIPMENT
When a tool is used that could sever, abrade or burn a lanyard or safety strap, the lanyard or
safety strap must be protected from abrasion or made of wire rope unless the worker is working
near an energized conductor or in another work area where conductive lanyard or safety strap
cannot be safely used, in which case two nonconductive lanyards or safety straps must be worn,
or other effective means of worker protection used.
GUARDRAIL REMOVAL PROCEDURES
Prior to removing a guardrail, a work must be protected by Fall Protection Equipment.
1. When a guardrail must be removed to accommodate work, it is to be removed in such a way
that will not damage the rails.
a) Only that portion of the guardrail necessary to allow the work to be done may be
removed, and
b) Workers exposed to a fall hazard must be protected by another Fall Protection System
when the guardrail is absent.
2. A control zone may be established if the working surface:
a) Does not have a slope exceeding 4 vertical in 12 horizontal
b) Is not on skeletal structure work.
3. The width of the Control Zone must be at least 6.5 feet back from the Leading Edge and
clearly marked with a raised Warning Tape.
4. When workers will, at all times, remain further from the unguarded edge than the width of
the Control Zone, no other Fall Protection system need be used.
5. The guardrail must be replaced:
a) When the unguarded area is left unattended, and
b) After the work is completed, if the circumstances still require guardrails.
SNAP HOOKS
Snap hooks on lanyards and safety straps must be self-locking, to prevent roll-out hazard.
FALL PROTECTION SYSTEM
Fall protection is rigged to allow the movement of employees only as far as the sides and edges
of the walking/working surface. Anchorage points used for fall restraint have been confirmed to
be capable of supporting four times the intended load, with a minimum strength requirement of
323 kg (800 lbs.).
Revision: 2013-08
Page 174
1. Work within the confines of a perimeter (standard) guardrail.

2. Wear an approved safety belt or harness attached to securely rigged restraint lines where:
Safety belt and/or harness confirm to all CSA (Canadian Standards Association)
Standards;
Rope-grab devices must be used in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations
and instructions.
3. Confirm all restraint components are compatible.
4. Inspect fall restraint components before each use for wear, damage and other deterioration.
Remove defective components from service when the component's function strength has
been adversely affected.
5. Tie restraint lines, independently of other lines, to the anchorage points.
FALL ARREST
Employees exposed to a free fall distance of 3 meters (10 feet) or more (without restraint) must
wear fall arresting equipment, using a full body harness system.
1. Inspect components of the fall arrest system before each use for ear, damage and other
deterioration. Defective components are removed from service when the components
function or strength has been adversely affected.
2. Fall arrest equipment must meet the minimum criteria.
3. Hardware used must be drop-forged, pressed or formed steel, with corrosion resistant finish,
with surfaces and edges smooth to prevent damage to the attached body harness or lanyard.
4. Vertical lifelines must have a minimum tensile strength of 2449 kg (5400 lbs.).
LIFELINES MUST BE ENGINEERED TO:
1. A minimum tensile strength capable of supporting a fall impact load of at least 2449 kg
(5400 lbs.), when tying off anywhere along the length of the lifeline.
2. Lanyards must have a minimum tensile strength of 2449 kg (5400 lbs.), and recommend a
shock absorbing device.
3. Body harness components must comply with respective CSA and ANSI standards.
4. Secure full body harness systems to anchorage points capable of supporting 2449 kg (5400
lbs.).
5. Protect safety lines and lanyards against cuts or abrasion.
6. Limit the free fall distance (through rigging) to a maximum of 1.2 meters (4 feet).
7. Only one employee may be attached to any one vertical lifeline.
8. Connect only one snap hook to any one D-ring.
9. Snap hooks must not be connected to one another.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 175
10. Remove body harness components from service immediately if a fall or impact loading
occurs.
11. Removed components may not be reused unless they are inspected by an engineer and
determined to be suitable for reuse.
VERTICAL LIFELINES
1. A vertical lifeline will:
Be made of synthetic fiber rope or wire rope, and
Have a breaking strength specified by the manufacturer of at least 26.7 kg (6000 lbs.)
2. A vertical lifeline will be free of knots or splices except at its termination.
3. A termination knot or splice must not reduce the strength of the lifeline to less than 22 kg
(5000 lbs.).
4. A vertical lifeline will be effectively protected at points of attachment and elsewhere, as
necessary, to prevent chafing or abrasion caused by contact with sharp or rough edges.
5. When a tool is used that could sever, abrade or burn a lifeline, the lifeline will be protected
from such abrasion or made of wire rope unless the worker is working near an energized
electrical conductor or in other work where a conductive lifeline cannot be used, in which
case other effective means for protection of the worker must be used.
6. A vertical lifeline must extend to within 1.2 meters (4 feet) of ground level or other safe
lower surface. Unless previously authorized by the Board, the suspended length of a vertical
lifeline must not exceed 91 meters (300 feet) in length.
7. A personal fall arrest system must limit the free fall of a worker to 1.2 meters (4 feet).
8. A vertical lifeline must be installed and used in a manner that minimizes the swing-fall
hazard (see attached).
9. Each vertical lifeline used for fall arrest must be secured to an independent point of
anchorage.
10. Only one worker may be attached to any one vertical lifeline.
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE
1. Safety belts, harnesses, lanyards, lifelines, anchors and other similar devices will be:
Inspected by a qualified person on each work shift before use.
Kept free from substances and conditions that could contribute to their deterioration.
Maintained in good working order.
2. A device or part that is defective in condition or function will be removed from service.
3. After any personal fall protection equipment has arrested the fall of a worker, it must:
Be removed from service.
Not be returned to service until it has been inspected and re-certified for use by the
manufacturer or its authorized agent, or by a professional engineer.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 176
RESCUE
If workers are working in an area that has a 10 feet or more drop and not protected by guardrails,
there must be written procedure for initiating the rescue of a worker who has fallen and is
suspended in a fall protection system.
The procedures must be in writing and the workers informed and trained in the rescue
techniques. In some areas it may be as simple as calling the fire department if they have been
trained in rescue methods. Other options may be the use of ladders or equipment.
Remember: Our first line of defense for Fall Protection is Guardrails.
The last options, with the exception of other procedures acceptable to the responsible
government Health and Safety Administration, are the control zone and safety monitor system.
If the use of a fall arrest system is not practical or will result in a hazard greater than if the
system was not used, a control zone, a safety monitor system or other procedures acceptable to
the safety administration may be used.
CONTROL ZONE
A Control Zone is a well-defined area and marked at a minimum of 6 1/2 feet back from any
leading edge. A control zone can be used as a temporary warning until guardrails or other fall
protection is installed.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 177
1. The width of a Control Zone must be at least 2 meters (6 1/2 feet) back from the unguarded
edge.
2. If workers will at all times remain outside the barrier tape of the Control Zone, no other fall
protection system need be used.
3. If a worker is working within 2m of the control zone, a raised warning line marking the edge
of the control zone is required.
The Warning Line Must Be:
1. A line of high visibility, or a line flagged or clearly marked with high visibility material at
intervals not exceeding 2m (6 feet).
2. Between 0.85m and 1.15 m (34 and 45 inches) above the working surface.
3. Additional distance must be added if the working surface is slippery or sloped, the work is
carried out at an elevation relative to the unguarded edge, and the risk is increased by the use
of equipment near the control zone.
Use of a Control Zone is not permitted as the Fall Protection system when:
1. On a working surface where the shape of that surface exceeds four vertical to twelve
horizontal
2. On skeletal structure work
3. For scaffold erection and removal.
SAFETY MONITOR SYSTEM
The safety monitor system uses a set of monitoring procedures assigned to a competent person
for warning workers who are unaware of fall hazards or are acting in an unsafe manner. A safety
monitor system, used in conjunction with a controlled access zone and a fall protection plan, is
appropriate in situations where all other options of fall protection are impractical.
The safety monitor is responsible to insure all activities performed inside the control zone are
completed in accordance with the fall protection plan.
Requirements:
The monitor must be experienced and trained.

Must be present whenever workers are in the control zone.
Must have complete authority.
Is not engaged in any other activities.
Is situated so that there is a clear view of the work being performed.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 178
Is able to speak to the workers in a normal voice, does not have to yell.
Be wearing clothing that distinguishes the monitor from other workers.
The fall protection plan for the work must specify the name of the monitor and detail the
monitors training.
RESPONSIBILITIES
1. Project Superintendent
It
shall
be
the
responsibility
of
the
Project
Superintendent
to
ensure:
That the Fall Protection Plan is developed on all projects under his supervision and that
meet the above policy criteria.
That all workers on project that require a Fall Protection Plan are trained in proper
execution of the plan.
That copies of training documentation are forwarded to the Project Manager.
2. Site Safety Coordinator
Ensure training documentation is kept on file for all employees that receive Fall
Protection Training.
Report to the Project Superintendent any unsafe acts or conditions relating to this policy.
3. Foreman/Supervisor/Sub-Contractors
Ensure all workers under his authority receive Fall Protection training from a qualified
individual.
Ensure training documentation is forwarded to the Project Superintendent.
Ensure that the required safety equipment is available.
Ensure that required safety equipment is regularly inspected and maintained.
Provide to the Project Superintendent, an inventory of Fall Protection Equipment
available in his area of authority.
Ensure all workers under his/her authority adhere to the project Fall Protection Plan.
4. Workers
Receive training in and adhere to the project Fall Protection Plan/Procedures.

Report to the Foreman/Supervisor any non-compliance of the Fall Protection
Plan/Procedures.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 179
DANGER AREAS
Fall restraint equipment will be CSA and ANSI approved and will not allow the worker to reach
the point of fall. Lanyards must be attached to a poured concrete portion of the site structure or to
lifelines, which are attached to a poured concrete portion of the site structure. Where it is not
feasible to use Fall Restraint equipment in a danger area for instance, when work must be done
on the unguarded edge, properly constructed scaffolding should be used.
Prefabricated scaffolding shall be erected by qualified workers and shall be erected as designed
by the manufacturer. They shall not be erected with any modifications, defects, or defective
parts.
Where it is not feasible to use scaffolding, Fall Arrest equipment may be used. Fall Arrest
equipment shall be CSA and ANSI approved and not allow the worker to fall more than 4 feet.
Only one worker per lanyard of safety line is allowed.
Materials and tools being stored must be 10 feet back from the edge except for tools being used
and working amounts of materials. Proper lift ropes and containers are to be used for hoisting
tools and equipment.
The danger zone beneath overhead workers shall be barricaded off to protect other workers and
the public from the possibility of falling tools and equipment. If it is not feasible to barricade as
above, a watchman/monitor will be posted.
The Project Fall Protection Plan shall be posted for all workers to see and should be the subject
of safety meetings.
1. Working from Scaffolds
Scaffold platforms must be fully planked.

Guardrails consisting of a top rail, mid rail and toe board are required whenever the
working platform is 3.0m (10 feet) or more above floor level.
Wheels and casters must be locked when personnel are working on the scaffold.
If the scaffold is more than 3.0m (10 feet) high, it must not be moved with personnel on it
unless:
a) They are tied off by a means of a safety belt and lanyard to an independent support;
and
b) The floor is smooth and level.
Scaffolds must meet the requirements specified in the Alberta General Safety regulations.
Also refer to Safe Work Procedure Manual for Scaffolders in Alberta.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 180
2. Working from Ladders
A worker must wear his safety belt with the lanyard tied off to either a fixed support or a
lifeline whenever:
a) His feet are 3.0m (10 feet) or more above the floor;
b) He is above operating machinery; or
c) He is above hazardous substances or objects.
Ladders must meet the requirements specified in Alberta General Safety Regulations.
3. Working from Swing Stages
A worker must wear his safety belt with the lanyard tied off to:
a) An independent lifeline if the swing stage has only two independent suspension lines;
or
b) The swing stage if it has four independent suspension lines (two at each end).
4. Working Beside Unprotected Openings and Edges
A worker must wear his safety belt with the lanyard tied off to a fixed support whenever
his feet are more than 3.0 m (10 feet) above the next level or whenever he works above
operating machinery, hazardous substances or object of the possible fall height.
PPE - CARE OF SAFETY BELTS, HARNESSES AND LANYARDS

(Taken from Canadian Center for Occupational Health and Safety, ISSN 0835-8184)
Equipment
Inspect your equipment daily.

Replace defective equipment daily.
Replace any equipment involved in a fall. Refer any questionable defects to a trained
inspector.
Webbing (Body of Belts, Harness or Lanyard)
Inspect entire surface of webbing for damage. Beginning at one end, bend the webbing in
an inverted U. Holding the body of the belt toward you, grasp the belt with your hands
six to eight inches apart.
Watch for frayed edges, broken fibers, pulled stitches, cuts or chemical damage. Broken
webbing strands generally appear as tufts on the webbing surface.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 181
Replace according to manufacturers guidelines.
Buckle
Inspect for loose, distorted or broken grommets. Do not cut or punch additional holes in
waist strap or strength members.
Check belt without grommets for torn or elongated holes, which could cause the buckle
tongue to slip.
Inspect the buckle for distortion and sharp edges. The outer and center bards must be
straight. Carefully, check corner and attached points of the center bar. They should
overlap the buckle from and move freely back and forth in their sockets. The roller
should turn freely on the frame.
Check that rivets are tight and cannot be moved. The body side of the rivet base and
outside rivet burr should be flat against the material.
Inspect for pitted or cracked rivets, which indicate chemical corrosions.
Rope
Rotate the rope lanyard and inspect from end to end for fuzzy, worn, broken or cut
fibers. Weakened areas have noticeable changes in the original rope diameter.
Replace when rope diameter is not uniform throughout, following a short break-in
period.
Hardware
Inspect hardware for cracks and other defects. Replace the belt if the D ring is not at a
90 degree angle and does not move vertically independent of the body pad or D saddle.
Inspect tool loops and belt sewing for broken or stretched loops.
Check bag rings and knife snaps to see that they are secure and working properly.
Check tool loop rivets.
Check for thread separation or rotting, both inside and outside the body pad belt.
Inspect snaps for hook and eye distortions, cracks, corrosion, or pitted surfaces. The
keeper (latch) should not be distorted or obstructed. The keeper spring should exert
sufficient force to close the keeper firmly.
Safety Strap Inspection
Inspect for cut fibers or damaged stitches inch by inch by flexing the strap in an inverted
U. Note cuts, frayed areas or corrosion damage.
Check friction buckle for slippage and sharp buckle edges.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 182
Replace
when
tongue
buckle
holes
are
excessively
worn
or
elongated.
Cleaning
Basic care prolongs the life of the unit and conditions to its performance.
Dry belt and other equipment away from heat, steam and out of long periods of sunlight.
Store in a clean, dry area free of fumes, sunlight or corrosive materials.
Nylon and Polyester
Wipe off all surface dirt with a sponge dampened in plain water. Rinse sponge and
squeeze it dry. Dip the sponge in a mild solution of water and commercial soap or
detergent. Work up a thicker lather with a vigorous back and forth motion.
Rinse webbing in clean water.
Wipe the belt dry with a clean cloth. Hang freely to dry, but away from excessive heat.
Cotton
Clean like nylon. For heavy dirt or grease, soak belts in a solution of one tablespoon of
grease cutter to one gallon of water. Consult supplier. After soaking, rinse again; then
hang to dry.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 183
5.11
FALL PROTECTION PLAN
Work site:
Location:
Description of work to be done:
Fall hazards to be protected against:
Fall protection system used: (i.e. guardrails, travel, restraints, fall arrests)
Rescue plan: (i.e. ladder truck, man basket, high angle rescue team)
Have all workers been trained in the safe use of fall protection equipment?
Have all affected workers been made aware of this plan?
Supervisors Name:

Supervisors signature:
Revision: 2013-08
Page 184
5.12
HOT WORK PROCEDURES
PURPOSE
Welding and hot work, such as brazing or grinding, present a significant opportunity for fire and
injury. All precautions of this program must be applied prior to commencing any welding or hot
work by the company employees or contractors.
SCOPE
This procedure applies to all locations that perform their own repairs, maintenance or utilize
outside contractors.
DEFINITIONS
Welding/Hot Works Procedure: any activity that results in sparks, fire, molten slag, or hot
material that has the potential to cause fires or explosions.
Examples Of Hot Works: Cutting, Brazing, Soldering, Thawing Pipes, Torch Applied Roofing,
Grinding and Welding.
Hazards:
Fires and explosions.
Skin burns.
Welding blindness.
Respiratory hazards from fumes and smoke.
RESPONSIBILITIES
Management
Provide training for all employees whose task include heat, spark or flame producing
operations such as welding, brazing, or grinding.
Develop and monitor effective hot work procedures.
Provide safe equipment for hot work.
Provide proper and effective PPE for all hot work.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 185
Supervisors
Monitor all hot work operations.

Ensure all hot work equipment and PPE are in safe working order.
Allow only trained and authorized employees to conduct hot work.
Ensure permits are used for all hot work outside authorized areas
Employees
Follow hot work procedures.

Properly use appropriate hot work PPE
Inspect all hot work equipment before use.
Not use damaged hot work equipment.
TRAINING
Training Shall Include:
Review of requirements listed in OH&S.

Use of Hot Work Permit System.
Supervisor responsibilities.
Fire Watch responsibilities - specifically, the fire watch must know:
a) That their only duty is to fire watch.
b) When they can terminate the watch.
c) How to use the provided fire extinguisher.
d) How to activate fire alarm if fire is beyond the incipient stage.
Operator responsibilities.
Contractors responsibilities.
Documentation requirements.
Respirator usage requirements.
Fire extinguisher training.
HOT WORK PROCEDURES

Fire Prevention Actions for Welding/Hot Works:
Where practicable, all combustibles shall be relocated at least 35 feet from the work site. Where
relocation is impractical, combustibles shall be protected with flame proof covers, shielded
with metal, guards, curtains or wet down material to help prevent ignition of material.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 186
Ducts, conveyor systems, and augers that might carry sparks to distant combustibles shall be
protected or shut down.
.
Where cutting or welding is done near walls, partitions, ceilings, or a roof of combustible
construction, fire-resistant shields or guards shall be provided to prevent ignition.
If welding is to be done on a metal wall, partition, ceiling, or roof, precautions shall be taken to
prevent ignition of combustibles on the other side, due to conduction of radiant heat. Where
combustibles cannot be relocated on the opposite side of the work, a fire watch person shall
be provided on the opposite side of the work.
Welding shall not be attempted on a metal partition, wall, ceiling or roof having a covering or on
wall having combustible sandwich panel construction.
Cutting or welding on pipes or other metal in contact with combustible walls, partitions, ceilings,
or roofs shall not be undertaken if the work is close enough to cause ignition by combustion.
Cutting or welding shall not be permitted in the following situations:
In areas not authorized by management.

In sprinkled buildings while such protection is impaired.
In the presence of potentially explosive atmospheres, e.g. a flammable.
In areas near the storage of large quantities of exposed, readily ignitable materials.
In areas where there is dust accumulation of greater than 1/16 inch within 35 feet of the area
where welding/hot works will be conducted. All dust accumulation should be cleaned up
following the housekeeping program of the facility before welding/hot works are permitted.
Suitable extinguishers shall be provided and maintained ready for instant use.
A fire watch person shall be provided during and for 2 hours past the completion of the welding
project.
A cutting/welding permit will be issued on all welding or cutting outside of the designated
welding area.
Welding & Hot Work Fire Prevention Measures
A designated welding area should be established to meet the following requirements:
1. Floors swept and clean of combustibles with 35 feet of work area.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 187
2. Flammable and combustible liquids and material will be kept 35 feet from work area.
3. Adequate ventilation providing 20 air changes per hour, such as a suction hood system
should be provided to the work area.
4. At least on 10lb. dry chemical fire extinguisher should be within access of the 35 feet of
work area.
5. Protective dividers such as welding curtains or non-combustible walls will be provided to
contain sparks and slag to the combustible free area.
Requirements for welding conducted outside the designated welding area:
1. Portable welding curtains or shields must be used to protect other workers in the welding
area.
2. A Hot Work Permit must be completed and complied with prior to welding operation.
3. Respiratory protection is mandatory unless an adequate monitored airflow away from the
welder and other present can be established and maintained.
4. Plastic materials are covered with welding tarps during welding procedures.
5. Fire Watch must be provided for all hot work operations.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 188
5.12.1 HOT WORK PERMIT

Job #:
Job Name:
Area Hot Work Required:
Description of Work Performed:
Work Commencement Date and Time:
Name (Printed)
Permit Holder:
Fire Watch:
Owners Rep.:
Monitor of Purge:
Signature
Requirements
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Fire Extinguisher At Work Station

Fire Watch Trained In Use Of Fire Extinguisher
Fire Watch At Station Continuous With Operable Communication Equipment, Radio Or Phone
Fire Watch Required Below Work Area
Fire Watch Required In Adjacent Area
Fire Blankets At Station And In Good Repair
Smoke Alarms Disable
Sprinkler System Enabled
All Combustibles Remover In 10M Diameter
All Combustibles Protected If Not Removed
All Explosives Are Removed Or Contained
Ventilation Working To Remove All Fumes
Smoke Eater Available
Torches In Good Working Order
Welding Equipment In Good Working Order
Grinders, Cutoff Saws, Etc. In Working Order
Piping Worked On Free Of Explosives & Comb.
Piping Worked Not Free Of Explosives Or Combustibles Is Under Continuous Purge
Person Monitoring Purge Is Trained To Use Test Equipment & Purge Equipment
Gas Monitoring Equipment Manufacturer: _________________________________________
Completion of Hot
Work Sign Off
Permit Holder:
Fire Watch:
Monitor Purge:
Name (Printed)
Signature
Revision: 2013-08
Date and Time
Required Permit Holder

Yes
No
Done Int.
SN. __________________
Date and Time
Page 189
5.13
LOCK-OUT PROCEDURES
Before work commences on electrically driven machinery or electrical power line and associated
equipment, the equipment shall be made safe for work by means of the following procedures:
1. An individual workman (maintenance or operator) will be assigned to be in charge of the
work on a specific piece of equipment.
2. A designated person (electrician, foreman or operator) shall open the switch on the main
electrical power supply control for that piece of equipment, as well as any other control or
switches through which the equipment can be energized. This is to be done in the presence of
the individual to whom the work has been assigned.
3. The designated person shall remain at the open switch while the individual workman locks in
the open position and tags it, noting date and signature. The designated person then puts on
his lock. It will be the job of the designated person to try and operate the equipment to ensure
the power is off. The designated person and/or the workman shall ensure all parts, extensions
and attachments have been secured against accidental movements and that hazardous
conditions of pressure and tension have been neutralized. Whenever employees are working
independently of each other on the same machinery, they will also be required to lockout and
tag the control.
4. Only the workman who installed a safety lock can remove it. The Site Manager is the only
other person who can authorize a safety lock to be removed.
The following procedure prior to the removal of a lock shall be adhered to:
1. Attempt to locate and have the employee who installed the lock remove it.
2. Ensure the machinery can be safely operated.
3. Account for all workers on the job and the whereabouts of the person who affixed the safety
lock.
4. Inform Corporate Safety of the circumstances.
Following the completion of the repairs or maintenance on machinery, the designated person
and/or workman will ensure that:
1. All auxiliary equipment and tools are removed from the machinery and accounted for.
2. Putting the machinery in motion will not endanger anyone.
3. All guards and safety devices are properly in position.
Failure to follow these steps prior to the removal of locks and tags may result in serious injury to
fellow workers or damage to equipment.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 190
The company will provide safety locks with one key. They will be painted bright red. No one is
to possess duplicate keys to safety locks or have duplicate keys made. On completion of using
locks and keys, they will be returned to the assigned place.
The company will also provide tags and multiple lock out devices.
This lock-out/tagging policy has been adapted for the protection of the contractors employees
and workers in the performance of their work on electrical equipment and systems which may be
energized during any stage of the following activities:
Construction
Alterations to existing facilities
Commissioning of electrical or process systems
Maintenance of electrical equipment and process systems
Lock-out/tagging procedures become an important requirement during any of the foregoing

activities when any piece of equipment or system represents a potential hazard to life and
property. These procedures are intended to supplement but not replace any requirements dictated
by Occupational Health and Safety or any other contractual obligations.
In some instances, an owner may insist their existing lock-out procedures be used, in which
event the Contractors supervisor shall examine the owners procedures and ensure they are
completely equal to the contractors standards before complying with his request. There may be
variances in certain procedures for specific equipment on various sites to formulate safe lock-out
procedures needed for special activities.
Contractors policy places full responsibility on management and project supervisors to fully
enforce lock-out procedure requirements and does not expect employees to work under
procedures sub-standard to those in this Manual.
LOCK-OUT
Lock-out requirements come into effect when a system or pieces of equipment are energized and
their accidental operation could be a potential hazard to life and property.
Lock-out/tagging requirements are applicable to all energy sources, i.e. electricity, any
compressed gasses or air, hydraulics, steam, piping and vessels associated with specific electrical
installations.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 191
LOCK-OUT/TAGGING APPARATUS
Scissor type gang lock (to be used wherever possible)

Lock-out tags
Keyed locks (identified by number for issue to individual workers)
Master key (issued only to project supervisor or appointed designates). Master key to remain
in strict custody of the recipient during the course of a project
Lock-out log book
LOCK-OUT/TAGGING PROCEDURES
1. Contractors personnel are not to work on any equipment or system that represents a safety
hazard unless it is locked-out or tagged.
2. Contractor and owner supervisors are to determine what equipment items have to be lockedout.
3. The owner/contractor shall appoint a responsible employee to assist in locating the necessary
switches, breakers, relays, including fuses that have to be locked-out, that must be blocked or
removed.
4. Contractors project supervisor or his/her appointed designate shall install either a scissor
type gang lock or tag isolating device.
5. Contractors project supervisor to arrange a pre-job meeting with all workers involved
including the owner or principal contractors to review a job plan for purposes of establishing
awareness of individual responsibilities. Where required, written instruction are to be
distributed.
6. The contractors designate shall satisfy themselves that the equipment or system is correctly
and fully locked out and recorded inoperative.
7. Workers who will be working on the equipment shall in addition to the supervisor place their
own individual locks in the isolating device(s).
8. Tagging of equipment or control devices are to be done on a non-conductive material.
9. Workers are to remove their own individual locks when they are no longer working on that
equipment.
10. When the work is completed and after all personal locks have been removed, the company
supervisor is to make a final check of the equipment before removing their lock to ensure that
it is safe to operate before proceeding with clearing the lock-out.
11. If a worker has left the job site (quit, discharged or injured), the personal locks must be
removed from service until the keys are recovered.
12. No person shall remove any personal lock other than their own. Unauthorized removal of a
lock is cause for immediate dismissal.
13. Double shift - workers leaving the job site will remove their personal locks which are to be
immediately replaced by personal locks issued to workers coming on shift.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 192
14. A master key for personal locks shall be kept by the company supervisor in a secure location
and shall only be used by that supervisor or his designate exercising the following procedure.
LOCK REMOVAL BY OTHERS
Before a personal lock is removed by others the following shall apply:
1. The workers or person owning the personal lock must be positively identified.
2. All reasonable efforts have been made to contact the worker who installed the lock to have
them come to site and remove the lock.
3. If the worker cannot be contacted or is incapable of removing their lock, the locks are
removed in the absence of the lock owner. Should an investigation determine the particular
lock is still essential to eliminating a potential hazard then the lock removed shall be
immediately replaced by a lock owned by the worker on site who would be appointed to take
over the absentee.
4. Lock removal should be done with the master key, with cutting the lock off being the last
resort.
5. All information regarding personal lock removal is documented in the lock removal form.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 193
5.13.1 ELECTRICAL LOCK-OUT LOG BOOK

Contract Name:
Job #:
Area:
Supervisor:
Phone #:
Equipment Tag Number:
Date Locked:
Date Locked:
Lock Number:
Worker:
Worker:
Date Locked:
Date Locked:
Lock Number:
Worker:
Worker:
Date Locked:
Date Locked:
Lock Number:
Worker:
Worker:
Date Locked:
Date Locked:
Lock Number:
Worker:
Worker:
Date Locked:
Date Locked:
Lock Number:
Worker:
Worker:
Date Locked:
Date Locked:
Lock Number:
Worker:
Worker:
Date Locked:
Date Locked:
Lock Number:
Worker:
Worker:
Date Locked:
Date Locked:
Lock Number:
Worker:
Worker:

Revision: 2013-08
Page 194
5.14
GUIDE ON HOW TO COMPLETE A JSA
SEQUENCE OF BASIC JOB STEPS

Break the job into basic steps. Between 10 and 20 steps is acceptable; above 20, consider
breaking down into 2 JSAs.
List each step of the job in order of occurrence using the Job Steps column.
Start each step with a doing word (i.e. lift, turn, move, etc.). As a guide, a step should be
recorded wherever there is a change of direction or change in energy state (e.g. potential,
kinetic, chemical or electrical).
Record enough information to describe each job action but do not make the list too long.
Allow sufficient space to capture updates or upgrades as JSA is reviewed.
Later, go over the steps with someone who has done the job to ensure that the steps - and the
order in which they are listed - are correct.
Focus on RISK. It is the responsibility of the JSA team to keep focused on risk and not get
buried in details. The JSA should focus on the activity itself and not extraneous activities.
Number the steps to provide a reference point for the hazards and actions developed in the
other two columns.
POTENTIAL HAZARDS
Identify all the hazards associated with each step. Include possible actions, conditions, and
circumstances that could lead to an undesired result. A hazard is a potential danger and can be
broken down into 6 categories:
Contact - victim is struck by or strikes an object.

Caught - victim is caught on, caught in or caught between objects.
Fall - victim falls to ground or lower level (includes slips and trips).
Exertion - excessive strain or stress/ergonomics/lifting techniques.
Exposure - inhalation/skin hazards.
Energy Sources - electricity, pressure.
Number the hazard list to correspond with the task steps (1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.2, etc.).
RECOMMENDED ACTION
Using the first two columns as a guide, list every action necessary to eliminate or minimize the
hazard.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 195
1. Significant hazards are to be eliminated where practicable.

2. Where this is impracticable, those hazards are to be isolated. This is where the hazard and the
employee or environment are separated (e.g. a noise cover fitted over motor, or and
extraction fan to remove fumes, adding machine guards).
3. Where this is impracticable, put in some control (e.g. use two persons to lift).
Guidelines:
List the recommended safe operating procedures. Be specific in describing the necessary
action. Tell exactly what needs to be done to correct the hazard, e.g. use two persons to lift
and avoid general statements such as be careful.
Consider possibilities such as combining the steps or changing the sequence or whether
safety equipment and precautions are needed to reduce the hazards.
If the hazards are still present, try to reduce the necessity for performing the job or the
frequency for performing it.
Do not start a job until the remaining risk is acceptable.
Number the actions to correspond to the task steps and hazards (1.1.1, 1.1.2, 1.2.1, 1.2.2.
etc.).
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS WHEN DEVELOPING & REVIEWING A JSA

Work Team Considerations
Review/develop the JSA at the work site.

Is the task necessary? Is now the right time to do this job?
Has the JSA been updated to include current conditions (weather, simultaneous operations,
etc.)?
Have personnel who have done this task helped develop the JSA?
Is the staffing level adequate for the task?
Does the team agree on the scope of work?
Do the workers have the necessary physical skills?
Do the workers have the necessary technical skills or job knowledge?
Is there a history of short-cutting steps in performing this task or similar tasks?
Personal Protection available - hand, face, eyes, body, foot, hearing, fall protection, etc.
Do Work Practices exist - pre-task inspection, pre-job briefing, standard procedures.
Tools/equipment available, proper selection, in good condition.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 196
Workplace Factors
Is access to the equipment adequate?

Does the workplace design require overly stressful actions to complete the task?
Housekeeping, working surfaces, barricades, confined space.
Does the workplace design contribute to worker confusion or error?
Does the task require extreme or awkward body postures, bending, twisting, or reaching?
Does the task induce fatigue?
Can hazardous substances be replaced with less hazardous materials?
Is it practical to use smaller quantities of hazardous materials?
Process Factors
Have you asked what is the worst thing that can happen while performing this task? for
each step?
Have you evaluated the hazards in all of the categories below?
Have all of the hazards been adequately addressed and is the remaining risk acceptable?
Did you include a post-job critique of the job and review process of the JSA for the future?
Have you communicated with others who may be affected?
HAZARD CATEGORIES
Contact
Caught
Struck against
In
Struck by
Under
Harmful
contact
with Between
object (cut, abrasion)
By
Strains/Overexertion
Exposure
Lifting
Temperature extreme
Pushing/Pulling
Chemical burn
Bending
Radiation
Twisting
Hazardous Atmosphere
Fall
Slip/Trip
Fall on same level
Fall from height
Energy Sources
Electricity
Pressure
Compression/Tension
The following are two examples of Job Safety Analysis Forms. CEMATRIX will have the option
on which form to use, this will be up to the discretion of the Site Safety Coordinator and or the
Project Manager.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 197
5.14.1 JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS (JSA)

Site/Project No:
Name of Project:
Contractor/Sub Trade:
Date:
Task/Activity:
Weather:
Check all applicable anticipated or potential hazards.

Work affecting integrity of critical control systems
Electrical (live)
Electrical (isolation)
Hot work
Confined space entry
Equipment handling and dismantling
Heavy equipment lifting

Traffic patterns
Temporary pumping and transfer facilities
Extreme weather
Pile driving / drilling
Borehole drilling / test pit excavation
Excavation
Stored pressure systems (e.g. Propane)
Radiography/X-ray testing
Pressure testing
Overhead power lines
Hydro blasting / Sandblasting
Ensure that all hazards identified are addressed in JSA below.

No.
Sequence of Job Steps
Potential Hazards
Work at height
Underground tank
Demolition
Exposed handling of petroleum products
Mobile equipment
Drilling, grinding, and cutting
Work in hazardous area (e.g. designated
substances)
Other:
Other:
Safety Controls to Reduce or Eliminate Hazard
1.
2.
3.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 198
Tools/Equipment: (List of tools/equipment to be used/stored on site including ladders, steps, scaffold, harness, etc.)
Personal Protective Equipment: (Minimum requirement - safety boots, hard hat, visible-vest, gloves, safety glasses)
Additional PPE:
Outside Authorities: (Any authorities who need to be advised including site operator)
Disposal of Surplus or Contained Material: (disposal detail, e.g. when, where, how, etc.)
Prepared by:
Names of Employees Carrying Out Work:
Position:
Date:
Print:
Signed:
Date:
Signed:
Date:
JSA Approved By: (Supervisor)

Print:
th
Date: August 6 , 2013

Revision: 2013-08
Page 199
DAILY RENEWAL
(For activities that extend beyond one day)
Date:
Changes Noted:
Weather:
Supervisor (print & sign):

Participant Name(s):
Date:
Changes Noted:
Weather:

Participant Name (s):
Date:
Changes Noted:
Weather:

Participant Name (s):
Revision: 2013-08
Page 200
5.15
TRAFFIC CONTROL
Equipment Required:
Slow/Stop Paddle
Radio
Personal Protective Equipment:
High Visibility Vest

Head/Foot Protection
TRAFFIC STOPPING - SINGLE LANE

1. Using the appropriate PPE, stand on the side of the road or curb out of the path of oncoming
traffic but visible to drivers.
2. Holding the slow/stop paddle at shoulder height, display the slow sign until there is a
suitable break in traffic.
3. With the stop paddle displayed and free hand raised, establish eye contact with the driver
of the vehicle you want to stop.
4. When the vehicle has stopped, walk from the curb in a straight line to a position where you
can be seen by drivers coming up behind the stopped traffic.
5. Face the traffic lane you want to keep stopped while remaining out of the path of oncoming
traffic.
6. Keep the paddle held high, maintain eye contact with approaching drivers and keep your free
hand held high to reinforce your message.
7. When all traffic has stopped, allow construction activity to proceed.
8. Watch that your presence does not interfere with the activities of the construction equipment.
STOPPING TRAFFIC - DOUBLE LANES
1. Stop the first lane of traffic (closest to the curb) as per previous procedure.
2. Walk to a point where you can be seen by the traffic in the second lane but not directly into
the path of oncoming traffic.
3. Display the stop sign and your raised free hand maintaining eye contact.
4. When the first vehicle is stopped, walk to a position where you can be seen by traffic coming
up behind the stopped vehicles.
5. Keep the stop sign held high, maintaining eye contact and keeping you free hand raised
with the palm facing the traffic.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 201
6. Allow construction activity to proceed after it is safe to do so while maintaining a safe

distance from the equipment.
TRAFFIC RELEASE
1. When it is safe for traffic to proceed, walk in a straight line back to the side of the road.
2. If there is more than one lane stopped, release one lane at a time as you move toward the
curb.
3. Turn the paddle to display the slow sign to the stationary vehicles and with your free arm
wave the traffic through.
4. Do not wave the stop/slow paddle.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 202
5.16
USING DRY CHEMICAL FIRE EXTINGUISHER
Tools/Equipment Required:
Hard Hat
Eye Protection
SEQUENCE OF BASIC JOB STEPS

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove extinguisher from hanger.

Carry extinguisher in upright position to fire.
Pull pin, hold hose or horn in one hand, extinguisher in other.
Use the extinguisher.
Promptly report use of extinguisher.
POTENTIAL ACCIDENTS OR HAZARDS

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Extinguisher may fall.

Fall by tripping or slipping.
Contact with contents.
Fire.
Caught in spread of fire.
Clothing catches on fire.
Re-flash of fire.
RECOMMENDED SAFE JOB PROCEDURE

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Grasp extinguisher securely.

Observe walking areas, obstacles, and slippery surfaces.
Maintain control of extinguisher, avoid exposing individuals of contents.
Use contents with rapid sweeping motion at base of flame.
Keep proper distance.
Move away when extinguisher empties. Never turn back to fire. Renew attack when
indicated.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 203
5.17
WORKING NEAR OVERHEAD POWER LINES
In accordance with Alberta Occupational Health & Safety Code Part 17 (sections 25-26 &
schedule 4, Safe Limit of Approach Distances), all CEMATRIX workers must take great care
when working near power lines. See Emergency Numbers List (section 12 of this Company
Safety Manual) to contact power companies, Alberta 1 Call or outside assistance.
Please review and adhere to the following procedures when planning and performing work near
overhead power line:
1. Before work begins, examine the work areas to establish that the safe limits of approach
distances to overhead power line contained in Schedule 4 Table 1 of OH&S can be
maintained.
2. Contact the operator of the power line to determine the operating voltage of the line and
confirm the safe approach distance.
3. Do not allow equipment of objects to approach the overhead power line closer than the safe
limit of approach specified.
4. If work is being carried out near the safe limit of approach, assign a worker to act as an
observer to ensure that the required distance is maintained.
5. Request assistance from the power line operator if the work must be performed at a distance
that is less than those specified in Table 1.
6. Do not place materials under or adjacent to the overhead power line if it reduces the
clearance above ground required by O.H. & S. Regulations. Contact the power line operator
for assistance to determine the required clearance between the power line and the ground.
7. Do not allow excavations to reduce the support required for power poles. Contact the power
line operator to determine support required. Request locations in case of grounding grids
buried at the base of power poles.
JOB STEPS
1. If working near or crossing under power lines, the boom should be kept a minimum of 7m
away from the line. A CEMATRIX field employee must be present at all times. If a closer
approach is required, contact the Power Company and they will advise over the phone or
come to the site. The line may have to be de-energized or insulated.
2. When digging near power pole, if the soil is hard, you may dig up to 5m away from the pole.
In gravel or soft soil, the operator is to use his discretion. If cave-ins are experienced, even
up to 5m away from the pole, contact the Power Company and they will come out to secure
the pole during digging.
3. Whenever the backhoe must work or repeatedly travel beneath power lines, a route must be
plainly marked and a barrier erected showing the maximum height allowed for equipment.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 204
Ensure that warning signs are in place on all sides of the overhead power lines from which
equipment approach is possible.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
1. If your equipment accidentally touches a power line, stay in the equipment and contact the
office for help.
2. It may be suggested to try, unaided, and without anyone approaching the machine, to backoff the equipment until it is well clear of the line, or
3. If the machine cannot be self-propelled away or be disentangled from the line, to remain
inside the machine until the Power Company de-energizes the circuit and confirms that
conditions are safe.
4. If the operator is instructed to leave the machine, he shall jump clear with his feet together,
and hop with his feet together out of the area. Do not run or walk from the site. Under no
circumstances, should you allow your body to be in contact with the ground while any other
part of your body is touching the machine.
SAFE LIMIT OF APPROACH
Safe limit of approach distances for overhead power lines are intended to prevent power line
contacts, injuries and fatalities.
If work is done or equipment is operated within 7 metres of an energized overhead power line,
the employer must contact the power line operator to determine the voltage of the power line. As
shown in Table 17.1, the power line voltage determines the safe approach distance. Until the
power line operator verifies the voltage, the employer must maintain a safe clearance distance of
7 metres.
Table from July 1, 2009 OH&S:
Operating Voltage Of Overhead Power Line Between
Conductors
0 - 750 V Insulated or Polyethylene Covered Conductors (1)
0 - 750 Volts Bare, Insulated
Above 750 V Insulated Conductors (1) (2)
750 Volts - 40Kv
69kV, 72Kv
138kV, 144kV
230kV, 260Kv
500Kv
Safe Limit of Approach Distance
Revision: 2013-08
0.3 m
1.0 m
1.0 m
3.0 m
3.5 m
4.0 m
5.0 m
7.0 m
Page 205
Note: Conductors must be insulated or covered throughout their entire length to comply with this
group.
Note: Conductors must be manufactured to rated and tested insulation levels.
Situations may arise in which work must be done or equipment operated near an energized
power line at distances less than the safe limit of approach distance for that particular voltage. In
such cases, the employer must notify the operator of the power line before beginning the work
and obtain the operators assistance in protecting workers involved in the work. The operator
may protect workers by de-energizing the power line, relocating it, isolating it, or performing
some other equally effective action.
This subsection is intended to prevent safe limit of approach distances being reduced by piles of
earth or other materials placed beneath or adjacent to an overhead power line.
As required by section 8 of the OH&S Code, the employer is responsible for making workers
aware of the hazards associated with work near energized overhead power lines. The employer
should make workers aware of the safe limit of approach distances included in the OH&S Code.
Workers must follow the employers directions to maintain the appropriate safe clearance
distances.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 206
5.18
MANUAL LIFTING
Equipment Required
Material Required
PPE Required
Protective footwear
Head protection as required
Eye protection as required
Ear protection as required
Reflective vest/coveralls as required
CEMATRIX will ensure that any worker who may be exposed to the possibility of
musculoskeletal injury is trained in specific measures to eliminate or reduce that possibility. An
employer must ensure that the training includes:
a. identification of factors that could lead to a musculoskeletal injury;
b. the early signs and symptoms of musculoskeletal injury and their potential health effects;
and
c. preventive measures including, where applicable, the use of altered work procedures,
mechanical aids, and personal protective equipment.
JOB STEPS
1. Conduct a hazard assessment that considers: (a) the weight of the load, (b) the size of the
load, (c) the shape of the load, (d) the number of times the load will be moved, and (e) the
manner in which the load will be moved. Be sure to consider, where reasonably
practicable, appropriate equipment for lifting, lowering, pushing, pulling, carrying,
handling, or transporting heavy or awkward loads. Forklifts, hoists, and pulleys should be
considered an alternative to Manual lifting if possible
2. Ensure that there are sufficient personnel available to raise the load and hold it in place
for an extended period of time to allow personnel to secure the load.
3. The ground crew must be able to tie the load to a secure point in the event the lift is
delayed.
4. Get a good footing. Check the footing area before lifting.
5. Bend your knees and get a good grip on the object to be lifted.
6. Keep your back straight. Lift with your legs. Keeps the object being lifted close to your
body.
7. Maintain your balance and do not twist or turn as you lift.
8. To put the object down, do not bend from the waist. Keep your back straight and bend
your knees, keeping the object close to your body until it is placed in a secure position.
9. When two people are lifting, one person will give the command to lift, so both will be
lifting at the same time.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 207
6.0 RULES AND POLICIES

Revision: 2013-08
Page 208
6.1 GENERAL SAFETY RULES

General safety rules are written to protect all CEMATRIX employees, subcontractors and
visitors from known hazards and ensure that as a company that we all work safe. The following
is a list of general safety rules that must be followed in order to maintain a safe work
environment.
1. Immediately report all incidents, accidents, injuries and unsafe conditions (hazards) to the
senior CEMATRIX site representative, regardless of the severity or nature of the occurrence.
The site representative shall take appropriate actions and follow required procedures as per
corporate policies.
2. Job task instruction, safe work practices and procedures provided to the employee will be
followed. Where an employee does not understand or is unfamiliar with the job task,
practices or procedures, they shall inform the senior CEMATRIX site representative. For the
sake of personal safety, it is critical to learn and comply with "if you do not know, ask."
3. Employees and workers have the right to not perform a job task if they think it is unsafe!
Workers have the responsibility, in law, to refuse. Workers shall inform the senior
CEMATRIX site representative or principal contractor representative of unsafe situations or
conditions, or where inexperience or a lack of knowledge may affect their safe performance.
4. Be aware of the specific safety rules for your worksite and obey all posted signage. If in
doubt, ask your supervisor.
5. Wear CSA approved hard hats, safety boots and safety glasses at all times in work areas.
Wear other appropriate protective clothing and equipment (i.e. fire retardant clothing; hand
protection; clothing for adverse conditions; respiratory protective equipment) where required
to complete tasks where hazards are identified that are in addition to normal work, as
required by legislation or as required by the client.
6. The highest practical housekeeping standards will be maintained at all CEMATRIX
worksites and those of our clients. Good housekeeping, which includes both cleanliness and
orderliness, demonstrates respect for others while helping prevent fires, and eliminating
tripping/slipping hazards and chemical contact.
7. Notify the senior CEMATRIX site representative if you are taking prescription drugs that
could affect work performance, or if you have any medical conditions that may require
specialized treatment (i.e. epilepsy, diabetes).
8. The possession and/or use of alcohol or illegal drugs while on company business is strictly
forbidden and constitutes grounds for immediate dismissal.
9. Only properly trained and certified personnel shall operate tools or equipment, in keeping
with safe work practices/procedures and operating Manuals. All tools and equipment shall be
used for their intended purpose only. Personnel shall inspect all tools and equipment before
use, with all damaged or defective tools or equipment to be promptly replaced or taken out of
service and repaired before further use.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 209
6.3 VIOLENCE AND HARASSMENT PREVENTION POLICY

PURPOSE
It is the goal of CEMATRIX Inc. to prevent workplace violence and harassment. CEMATRIX,
in accordance with Alberta OH&S and Canada OH&S Regulation, recognizes that workplace
violence in any form is unacceptable and is hazardous to the safety and health of all employees
and contractors. Workplace violence includes any threat, attempted or actual conduct that causes
or is likely to cause injury. It can include any form of violence by an employee, against another
employee, contractor, vendor or visitor to a worksite. Examples may include: physical attack,
intimidation, threats, or property damage.
If such acts do occur, CEMATRIX Inc. will deal with the acts appropriately, swiftly, fairly and
confidentially. It is also the companys obligation to comply and conform to the legislation set
out by the Occupational Health and Safety Act, the Criminal Code of Canada, and the Alberta
Human Rights Code.
POLICY STATEMENT
CEMATRIX Inc. will use its best efforts to provide a work environment free of discrimination,
harassment, violence and/or intimidation (as defined below). Such conduct interferes with
employees' ability to perform their jobs and is not consistent with the company's philosophy of
trust and mutual respect.
It is the determination of CEMATRIX:
a. to provide a safe, healthy and violence-free work place;
b. to dedicate sufficient attention, resources and time to address factors that contribute to
work place violence including, but not limited to, bullying, teasing, and abusive and other
aggressive behaviour and to prevent and protect against it;
c. to communicate to its employees information in its possession about factors contributing
to work place violence; and
d. to assist employees who have been exposed to work place violence.
Compliance with this Policy is the responsibility of all CEMATRIX employees and
subcontractors. Every employee/subcontractor must avoid any behavior or conduct that could
reasonably be interpreted as a violation of this Policy, and every employee/subcontractor must
maintain a work environment free from discrimination, harassment, violence or intimidation.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 212
The implementation and continued support of this Policy is the responsibility of each and every
executive, manager, supervisor and employee. Full cooperation and assistance is expected from
all employees and subcontractors.
An individual that believes he or she has been the target of workplace violence should report this
to the supervisor or manager immediately or in an emergency dial 911. It is the managements
responsibility, when notified, to respond in a prompt and effective fashion. An individual
exposed to workplace violence, or who reports an injury or adverse symptoms as a result of
workplace violence, must immediately consult a health professional.
Employees/subcontractors are responsible for promptly documenting complaints and submitting
them to their supervisor for further investigation. All complaints will be investigated and dealt
with by management in a timely, fair, and confidential manner. Management is accountable for
the failure to respond to and investigate allegations of workplace violence and harassment. The
procedure for the investigation of reported complaints is provided below in the Reporting and
Investigating and Response Procedures subheadings of this section.
At the company orientation, employees and contractors will be instructed about this policy and
how to recognize workplace violence and the appropriate response to workplace violence;
including how to obtain assistance, procedures for reporting, investigating and documenting
incidents.
RISK ASSESSMENT
CEMATRIX Inc. will conduct a workplace violence risk assessment. The findings of which will
be reported to the Joint Health and Safety Committee (JHSC). This risk assessment and the
policy in general will be reviewed annually by the JHSC.
CEMATRIX shall assess the potential for work place violence by taking into account, at a
minimum, the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
the nature of the work activities;

the working conditions;
the design of the work activities and surrounding environment;
the frequency of situations that present a risk of work place violence;
the severity of the adverse consequences to the employee exposed to a risk of work place
violence;
f. the observations and recommendations of the policy committee or, if there is no policy
committee, the work place committee or the health and safety representative, and of the
employees; and
g. the measures that are already in place to prevent and protect against work place violence.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 213
It is the determination of CEMATRIX to implement controls to reduce the risk of workplace

violence.
Once an assessment of the potential for work place violence has been carried out, CEMATRIX
will develop and implement systematic controls to eliminate or minimize work place violence or
a risk of work place violence to the extent reasonably practicable.
VIOLENCE AND HARASSMENT DEFINITIONS
Assault: Threats of violent acts.
Harassment: Any comment or conduct that is known, or ought to be known, which will cause
an individual to believe their health and safety are at risk.
Physical (battery): A physical act on another employee with or without the use of a weapon.
Psychological: Is an act that provokes fear or diminishes an individuals dignity, self-worth, or
self-esteem. Or that intentionally inflicts psychological trauma on another.
Sexual Abuse: Is any unwelcome verbal or physical advance or sexually explicit statement,
displays of pornographic material, pinching, brushing against, touching, patting, or leering which
causes the person to believe their health and safety is at risk.
Sexual Assault/Battery: Is the use of threat or violence to force one individual to touch, kiss,
fondle, or have intercourse or sexual contact with another.
Threats: An act, verbal or written, that is communicated with the intent to inflict harm on any
person or property by some unlawful act.
Verbal Abuse: an act where comments are communicated which are known, or ought to be
known, to be unwelcome, embarrassing, offensive, threatening, or degrading to another person.
DOMESTIC VIOLENCE OR VIOLENCE FROM AN EXTERNAL SOURCE
CEMATRIX Inc. and its management must take every reasonable precaution to protect workers
if it becomes aware or ought to be aware that such workers are likely to suffer physical injury in
the work place as a result of domestic violence. Any situation that has the potential to bring
violence into the work place from an external source (eg. Domestic violence) must be reported.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 214
REPORTING AND INVESTIGATING PROCEDURE

Workers are to report all violence and harassment incidents or complaints to their manager or
supervisor whom is above the level of which the incident or complaint is or has originated. As
stated earlier, this report and its contents will be kept private and confidential by CEMATRIX
Inc. and its managerial staff. Reporting occurs by using the Violence & Harassment Report or
Complaint form, which is attached.
If the incident or complaint requires immediate action then the complaint will be taken directly
to the most senior Company management or officer, who will deal with the situation in the most
appropriate manner until a full investigation is complete.
Senior Management (The Safety Officer or Human Resources Manager) will investigate the
incident. They will ensure appropriate and timely measures are taken to protect the reporting
employees or at risk employees safety. The investigating manager will complete the necessary
reports based on severity of the incident in question. The Investigation and corrective action are
documented on Violence & Harassment Investigation & Correction form, also attached.
After the corrective actions suggested by the Violence & Harassment Investigation &
Corrections form have been implemented, the results will be reviewed by senior management
for effectiveness, compliance, and action implementation.
RESPONSE PROCEDURES (FOR RECEIVING MANAGEMENT)
1. Receive report.
2. Ensure the confidentiality of the reporter and parties involved.
3. Notify authorities if required.
a. Police
b. Medical attention
4. Perform incident investigation.
5. Prepare incident report, recommendations, actions, and suggest disciplinary action.
6. Debrief parties involved.
7. Continually monitor the parties to ensure compliance with the recommended resolution
(Senior Management).
8. Have all employees participate in ongoing violence and harassment education.
Note: The right to refuse dangerous work exists in all parts of Canada. As such refusal rights
include the fear of violence or harassment.
EXTERNAL INVESTIGATOR
Revision: 2013-08
Page 215
6.3.1 VIOLENCE AND HARASSMENT REPORT OR COMPLAINT

Date and Time of Incident:
(as exact as possible)
Date and Time of Reporting Incident:
Name or Complainant(s):
Name of Alleged Policy Violator(s):
Incident Details:
Witness Information:
Name
Contact Information
Witness #1 Name:
Witness #2 Name:
Witness #3 Name:
Receiving Manager:
_____________________
Name (Printed)
_____________________
Signature
Revision: 2013-08
_____________________
Date
Page 217
6.3.2 VIOLENCE AND HARASSMENT INVESTIGATION

Name:
Position:
Date Reported:
Investigation Date:
Immediate Action to Secure Health and Safety of Employees (If Any):
Witness Findings:
Description of Findings (Immediate and Underlying Cause):
Recommendations, Corrective Action, Disciplinary Action Taken:
Review of Actions Taken for Compliance:
If emergency care or police were involved, attach a copy of medical or police report.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 218
6.4 VEHICLE RULES

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Only authorized CEMATRIX employees with the appropriate license for the vehicle in
question may drive CEMATRIX vehicles.
All incidents involving CEMATRIX Cellular Concrete Solution vehicles must be reported
immediately, no matter how slight they may appear.
Secure names, drivers license, and insurance and witness information should an accident
occur. Get medical attention for injured if required.
Seat belts must be worn at all times in company vehicles and equipment by drivers and
passengers.
Do not pick up hitchhikers.
Ensure First Aid Kit and supplies are in place and secured to the vehicle.
Fire extinguishers must be of proper class and size and secured in the vehicle.
All materials and equipment to be secured for transportation using adequate strapping, tiedowns, ropes, and tarps (ensure no shifting, leaking, or possible dislodgement). Vehicles
are not to be loaded above their registered allowable weight.
Vehicle housekeeping to be kept to a high standard.
Operators may be expected to attend a Defensive Driving Course should management see
fit.
When Transportation of Dangerous Goods occurs, provincial regulations must be complied
with and proper signage must be in place.
Every worker required to operate vehicles or mobile equipment must have read the
applicable safety rules.
Workers must not operate company vehicles while impaired (e.g. alcohol, fatigue, sickness
or drugs).
Any employee driving a scalable vehicle (any vehicle over 4.5 tons) must complete a drivers
log and follow the rules and regulations set out in that log.
Proper records must be kept, drivers logs must be archived at the CEMATRIX head office
for 6 months. Vehicle inspection reports must be completed prior to Daily Use and
maintained for 6 months. Daily vehicle inspections must remain in the vehicle on the day of
use. During the Daily Use damage and defects must be noted, and if sever enough the
vehicle must be removed from service until repaired by a qualified individual. (Note:
Daily Use inspection are valid for 24 hours only)
Drivers are limited on the number of hours they are allowed to drive (or drive and work).
These limitations are outlined in the log books, and congruent with federal legislation.
Employees must follow these guidelines. (No more than 13 hours of driving time and no
driving after 15 hour of work)
Operators must use running lamps or illuminated headlamps during daytime hours.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 219
18. Workers must not operate mobile equipment unless they have been adequately instructed in
the safe use of the equipment and have demonstrated to a supervisor that they are competent
to operate the equipment. This rule does not apply when a trainee is operating the equipment
under the supervision of an authorized instructor.
19. The mobile equipment operator is the only worker allowed riding in the equipment, unless
seats or other safe facilities for other workers are provided and used. No person, other that
the operator, may be on any part of powered mobile equipment not intended for passenger
transport, while the equipment is in motion.
20. Operators of mobile equipment or vehicles are responsible for the safe operation of the
equipment. They must maintain full control of the equipment, and must comply with all laws
and rules regarding the operation of the equipment.
21. Vehicles and powered mobile equipment must be driven and operated at safe speeds with
due regard for weather, road and traffic conditions.
22. When an operator has reason to believe that the equipment or the load is hazardous, the
operator must report it to the supervisor and is not to move the equipment or load unless
authorized to do so.
23. Operators must obey all signs governing the movement, operation or parking of vehicles on
any work site or public or private road.
24. Workers must not get on or off a moving vehicle except in an emergency.
25. Operators must not leave the controls unless the vehicle has been secured against movement
by setting parking breaks and transmission locks, lowering any blades, buckets or forks to
the ground and choking wheels where necessary.
26. Operators must keep the cab, floor or deck of mobile equipment free of materials, tools or
other objects that could create a tripping hazard, interfere with the operation of controls or
interfere with exiting the vehicle.
27. Tools and equipment carried in any part of a vehicle where workers are riding must be
placed or secured to prevent injury to workers.
28. Mobile equipment used for lifting or hoisting must not be operated if the load to be moved
exceeds the safe working load.
29. Workers must not ride with any part of their bodies outside the vehicle or equipment.
30. Check loads periodically for condition of blockings, hold-downs, lashings and clearance
signals.
31. Persons, other than the truck operator, should stand well clear of loading operations.
32. Trucks should be spotted in a position so that the loading machine does not swing over the
cab.
33. Truck drivers and other operators of equipment must not drive into the swing radius area of
cranes, excavators or shovels when such equipment is in operation.
34. Truck drivers shall leave the loading position only upon receiving the signal to do so.
35. Rocking the truck to loosen a load is dangerous and should be avoided.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 220
6.5 TRANSPORTATION RESPONSIBILITIES POLICY

CEMATRIX shall not permit a driver to drive, and a driver shall not drive a commercial vehicle
unless: (a) the commercial vehicle has been inspected in accordance with the daily trip inspection
requirements, and (b) no major defect was detected in the vehicle during the daily trip inspection.
A daily trip inspection is valid for 24 hours from the time recorded in the trip inspection report.
Trucks, tractors, and trailers shall be inspected every 24 hours. When no defects are detected
during an inspection, the person conducting the inspection shall record that fact on the inspection
report(s). A person conducting an inspection shall record on the inspection report any defects
detected during the inspection and shall report such defects to their supervisor or a person
appointed by the supervisor prior to the next required inspection.
If the driver or the person authorized by the CEMATRIX to prepare a trip inspection report
believes or suspects there is a safety defect in the commercial vehicle that was inspected, the
driver or the person authorized by the CEMATRIX shall report the defect to the their supervisor:
(a) without delay if the defect is a major defect, or (b) in a timely manner, and not later than the
next required daily trip inspection, in all other cases.
No CEMATRIX supervisor shall permit a person and no person shall drive a commercial vehicle
on a highway when a major defect is present on the vehicle.
No CEMATRIX employee shall operate an extra-provincial motor carrier undertaking except
under a safety fitness certificate issued by a provincial authority under the Motor Vehicle
Transport Act or an analogous document prescribed by the regulations.
The records required to be maintained by CEMATRIX will be kept at the CEMATRIXs
principal place of business, be retained for at least 5 years from the date they are created,
established or received, and be readily available for inspection by a peace officer during the
carriers regular business hours.
ALBERTA DRIVERS HOURS OF SERVICE REGULATIONS
CEMATRIXs operations management shall not permit a driver during the drivers work shift (a)
to exceed 13 hours of driving time, or (b) to drive at any time after the driver has been on duty
for 15 or more consecutive hours. A driver shall not during the drivers work shift (a) exceed 13
hours of driving time, or (b) drive at any time after the driver has been on duty for 15 or more
consecutive hours.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 222
FEDERAL COMMERCIAL VEHICLE DRIVERS HOURS OF SERVICE

REGULATIONS
No CEMATRIX operations management shall request, require, or allow a driver to drive and no
driver shall drive after the driver has accumulated 13 hours of driving time unless the driver
takes at least 8 consecutive hours of off-duty time before driving again. No CEMATRIX
operations management shall request, require, or allow a driver to drive and no driver shall drive
after the driver has accumulated 14 hours of on-duty time unless the driver takes at least 8
consecutive hours of off-duty time before driving again. No CEMATRIX operations
management shall request, require, or allow a driver to drive and no driver shall drive after 16
hours of time have elapsed between the conclusion of the most recent period of 8 or more
consecutive hours of off-duty time and the beginning of the next period of 8 or more consecutive
hours of off-duty time.
CEMATRIX operations management shall ensure that for each work day, a daily log is
maintained by every driver employed or otherwise engaged by the carrier. Every driver shall, for
each work day that the driver is engaged as a driver, maintain a true and accurate daily log in
duplicate.
The registered owner of every commercial vehicle who is required to operate the vehicle under
the authority of a safety fitness certificate must maintain, for each of that owners drivers, a
driver record file containing the following information: (a) the drivers completed application
form for employment with the registered owner; (b) a copy of the drivers abstract in a form
satisfactory to the Registrar when the driver is first hired or employed, dated within 30 days of
the date of employment or hire; (c) annual updated copies of the drivers abstract in a form
satisfactory to the Registrar; (d) the drivers employment history for the 3 years immediately
preceding the time the driver started working for the carrier; (e) a record of the drivers
convictions of safety laws in the current year and in each of the 4 preceding years; (f) a record of
any administrative penalty imposed on the driver under safety laws; (g) a record of all collisions
involving a motor vehicle operated by the driver that are required to be reported to a peace
officer under any enactment of Alberta or a jurisdiction outside Alberta; (h) a record of all
training undertaken by a driver related to the operation of a commercial vehicle and compliance
with safety laws; (i) a copy of any training certificate issued to the driver, if required, in
electronic or paper form, for the period starting on the date the training certificate is issued and
continuing until 2 years after it expires, in accordance with Part 6 of the Transportation of
Dangerous Goods Regulations under the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act, 1992
(Canada); (j) a copy of a current medical certificate for the driver.
CEMATRIX operations management shall require every driver to fill out and every driver shall
fill out a daily log each day that accounts for all of the drivers on-duty time and off-duty time
Revision: 2013-08
Page 223
6.6 SUBCONTRACTOR SAFETY MANAGEMENT POLICY

CEMATRIX Inc. does not normally employ subcontractors, but if it so does, the Company will
strive to provide all subcontractors the opportunity to work in a safe, secure and productive work
environment. Subcontractors shall take appropriate measures to protect all persons and property.
CEMATRIX will engage only those subcontractors that are deemed to be competent and,
whenever possible, will contractually obligate all subcontractors to have in place Health, Safety
and Environmental Programs, including written policies and personnel training. CEMATRIX
does not consider delivery of cement, flyash, slag, water or other services to be subcontractors.
PRINCIPLES
A safe work environment shall be provided for all subcontractors' personnel at CEMATRIX
work sites.
Subcontractors shall comply with all Municipal, Provincial and Federal Acts and
Regulations, CEMATRIXs Safety Program and Policies and the Safety Program and
Policies of the Prime or General Contractor on the site to which the subcontractor will be
employed.
When CEMATRIX's internal procedure is more stringent than the Act or Regulation or than
the subcontractor's internal practice, CEMATRIX's representative will provide a copy of the
internal procedure to the subcontractor, and the subcontractor will steward to that procedure
as if it were part of its internal program.
Subcontractors shall provide personal protective equipment (PPE) and ensure it is used at the
work site in accordance with its own procedures, or to CEMATRIX written standards,
whichever are the most stringent. CEMATRIX Cellular Concrete Solutions, however,
reserves the right to provide certain PPE in situations where it is in the best interest of worker
safety and is agreed to by the subcontractor in the form of a written agreement.
Subcontractors shall report all incidents, including injuries and property damage.
Subcontractors shall perform inspections and environmental/safety audits at CEMATRIX
work sites at which they are engaged. They shall also proactively correct any deficiencies
noted in those inspections and/or audits.
Subcontractors shall be responsible for coordinating and directing their own work.
Subcontractors working for CEMATRIX shall agree to the terms and conditions outlined in
the applicable CEMATRIX agreement executed for the work being performed.
Whenever possible, CEMATRIX will contractually obtain the right to audit subcontractors'
Health, Safety and Environmental Programs, and will use this right at its discretion.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 225
6.7 WORKERS RIGHT TO KNOW AND REFUSE POLICY

CEMATRIX Inc. is concerned with the safety and health of its employees and subcontractors. As
an expression of this concern, CEMATRIX encourages employees and subcontractors to
evaluate the risks of the work they undertake, and to be responsible for bringing any safety or
health concerns to the attention of the senior CEMATRIX site representative.
PRINCIPLES
Personnel will be selected to undertake a specific task or job function based on the
qualifications and capabilities required to perform that specific task or job function.
Any person has the right to refuse to carry out any work, on reasonable and probable
grounds, when they believe that there exists an imminent danger to the health or safety of
him/herself, or another person present at the work site. This right is supported by legislation
and CEMATRIX management.
No person will be criticized, reprimanded, or penalized for questioning a job procedure or
exercising this right to refuse.
IMPLEMENTATION
Every employee/subcontractor is responsible for the identification of potential hazards, risks,
unsafe work environments or unsafe work practices, and for immediately communicating these
to the senior CEMATRIX site representative.
Further, the employee/subcontractor has a responsibility to refuse work they consider to be
unsafe, or which may present a hazard to themselves or other workers. An
employee/subcontractor, who refuses to carry out any work, or operate tools or equipment
because of safety concerns, must immediately notify the senior CEMATRIX site representative
that they are refusing to perform the task and the reason for the refusal. Disciplinary action may
not be taken against an employee who has exercised their right to refuse.
Upon being notified of a safety concern or work stoppage, the senior CEMATRIX site
representative shall:
Investigate the incident and take action to eliminate the danger;

Ensure that no other worker performs the job unless the worker will not be exposed to the
danger or the danger has been eliminated; and
Contact the Project Manager to act as a resource on the resolution of the situation.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 227
6.8 PROGRESSIVE DISCIPLINE POLICY

CEMATRIX's progressive discipline policy contains three main requirements:
Employees/subcontractors must be aware of the company's safety rules and work procedures.
Management and site representatives must reinforce safe work performance.
Violations of safety rules or work procedures must be immediately corrected.
The goal of CEMATRIX's progressive discipline policy is to reinforce the benefits of safe work
performance. When violations of safety rules or work procedures occur, management/site
representatives should look for reasons behind the violations before determining corrective
actions. In most cases, a violation results from lack of training, ignorance of the rules or attempts
to cut corners. By providing necessary training or a review of the safety rules and work practices,
similar violations can be prevented.
When workers or site representatives intentionally do not perform work safely, disciplinary
action shall be taken. Disciplinary action should also be undertaken if company property, funds
or sensitive information is stolen or misused, or if relations between the company, its
employees/subcontractors, the public or the environment suffer as a result of unsafe work
performance.
Infractions of the safety rules will be dealt with at the discretion of management according
to the seriousness or repetition of the infraction(s).
DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS
1. Verbal Reprimand - Includes discussion of the violation and a warning of more severe
action should the offence be repeated.
2. Written Reprimand Includes discussion of the violation followed by a written record of
the violation and reprimand, which is given to the employee and placed in the employee's
personnel file. Warning of more severe action should the offence be repeated is also given.
3. Suspension without Pay - Includes release from all job responsibilities without pay for a
period of time determined by the severity of the misconduct. Suspensions must be
documented in a letter to the worker and a copy of the letter must be placed in the worker's
personnel file. Workers are also informed that discharge will result if the offence is repeated.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 229
4. Discharge - Is usually only used when all other attempts to correct behavior have failed and
where proper legal authority for discharging the individual(s) has been confirmed. Formal
discharge must be documented in a letter to the worker and a copy of this discharge letter
placed in the past worker's personnel file. This action should be taken only as a final step
when sound judgment indicates no other alternative.
DOCUMENTATION
Supervisors are to ensure that their documentation (see Appendix 1, Form C001 Disciplinary
Non-Compliance Notice) regarding any infraction or violation of standard work procedures or
safety requirements is accurate and up-to-date. Ensure that you have the correct dates, times and
the nature of the infractions or violations documented. All verbal warnings must be documented
as they support the action taken when a warning is given in writing. Consequently, the first
written warning is the foundation for the second written warning and so forth. If there is no
documentation or accurate facts to support the warnings, the company has little room to defend
its actions.
Prior to issuing any warning, the following questions should be asked:
Has the employee/subcontractor violated a company rule or regulation?

Do you know the company rules and regulations?
Does the employee/subcontractor know the company rules and regulations?
Has the employee/subcontractor been properly trained?
Has the company done all it can to avoid this situation?
Is there another alternative?
GUIDELINES
When issuing a warning, either verbally or in writing, the following guidelines should be
observed to ensure that the warning shall have a positive effect in changing the employee's
substandard performance:
Gather all the available facts.

Ensure the warning is deserved.
Respect the dignity of the individual; speak to the person in private.
Do not take phone calls and avoid interruptions.
Review the procedure or rule and the purpose of the procedure or rule.
Give the employee/subcontractor the opportunity to explain his/her actions.
Listen for hidden facts that may be affecting the employee's/subcontractor's behavior.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 230
6.8.1 DISCIPLINARY ACTION FORM

To: __________________________________
Date: _________________________________
THIS NOTE IS TO CONFIRM THE WARNING AND/OR ACTION TAKEN BY

CEMATRIX INC. FOR THE FOLLOWING INCIDENT
Incident Details:
Disciplinary Warning/Action:
Signatures:
Supervisor:
Date:
Employee:
Date:

Revision: 2013-08
Page 232
6.9 ANTI-BRIBERY POLICY

It is the policy of CEMATRIX Inc. and its direct and indirectly owned subsidiaries throughout
the world (hereinafter individually and collectively referred to as "the Company") to comply with
any applicable laws and regulations, including any applicable anti-bribery laws, and with the
Company's internal accounting controls to maintain the highest ethical standards in the conduct
of its international and Canadian business. In general, such applicable anti-bribery laws prohibit
companies seeking business from Public Officials to make, directly or indirectly, improper cash
payments or gifts of Things of Value to such Public Officials (as those terms are defined below).
PURPOSE
The purpose of this Policy is to assist all Company Personnel and Agents in their responsibility
to comply with any applicable anti-bribery laws, including, for example, Canada's Corruption of
Foreign Public Officials Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other applicable antibribery laws, and to alert them to any potential violations of such applicable anti-bribery laws by
any Company Personnel or Agents that could potentially constitute a violation of such laws
attributable to the Company.
SCOPE
This Policy applies to all Company Personnel and Agents of the Company, including those of
any subsidiary, division, or business unit thereof. The foregoing also includes any joint ventures
where the Company maintains management control through Company Personnel or Agents.
DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Policy, the following terms are defined as noted:
a. "Agent" means a person, a corporation or other entity retained by the Company to supply
materials, labour or services to the Company or to represent its business interests or act
on its behalf;
b. "Company Personnel" means any director, officer or employee of the Company and also
includes contract staff;
c. "Compliance Officer" means the individual responsible for this corporate compliance
Policy;
d. "Facilitating Payment" means an occasional small payment to a Public Official to secure
or expedite routine governmental action, for example, to expedite customs clearances or
utility connections; to obtain permits, licenses, or other official documents to qualify a
Revision: 2013-08
Page 233
person to do business in a foreign country; or to process routine governmental papers

such as visas or work orders;
e. "Public Official" means
i. a person who holds a legislative, administrative or judicial position of a state,
ii.
a person who performs public duties or functions for a state, including a person
employed by a board, commission, corporation or other body or authority that is
established to perform a duty or function on behalf of the state, or is performing
such a duty or function,
iii. an official or agent of a public international organization, or
iv.
elected officials, candidates for public office, political parties, and officers,
employees, representatives and agents of political parties; and
f. "Thing of Value" means any item, gift, favor or benefit (tangible or intangible) that has
more than nominal value.
COMPLIANCE
The Company's Board of Directors shall appoint a person to the position of Compliance Officer.
Have we done this?
The Corporation's Board of Directors shall review compliance with this Policy on an annual
basis.
The Compliance Officer shall oversee this Policy and shall report directly to the Company's
Board of Directors.
PAYMENT OR TRANSFER OF THINGS OF VALUE TO PUBLIC OFFICIALS
Company Personnel and Agents shall not:
a. promise, offer, authorize the giving of, or give cash or any other Thing of Value (whether
directly or through intermediaries) to any Public Official to obtain, retain, or direct
business or to secure any improper advantage;
b. pay any cash to a third party unless such payment is clearly, completely, and accurately
documented as a cash disbursement with an appropriate explanation;
c. write any check to "cash" or "bearer";
d. pay anyone who does not have a written contract with the Company or who does not have
some other documented business relationship with the Company; or
e. make any payment outside the country of the principal place of business of the recipient
without the prior written approval of the Company's Compliance Officer.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 234
If any Company Personnel or Agent propose to reimburse the expenses of any Public Official,
such Company Personnel or Agent shall document such proposed reimbursement and shall
consult with the Company's Compliance Officer to determine the propriety of any such proposed
reimbursement before making any offer to such Public Official. In any such case, the amount and
purpose of such reimbursement must be reasonable and must relate directly to the promotion,
demonstration, or explanation of the Company's products or services with a government,
government agency, or government-owned or government-controlled enterprise.
As a general rule, Company Personnel and Agents shall not make any political contribution or
loan to any foreign government or Public Official, whether from Company funds or from
personal funds. If any Company Personnel or Agent proposes to make such a political
contribution or loan, the purpose, amount, timing, and source and method of such contribution or
loan shall be documented and then approved in advance by the Company's Compliance Officer.
KNOWLEDGE OF LIKELY IMPROPER PAYMENT AND RED FLAGS
Even if no payment or gift is made directly to a Public Official, payments made by Company
Personnel to a third party or Agent of the Company may nonetheless constitute a violation of
certain anti-bribery laws if the Company Personnel are aware that there is a likelihood that the
third party or agent will engage in an improper action to influence a Public Official by passing
on all or a portion of such payment or gift to a Public Official. Knowledge may be presumed if
there is a high probability of a violation. Therefore, Company Personnel and Agents should be
alert for certain potential "red flags" indicating a potential violation, including the following:
a. The country in question is known for bribery or there have been regular media reports of
bribery in such country;
b. The reputation of the local agent and the agent's relationships with Public Officials;
c. Unusually large or small or unexplained commissions, bonuses, or rebates;
d. Requests for checks payable to "cash" or "bearer";
e. Requests for payments made to third country bank accounts;
f. Establishment of unusual or unexplained bank accounts or funds;
g. The absence or incompleteness of documentation to justify expenses or charges; or
h. Other similar suspicious conduct.
RETENTION OR ENGAGEMENT OF AGENTS
Company Personnel shall not retain or engage any Agent unless:
a. Adequate due diligence, checks and research are carried out, either by the Company or by
a reputable third party, and the reputation, background and past performance of the
Revision: 2013-08
Page 235
prospective Agent are clearly documented in the following areas as appropriate given the
nature and degree of risk posed by the specific circumstances: management information,
ownership information, affiliations, qualifications, financial information, reputation,
references, local law, compensation and payment history;
b. Such Agent has first been provided with a copy of this Policy (in English or another
appropriate language) and has acknowledged in writing that such Agent understands and
shall comply with this Policy at all times; and
c. Such Agent executes a standard form of written agreement that documents the means and
amount of such Agent's compensation and that has been approved by the Company's
Compliance Officer.
FACILITATING PAYMENTS
Certain national anti-bribery laws do not extend to or prohibit Facilitating Payments. However,
other national anti-bribery laws do prohibit even such Facilitating Payments. For consistency and
uniformity, Company Personnel and Agents shall not make any Facilitating Payment to any
Public Official, even if such payments may be allowed by some national laws.
GIFTS AND ENTERTAINMENT
The offer and acceptance of entertainment, gifts and favors must at all times be in compliance
with the policies of the recipient's employer, with the Company's Code of Conduct, this Policy
and any Company specific procedures. Gifts and hospitality given to Public Officials must
comply at all times with Canadian, local and other applicable anti-corruption laws and must be
reasonable, infrequent and appropriate such that they cannot be interpreted as an attempt to
influence a decision or act by the Public Official.
Company Personnel may only reimburse Public Officials for reasonable and bona fide travel and
lodging expenses with the prior written approval of the Company's Compliance Officer and only
for such expenses which are directly related to the:
a. promotion, demonstration, or explanation of products or services; or
b. execution or performance of a contract with a foreign state or related organization.
The Company will pay these travel and lodging expenses directly, if possible, rather than
reimburse the Public Official, and it is advisable to notify the Public Official's employer that
such expenses will be paid by the Company.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 236
Any gift, hospitality and/or reimbursement of travel or other expenses ultimately provided to a
Public Official must be reported to the Compliance Officer so that it can be fully and accurately
recorded in the Corporation's accounting records.
CHARITABLE DONATIONS AND SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS
The Company believes in contributing to the communities in which it does business and permits
reasonable donations to foreign charities and to other recipients either ad hoc or under a social
investment program. However, the Company needs to be certain that donations to foreign-based
charities and other recipients are not disguised illegal payments to foreign officials in violation of
the CFPOA or other applicable anti-bribery laws. Therefore, before making a donation to a
charitable entity or a donation under its social development program(s), the following guidelines
must be followed:
a. A written request describing the charity, including the name of persons contacted and
attaching any supporting documentation, should be submitted to and kept by the
Compliance Officer. The donation should generate publicity or goodwill for the
Company, demonstrate the Company's commitment to the community, whether local,
regional or national, and also be approved under the Company's other guidelines on
charitable giving and social investment;
b. Before authorizing any payment to a foreign charity, the Company should confirm that
the relevant charity is in fact a bona fide organization and not an entity controlled by or
for the benefit of a Public Official. The verification of a charity's authenticity may
include:
i.
obtaining from the charity its articles of incorporation, statements from
independent accountants, and information reflecting the charity's purpose and key
management personnel,
ii.
requesting receipts, reports and other documents that demonstrate how the charity
will use the Company's funds,
iii.
obtaining related information from the local embassy or consular office, and/or
iv.
obtaining a written opinion from local counsel;
c. Prior to the Company's donation to any foreign charity or social project, the Compliance
Officer should authorize, in writing, the donation and affirm that it does not violate local
laws, rules or regulations; and
d. Documentation that substantiates the Company's donation (e.g., receipts) should be
retained and recorded properly in the Company's books and records. Supporting
documentation relating to the donation and all specific recipients must also be forwarded
to the Accounting Department so that the payment or expense is accurately described and
reflected in the Company's books and records.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 237
ACCOUNTING STANDARDS AND RECORD KEEPING

Company Personnel and Agents shall record each transaction or payment in the books and
records of the Company or the Agent (as applicable) in a clear, complete, and accurate manner as
to its amount, date, purpose, accounting period, and classification, including any other
information required to convey a clear, complete, and accurate explanation for auditing purposes.
Company Personnel and Agents shall not make any false or misleading statements or entries in
such books and records. Company Personnel and Agents certifying the correctness of any books
and records, including any receipts, vouchers or bills, shall have reasonable knowledge that such
certified information is clear, complete and accurate.
Company Personnel and Agents shall have the proper authorizations for each business
transaction or payment by the Company. Company Personnel and Agents shall not create, have,
or keep any secret, private, or unreported account or fund for the Company. Company Personnel
and Agents shall not create, have or keep any third-party account for the Company except in the
name of the Company. Company Personnel and Agents shall not make any cash disbursements
to any third party except for nominal amounts drawn from established and properly recorded
petty cash accounts.
Company Personnel and Agents shall respond promptly, clearly, completely, and accurately to
any inquiry from the Company's internal or independent auditors or legal counsel and shall not
withhold or conceal any information that may be material for a clear, complete, and accurate
response to such an inquiry.
REPORTING AND ASSISTANCE
If any Company Personnel or Agents are approached by a Public Official, customer or supplier
representative, or any other person and is asked, directly or indirectly, to make a questionable
payment or gift, such approach shall be promptly and fully reported to the Company's
compliance officer. For avoidance of doubt, company personnel and agents shall not make any
such questionable payment or gift without prior approval by appropriate company officers after
consultation with the company's Compliance Officer.
Any company personnel or agent who becomes aware of or suspects a violation of this policy
must promptly report the matter to his or her supervisor, an officer of the Company, the
Compliance Officer or to the head of the Company's Audit Committee. If any Company
Personnel or Agents has a question about this Policy or wishes to report or discuss any request,
activity or conduct that appears to conflict with this Policy, such questions, reports or discussions
should be directed to the Company's Compliance Officer.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 238
6.10
WHMIS AND MSDS POLICY
The Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS) is a comprehensive national

system for safe management of hazardous chemicals which is legislated by both the federal and
provincial jurisdictions.
The WHMIS legislation provides that workers must be informed about the hazards in the
workplace and receive appropriate training to enable them to work safely. To accomplish this,
WHMIS requires all suppliers (manufacturers, importers, packagers and processors) to label and
prepare Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for products they make, import, package, or
process that meet the hazard criteria set out in the Controlled Product Regulations under the
federal Hazardous Products Act. The buyers of these controlled products must make sure that
these products are correctly labeled and that MSDS are available. CEMATRIX will ensure that
workers are instructed about the contents and significance of labels and MSDS and how to work
safely with hazardous materials, and ensure that an MSDS book is available in all work areas.
If a controlled product is a hazardous waste generated at the work site, CEMATRIX will ensure
that it is stored and handled safely using a combination of: (a) any means of identification, and
(b) instruction of workers on the safe handling of the hazardous waste.
In summary, CEMATRIX will ensure that the necessary WHMIS information is delivered by
means of:
cautionary labels on containers of controlled products

the provision of an MSDS for each controlled product
a worker education program
CEMATRIX has implemented these written Hazardous Substances (WHMIS) procedures at the
work site. The ultimate goal is to create a safer workplace by providing workers with the
knowledge and tools to enable them to work safely.
RECORDS OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
It is the determination of CEMATRIX to keep and maintain a record of all hazardous substances
that are used, produced, handled, or stored for use in the work place, and may either keep and
maintain such a record in the work place or keep and maintain a centralized record in respect of
several work places, in one work place.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 240
TRAINING
CEMATRIX ensures that all employees who work with or near controlled products will be
provided with WHIMS training. CEMATRIX will, in consultation with the work place
committee or the health and safety representative, develop and implement an employee
education program with respect to hazard prevention and control at the work place. The
employee education program shall include instructing each employee who is likely to handle or
be exposed to a hazardous substance with respect to:
a. the product identifier of the hazardous substance,
b. all hazard information disclosed by the supplier or by the employer on a material safety
data sheet or label,
c. all hazard information of which the employer is aware or ought reasonably to be aware,
d. the information disclosed on a material safety data sheet and the purpose and significance
of that information, and
e. the controlled products in the work place, the information required to be disclosed on a
material safety data sheet and on a label.
SUBSTITUTION OF SUBSTANCES
No person shall use a hazardous substance in a work place where it is reasonably practicable to
substitute a substance for it that is not a hazardous substance. Where a hazardous substance is to
be used for any purpose in a work place and an equivalent substance that is less hazardous is
available to be used for that purpose, the equivalent substance shall be substituted for the
hazardous substance where reasonably practicable.
CONTROL OF HAZARDS
An employee shall be kept free from exposure to a concentration of:
a. an airborne chemical agent, other than grain dust or airborne chrysotile asbestos, in
excess of the value for that chemical agent adopted by the American Conference of
Governmental Industrial Hygienists, in its publication entitled Threshold Limit Values
and Biological Exposure Indices, dated 1994-1995, (or current version);
b. airborne grain dust in excess of 10 mg/m3; or
c. airborne chrysotile asbestos in excess of one fibre per cubic centimetre.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 241
WARNINGS
Where reasonably practicable, CEMATRIX will provide automated warning and detection
systems where the seriousness of any exposure to a hazardous substance so requires.
CEMATRIX will, without delay, obtain from the supplier of the controlled product a supplier
material safety data sheet in respect of the controlled products unless CEMATRIX is in
possession of a supplier material safety data sheet that:
a. is for a controlled product that has the same product identifier;
b. discloses information that is current at the time that the controlled product is received;
and
c. was prepared and dated not more than three years before the date that the controlled
product is received.
AVAILABILITY OF MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS
CEMATRIX ensures that MSDS Sheets will be readily available to employees. It is the
determination of CEMATRIX to keep readily available for examination by employees and by the
work place committee or the health and safety representative in any work place in which an
employee may handle or be exposed to a controlled produc.
Supplier labels must be affixed to the original containers of controlled products. Each controlled
product in a work place and each container in which the controlled product is contained in a
work place shall, if the controlled product or the container is received from a supplier, have
applied to it a supplier label. Where CEMATRIX places a controlled product in a container other
than the container in which it was received from the supplier, CEMATRIX will apply to the
container a work place label.
REPLACING LABELS
Workplace labels must be affixed to controlled products that have been transferred from the
original container into another container. Where, in a work place, a label applied to a controlled
product or a container of a controlled product becomes illegible or is removed from the
controlled product or the container, CEMATRIX shall replace the label with a work place label
that discloses the following information in respect of the controlled product:
a. the product identifier;
b. the hazard information; and
c. a statement indicating that a material safety data sheet is available in the work place.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 242
6.12.1 WORK ALONE CHECKLIST

Name: _________________
Position: _______________
Date: _________________
1. Do you have a means of summoning help or assistance in an

emergency or threatening situation?
__ Yes
__ No
2. If you answered yes to question 1, what method can you

use to summon assistance?
__ Radio
__ Cell phone
__ Telephone
__ Other (___________)
3. Do you have immediate access to a first aid kit?
__ Yes
__ No
4. Do you have regular or scheduled communication with other

employees throughout the day?
__ Yes
__ No
5. Do you have a means of escape (such as a vehicle) or a

secure area (such as a room with a looking door and telephone)
to escape threatening or potentially dangerous personal
situations?
__ Yes
__ No
If you answered no to any of these questions, please consult with your supervisor to resolve
your concerns. Otherwise, please sign this form at the bottom and return it to your supervisor.
I have been briefed on the risks of working alone and the precautions that have been taken to
reasonably ensure my safety.
Worker Signature: ______________________________________________________
Supervisor:
___________________________________________________________

Revision: 2013-08
Page 246
7.0 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE

EQUIPMENT

Revision: 2013-08
Page 247
7.2 FOOT PROTECTION

GENERAL INFORMATION
Safety footwear is designed to protect against foot hazards in the workplace, such as
compression, puncture injuries and impact.
Safety footwear is divided into three grades which are indicated by colored tags and symbols.
The tag color indicates the amount of resistance the toe will supply to different weights
dropped from different heights.
The symbol indicates the strength of the sole. For example, a triangle means punctureresistant sole able to withstand 135 kg. of pressure without being punctured by a 5 cm nail.
In construction, the green triangle is to be worn. It is recommended that only the green triangle
grade of footwear, which also gives ankle support, should be used.
Your choice of protective footwear should always over protect, not under.
CEMATRIX Inc. has a policy to reimburse employees for steel toe footwear annually. Please
reference this policy.
DO
Choose footwear according to job hazard and CSA restrictions.

Lace up boot and tie laces securely; boots dont protect if they are a tripping hazard.
Use a protective boot dressing to help boot last longer and provide greater water resistance
(wet boots conduct current).
DO NOT
Wear defective safety footwear (e.g. exposed steel toe caps).

Under protect your feet or modify safety footwear.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 249
7.3 HEAD PROTECTION

GENERAL INFORMATION
Safety head wear is designed to protect the head from impact from falling objects, bumps,
splashes from chemicals or harmful substances, and contact with energized objects and
equipment.
Most head protection is made up of two parts:
The shell (light and rigid to deflect blows).
The suspension (to absorb and distribute the energy of the blow).
Both parts of the head wear must be compatible and maintained according to manufacturers
instructions. If attachments are used with head wear, they must be designed specifically for use
with the specific head wear used. Bump caps are not considered a helmet. In Alberta, they can
only be used when the only hazard is where a worker might strike his or her head against a
stationary object.
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE
Proper care is required for head gear to perform efficiently. The service life is affected by many
factors including temperature, chemicals, sunlight and ultraviolet radiation (welding). The usual
maintenance for head gear is simply washing with a mild detergent and rinsing thoroughly.
DO
Replace head gear that is pitted, holed, cracked or brittle.

Replace head gear that has been subjected to a blow even though damage cannot be seen.
Remove from service any head gear if its serviceability is in doubt.
Replace head gear and components according to manufacturers instructions.
DO NOT
Drill, remove peaks, and alter shell or suspension in any way.

Use solvents or paints on shells (causes breakdown).
Use any liner that contains metal or conductive material.
Carry anything in the hard hat while wearing the hard hat.
NOTE: CSA or ANSI approved head wear is permitted.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 250
7.4 HEARING PROTECTION

GENERAL INFORMATION
Hearing is one of the five human senses; as such care should be taken to preserve it. Hearing
protection is one such way to prevent excessive sound from reaching the inner ear.
If an engineered control for noise pollution is not practicable, hearing protection such as earplugs
or earmuffs (or both) should be employed.
The general rule of thumb is: the use of hearing protection should be employed if you cannot
carry on a conversation at a normal volume of voice when you are three feet apart. This is a
general rule only.
It is CEMATRIXs policy to require hearing protection anytime noise pollution is over 80
decibels (dBA). This policy is more stringent than current Alberta Occupational Health & Safety
requirements. The exposure duration and limits are noted in the Occupational Health & Safety
Schedule 3 Table 1 & 2 provided below.
SELECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF HEARING PROTECTION
CEMATRIX Inc. has a myriad of CSA approved hearing protection types available. An
employee should take care to select the one that fits most comfortably while also eliminating the
greatest amount of noise pollution.
Like all Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), maintenance is essential to the continued effective
performance of hearing protection. Ear plugs usually are replaced on a per use bases. Earmuffs
are replaced when they fail to provide a good seal around the ear. As with all PPE, maintenance
must be performed in accordance with manufacturers suggest guidelines or by a trained
specialist.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 251
EXPOSURE LIMIT TABLE

Exposure Level (dBA)
82
83
84
85
88
91
94
97
100
103
106
109
112
115 and greater

Exposure Duration
16 hours
12 hours and 41 minutes
10 hours and 4 minutes
8 hours
4 hours
2 hours
1 hour
30 minutes
15 minutes
8 minutes
4 minutes
2 minutes
56 seconds
0
Revision: 2013-08
Page 252
7.5 PERSONAL FALL ARREST SYSTEM

DEFINITIONS
Anchorage: A secure point of attachment for lifelines, lanyards or deceleration devices and
which is independent of the means of supporting or suspending the employee.
Body Harness: A design of straps which may be secured about the employee in a manner to
distribute the fall arrest forces over at least the thigh, pelvis, waist, chest and shoulders with
means for attaching it to other components of a personal fall arrest/restraint system.
Buckle: Any device for holding the body belt harness closed around the employees body.
Competent Person: A person who is capable of identifying hazardous or dangerous conditions
in the personal fall arrest system or any component thereof, as well as in their application and use
with related equipment.
Connector: A device which is used to connect parts of the system together. It may be an
independent component of the system (such as carbineer), or an integral component of part of the
system (such as a buckle or Dee-ring sewn into a body belt or body harness, or a snap hook
spliced or sewn to a lanyard or self-retracting lanyard).
Deceleration Device: The additional vertical distance a falling employee travels, excluding
lifeline elongation and free fall distance, before stopping, from the point at which the
deceleration device begins to operate. It is measured as the distance between the locations of an
employees body belt or body harness attachment point after the employee comes to a full stop.
Equivalent: Alternative designs, materials or methods which the employer can demonstrate will
provide an equal or greater degree of safety for employees than the methods, materials or designs
specified in the standard.
Free Fall: The act of falling before the personal fall arrest system begins to apply force to arrest
the fall.
Free Fall Distance: The vertical displacement of the fall arrest attachment point on the
employees body belt or body harness between onset of the fall and just before the system begins
to apply force to arrest the fall. This distance excludes any deceleration distance, lifeline and
lanyard elongation but includes any deceleration device slide distance or self-retracting
lifeline/lanyard extension before they operate and fall arrest forces occur.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 253
Lanyard: A flexible line of rope, wire rope, or strap which is used to secure the body belt or
body harness to a deceleration device, lifeline or anchorage.
Lifeline: A component consisting of a flexible line for connection to an anchorage at one end to
hang vertically (vertical lifeline), or for connection to an anchorage at both ends to stretch
horizontally (horizontal lifeline) and which serves as a means for connection to the components
of a personal fall arrest system to the anchorage.
Personal Fall Arrest System: A system used to arrest an employee in a fall from a working
level. It consists of an anchorage, connectors, a body belt, or body harness and may include a
lanyard, deceleration device, lifeline or suitable combination of these.
Qualified Person: A person with a recognized degree or professional certificate, and extensive
knowledge and experience in the subject field who is capable of design, analysis, evaluation and
specifications in the subject work, project or product.
Rope Grab: A deceleration device which travels on a lifeline and locks so as to arrest the fall of
an employee. A rope grab usually employs the principal of inertia locking, cam/level locking or
both.
Self-retracting Lifeline/Lanyard: A deceleration device that contains a drum-wound line which
may be slowly extracted from, or retracted into, the drum under a slight tension during normal
employee movement and which, after onset of a fall, automatically locks the drum and arrests the
fall.
Snap-Hook: A connector comprised of a hook shaped member with a normally closed keeper, or
similar arrangement which may be opened to permit the hook to receive an object and when
released, automatically closes to retain the object. Snap-hooks are generally two types:
The locking type with self-locking keeper which remains closed and locked until unlocked,
and pressed open for connection and disconnection.
The non-locking type with self-closing keeper which remains closed until pressed open for
connection or disconnection.
Tie-Off: The act of an employee wearing personal fall protection equipment, connecting directly
or indirectly to an anchorage. It also means the condition of an employee being connected to an
anchorage.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 254
DESIGN FOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Connectors shall be drop forges, pressed or formed steel, or made of equivalent materials.
Connectors shall have a corrosion-resistant finish, and all surfaces and edges shall be smooth
to prevent damage to interfacing parts of the system.
Lanyards and vertical lifelines which tie-off one employee shall have a minimum breaking
strength of 5,000lbs. (22.2kN).
Self-retracting lifelines and lanyards which do not limit free fall distance to two feet (0.61m)
or less shall have components capable of sustaining a minimum static tensile load of
3,000lbs. applied to the device with the lifeline or lanyard in the fully extended position.
Dee-rings and snap-hooks shall be capable of sustaining a minimum tensile load of 500lbs.
Dee-rings and snap-hooks shall be 100% proof-tested to a minimum tensile load of 3600lbs
without cracking, breaking or taking permanent deformation.
Snap-hooks shall be sized to be compatible with the member to which they are connected so
as to prevent unintentional disengagement of the snap-hook by depression of the snap-hook
keeper by the connected member, or shall be a locking type snap-hook designed and used to
prevent disengagement of the snap-hook by the contact of the snap-hook keeper by the
connected member.
Horizontal lifelines, where used, shall be designed and installed as part of a complete
personal fall arrest system, which maintains a safety factor of at least two, under the
supervision of a qualified person.
Anchorage to which personal fall arrest equipment is attached shall be capable of supporting
at least 5,000lbs. per employee attached, or shall be designed, installed and used as part of a
complete personal fall arrest system which maintains a safety factor of at least two, under
the supervision of a qualified person.
Ropes and straps (webbing) used in lanyards, lifelines and strength components of body
harnesses shall be made from synthetic fibers or wire rope.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 255
SYSTEM PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

Personal fall arrest/restraint systems shall:
1. Limit maximum arresting force in an employee to 1800lbs. when used with a body harness.
2. Have sufficient strength to withstand twice the potential impact energy of an employee freefalling a distance of six feet or the free fall distance permitted by the system, whichever is
less.
3. Meet the criteria and protocols when used by employees having combined person and tool
weight of less than 310lbs.
4. Meet the criteria and protocols as previously mentioned when used by employees having
combined person and tool weight of more than 310lbs.
CARE AND USE
Snap-hooks, unless of a locking type designed and used to prevent disengagement from the
following connections, shall not be engaged:
Directly to webbing, rope or wire rope.

To each other.
To a Dee-ring to which another snap-hook or other connector is attached.
To a horizontal lifeline.
To any object which is incompatibly shaped or dimensioned in relation to the snap-hook such
that the connected object could depress the snap-hook keeper a sufficient amount to release
itself.
Devices used to connect to a horizontal lifeline which may become a vertical lifeline shall be
capable of locking in either direction on the lifeline.
Personal fall arrest systems shall be rigged such that an employee can neither free fall more than
six feet, nor contact any lower level.
The attachment point of the body belt shall be located in the center of the wearers back. The
attachment point of the body harness shall be located in the center of the wearers back near
shoulder level, or above the wearers head.
When vertical lifelines are used, each employee shall be provided with a separate lifeline.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 256
Personal fall arrest systems or components subjected to impact loading shall be immediately
removed from service and shall not be used again for employee protection unless inspected and
determined by a competent person to be undamaged and suitable for reuse.
Before using a personal fall arrest system, and after any component or system is changed,
employee shall be trained in accordance with the requirements, in the safe use of the system.
INSPECTIONS
Personal fall arrest systems shall be inspected prior to each use for mildew, wear, damage, and
other deterioration, and defective components shall be removed from service if their strength or
function may adversely be affected.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 257
7.6 RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

GENERAL INFORMATION
Respiratory protection falls into two major categories. The first category is Air Purifying
Respirators (APRs) which have particle (dust) chemical cartridges but no visor plate. The
second category is Atmosphere Supply Respirators (ASRs), including self-contained
breathing apparatus, air line systems and protective suits that completely enclose the worker and
incorporate life support.
Only APRs will be dealt with here. The second category of respirators requires much more
specific information and training. If you need to use Atmosphere Supplying Respirators, you
should get expert advice.
AIR PURIFYING RESPIRATORS
There are two basic types of APRs:
Disposable fiber type with or without charcoal or chemical filter buttons.

The reusable rubber face masks type with disposable or rechargeable cartridges.
The choice depends on your job, cost and maintenance ability.

Its important to remember that APRs are limited to areas where there is enough oxygen
to support life. APRs dont supply or make oxygen.
The service life is affected by the type of APR, the wearer breathing demand, and the
concentration of airborne contaminants.
Facial hair can prevent a good seal and fit of an APR: One to three days growth is the worst.
Follow manufacturers instructions to the letter regarding the mask, filters, cartridges and other
components. Workers who must use respiratory protection should be clean shaven.
An APR is only as good as its seal and its ability to filter out the contaminants it was designed to
filter.
All employees must wear respiratory protection when working around dust or fiber.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 258
COMBINATION RESPIRATORS
This type of APR combines separate chemical and mechanical filters. This allows for the change
of the different filters when one of them becomes plugged or exhausted before the other filter
(usually the dust filter plugs up before the chemical filter). This type of respirator is suitable for
most spray painting and welding. For more information check the:
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS).

OH&S Regulations.
Local applicable regulations.
Safety equipment supplier.
All employees will be fit tested by a qualified fit tester when issued a respirator.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 259
7.7 EYE, SKIN AND HAND HAZARDS

EYE PROTECTION
Through your work at CEMATRIX Inc., you may be exposed to situations or chemicals that
could cause potential injury or irritation to your eyes e.g. Cement podwer or a ready mix slurry
made from cement powder.. CEMATRIX is to ensure that eye protection that meets or exceeds
CSA standards (Z94.3-07) is provided.
The safe work procedures outline the appropriate eye protection for a certain job. Ensure you
adhere to these guidelines and recommendations.
Prescription safety eyewear having glass lenses are not to be used if there is the risk of impact,
unless they are worn behind CSA approved safety glasses.
SKIN PROTECTION
could cause potential injury or irritation to your skin e.g. Cement podwer or a ready mix slurry
made from cement powder. CEMATRIX is to ensure that skin protection is available to prevent
such events.
The safe work procedures outline the types of protection that are appropriate (eg. Long-sleeve
shirts, NOMEX FR coveralls, or painting suits, etc.).
HAND PROTECTION
could cause potential injury or irritation to your hands e.g. cement powder or a ready mix slurry
made from cement powder... CEMATRIX is to ensure that appropriate and effective hand
protection provided.
The safe work procedures outline the types of gloves that are appropriate (eg. Rubble, form
fitting, etc.) If you are unsure of which gloves to select for a specific job, request the input of
your supervisor, manager, or more senior employee.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 260
8.0 MAINTENANCE PROGRAM

Revision: 2013-08
Page 261
9.0 TRAINING AND SAFETY

MEETINGS

Revision: 2013-08
Page 263

Revision: 2013-08
Page 266

Revision: 2013-08
Page 267
9.3
JOB BOX/TAILGATE SAFETY MEETING REPORT
Job Number: ___________________________ No. of Attendees: _______________________

Job Site Name: _________________________________________________________________
Job Location: __________________________________________________________________
Subjects Discussed: _____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
Suggestions/Recommendations: ___________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
List of Attendees: ______________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
Check List
Yes
No
1. Employees are wearing required head, foot and eye protection
2. First aid kit and fire extinguishers in good condition
3. Safety equipment required for job available
4. Is your assigned equipment in safe mechanical condition?
5. Are employees aware of the hazards of the jobs?
If no to any of the above, please attach an explanatory note.
Safety Officer Comments: ________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Reviewed By: __________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Foremans Signature
Print Name
Revision: 2013-08
Page 268
9.4
MONTHLY SAFETY MEETINGS AND MEETINGS OF THE

JOINT HEALTH AND SAFETY COMMITTEE
GENERAL STAFF SAFETY MEETINGS

A. TIMING: - Monthly to be set by the Corporate Safety Officer
B. STATEMENT OF PURPOSE:
-
Remind staff of the Companys number priority safety first;

Safety awareness;
Enable the participation of all staff in safety matters including improvements to
the safety policies and procedures;
To cover changes in OH&S standards or Company Safety policies;
To cover incident reporting and follow up;
To cover inspection reporting and follow up;
To cover compliance audit or internal safety audit reporting and follow up
C. PARTICIPATION: - all staff are required to attend, where possible

JOINT HEALTH AND SAFETY COMMITTEE MEETINGS
A. TIMING: - Quarterly to be set by the Corporate Safety Officer
B. STATEMENT OF PURPOSE:
Review and set policy`s that pertain to the health and safety program.
Review any incidents and to make recommendations to reduce or eliminate reoccurrence.
Establish and maintain educational programs to promote workplace safety.
Maintain and ensure compliance with all OH&S legislation and COR requirements.
C. PARTICIPATION: - Adequate representation from all departments.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 269
9.5
EMPLOYEE ORIENTATION AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT

FORM
Employee: ____________________________ Todays Date: __________________________

Position: ______________________________ Supervisor Signature: ____________________
Company Name: _______________________
Instruct the employee on policies and proper procedures for the following (copies received where
applicable):
Drug/Alcohol Policy
All Rules and Policies
Vehicle Rules/Traffic Vests
Permission Granted For Drivers Abstract
Driver License Number: ________________________________
OSHA 10 hr Safety Certificate
Certificate Number/Date: _______________________________
WHMIS Trained
Knowledge Of MSDS Location
Standard First Aid and CPR
Expiry Date: _________________________________________
Have You Ever Had A Disabling Injury?
If yes, please explain how this may affect job duties:
____________________________________________________
Are You On Medication? (e.g. bee allergy)
____________________________________________________
Work Alone Procedure
Housekeeping
Ladders
Scaffolding
Fire Extinguishers
Tools Inspected?
Pump/Hose Pressure
Excavation/Trenching
Concrete Coring/Cutting
Right To Refuse Unsafe Work
Power Tools & Cords
Confined Space
Floor Openings
Guard Rails
Hard Hat
Safety Glasses
Hearing Protection
Dust Masks/Respirators
CSA Green Tag Work Boots
Tool Box Meetings
Fall Protection Requirements
Reporting Of Unsafe Acts/Conditions
Reporting Of Accidents Immediately
Light Duties/Modified Work
Know Who Is First Aid Attendant
Know Where Is First Aid On Location
Emergency Procedure/Evacuation
Employee Rights/Legislation
Hazards (including drowning, violence)
Smoking/Sources Of Ignition
Pre-Task Hazard Assessments
Cement Burns
Emergency Contact Name: _______________
Emergency Contact No: __________________
Yes
I have been familiarized with the Company Safety Program and I agree to comply with it and the
Workplace Health & Safety Regulations.
Employee Signature: ____________________
Date: _________________________________
Revision: 2013-08
Page 270
9.6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
QUIZ FOR NEW HIRES
Where would you find a copy of the safety Manual?

a. In the lunch room
b. In the mobile units
c. On the computer
d. All of the above
What is the process to identify hazards?
a. Sit in a truck and look around
b. Inspect the site as a team and document all visible hazards
What is a safe job procedure?
a. A step by step instruction on how to perform a task safely
b. General safety instructions
Where are the company rules posted?
a. In the Manual and on the server
b. On the wall in the shop
What happens if you break the rules?
a. It depends on what rule and who you are
b. The progressive discipline policy will be followed
What Personal Protective Equipment is required for your job?
a. Gloves, safety glasses, steel toe boots, coveralls
b. Gloves, safety glasses, steel toe boots, coveralls, coffee cup
c. Gloves, safety glasses, steel toe boots, coveralls, hardhat
Where do you get specialized Personal Protective Equipment if needed?
a. Lunchroom
b. Supervisor
What happens with broken tools?
a. They are tagged out of service for repair
b. They are replaced with new tools
What happens if you get splashed with cellular concrete?
a. Clean yourself off with water and go back to work
b. Clean off splash with water and report to supervisor
c. All of the above and reissue clean PPE

Revision: 2013-08
Page 271
10. When a safety issue is identified, what happens?

a. It is documented and discussed at the toolbox meeting
b. It is documented, discussed at the toolbox meeting and all efforts are made to resolve it
c. Nothing, work has to go on so we work around the problem
11. Why do we report close calls?
a. Safety people like paper
b. To make changes or recommendations so that no one gets hurt
c. All of the above
12. Hazardous energy/pressurized hose safety
a. Always use a whip check on all hoses
b. Always turn off pumps and drain energy/concrete
c. Never disconnect a hose that has not been completely drained
d. All of the above
13. Drowning hazard requirements
a. You must be tied off and wear hip weightier before entering a pour
b. You must work in teams and be aware of the hazard
c. You must have a supervisor with you
d. All of the above
14. What do you do in an emergency?
a. Report to your supervisor
b. Assist with first aid if you are trained and your skills are needed
c. Follow site specific rules and go to the assigned muster point
d. All of the above
15. Where would you find a copy of the Alberta OH&S Legislation?
a. At a lawyers office
b. In the lunchroom and in all mobile units
c. In the washroom
______________________________________
Employee Name
_____________________________________
Social Insurance Number
______________________________________
Employee Signature
_____________________________________
Date

Revision: 2013-08
Page 272
9.7
EMPLOYEE POLICY AND SAFETY MANUAL

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
I, the undersigned employee of CEMATRIX Inc., hereby acknowledge:

I have read a copy of CEMATRIX Inc. Policy and Safety Manual and I understand the
requirements of the Policies and that I am personally responsible for my safety and the safety of
my coworkers, as well.
I understand that, among other things, CEMATRIX Inc. Controlled Substance Use and Alcohol
Misuse Policy requires employees to submit tests to be analyzed for the presence of unauthorized
controlled substance and/or alcohol; that the presence of a detectable trace of any unauthorized
controlled substance and or/alcohol is grounds for disciplinary action up to and including
termination of my employment; and the my cooperation is voluntary, but that refusal to submit a
specimen for testing is grounds for my termination.
I agree to comply with the terms of the Policy or any changes or amendments thereto and
understand that noncompliance with the Policy shall result in disciplinary action up to and
including termination.
______________________________________ ______________________________________
Employee Name
Social Insurance Number
______________________________________ ______________________________________
Employee Signature
Date
Revision: 2013-08
Page 273
9.8
FOREMAN ORIENTATION AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT

FORM
Project Name & No: _____________________ Todays Date: __________________________

Employee: ____________________________ Company Name: _______________________
Position: ______________________________ Supervisor Signature: ____________________
Instruct the foreman on policies and proper procedures for the following (copies received where applicable):
Drug/Alcohol Policy
All Rules and Policies
Vehicle Rules/Traffic Vests
Permission Granted For Drivers Abstract
Driver License Number: ________________________________
Does The Employee Have The Following Courses:
WHMIS Trained
Knowledge Of MSDS Location
Standard First Aid and CPR
Expiry Date: _________________________________________
Legislation Awareness Course
Leadership for Safety Excellence Course
Trenching Excavation
CSTS Expiry Date: ____________________________________
H2S Expiry Date: _____________________________________
Have You Ever Had A Disabling Injury?
____________________________________________________
Are You On Medication? (e.g. bee allergy)
____________________________________________________
Cement Burns
Ladders/Scaffolding
Work Alone Procedure
Tools Inspected?
Emergency Contact Name: _______________
Power Tools & Cords

Confined Space
Floor Openings
Guard Rails
Hard Hat
Safety Glasses
Hearing Protection
Dust Masks/Respirators
CSA Green Tag Work Boots
Tool Box Meetings
Reporting Of Unsafe Acts/Conditions
Reporting of Near Misses
Reporting of Accidents Immediately
Light Duties/Modified Work
Know Who Is First Aid Attendant
Know Where Is First Aid On Location
Emergency Procedure/Evacuation
Fatigue
Hazards (ex. Asbestos, Violence)
Fire Extinguishers
Housekeeping
Pre-Task Hazard Assessments (PSI)
Employee Rights/Legislation
Right To Refuse Unsafe Work
OSHA 30 hr training
Leadership training
Yes
Yes
Emergency Contact No: __________________
I have been familiarized with the Company Safety Program and I agree to comply with it and the
Workplace Health & Safety Regulations.
Employee Signature: ____________________
th

Date: _________________________________
Revision: 2013-08
Page 274
9.9 SUPERVISOR COMPETENCY QUESTIONNAIRE

CEMATRIX Inc. has the duty and responsibility to appoint competent persons as supervisors.
This simple questionnaire is the first step in helping us carry out that responsibility.
1.
What is the name of the provincial safety legislation in this area?
2.
What body or group enforces the safety legislation?
3.
Can foreman be charged for violations of safety regulations?
4.
Can foremen be charged for their workers violations of safety regulations, and if so, how
much?
5.
Are you aware of where a copy of the Act can be found on site?
6.
Do you know how to find answers to safety requirements contained in the regulations?
Explain.
7.
8.
9.
Name the three (3) parts of a handrail:

1.
2.
3.
Name three (3) essential parts of a Fall Arrest System
1.
2.
3.
When a worker reports an accident to you, what are your responsibilities as the Foreman or
Supervisor? Explain.
10. Whose responsibility is it to correct:

Unsafe Acts?
Revision: 2013-08
Page 275
Unsafe Conditions?
11. What is PPE and what does it consist of?
If a worker refused to perform what he/she feels is unsafe work, who must investigate the
12. situation? If the situation cant be corrected, what is the next step?
13. What is meant by a confined space?

14. What must be done before anyone enters a confined space?
15. Whose responsibility is it to perform an Accident Investigation?
16. When do you correct an unsafe act?
17. What is a Hazard Assessment and whose responsibility is it?
Whose responsibility is it to warn workers of any potential hazards or dangers in the
18. workplace?
19. Why is keeping a daily journal important?
20. What is the role of the Safety Supervisor?
21. Who is ultimately responsible for safety on a project?
22. What Safety Related Training do you have?

Revision: 2013-08
Page 276
9.10 PRE-CONSTRUCTION TRADE CONTRACTOR SAFETY CHECKLIST

Project: ______________________________________
Date: __________________________
Trade Contractor: _______________________________________________________________

Work Being Performed: __________________________________________________________
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
Safety Policy Submitted

Safety Representative
Emergency Procedure Review
Employee Orientation
Written Safe Work Plan Submitted
Personal Protective Equipment Review
Hard Hats
Footwear
Safety Glasses
Hearing
Dust and Fumes
Fall Protection
Housekeeping
Tool Box Safety Meetings
(Weekly or Bi-Weekly)
Material Handling/Storage
Landing Platforms
WHMIS Training Verification
Copy of Certificate
MSDS Received
Project Manager/Supervisor:
Trade Contractor Representative:
Safety Supervisor:
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
Accident Investigations Notification

Verbal, Written, Gone
Joint/Worker Safety Committee
Fire Protection
Review Appendix A
Guardrails
First Aiders On Staff
First Aiders Names Supplied/Copy
Of Certificate
Visitors & Safety Equipment
Task Lighting
Swampers/Riggers Competency
(In Writing)
Scaffolds
Elevating Work Platforms
WCB Clearance Certificate
Utility Locations
Excavation
W.H. & S. Regulations
Asbestos Procedure
Clean-Up Directive
Name (Print)
Signature
Name (Print)
Signature
Name (Print)
Signature
Revision: 2013-08
Page 277
9.11 PRE-CONSTRUCTION SUB-TRADE SAFETY CHECKLIST

CEMATRIX Inc. does not define delivery services or suppliers as subcontractors. CanQual
Online Services may be referenced as a validation tool for Safety Program Information.
Use this text as a guideline to completing the attached checklist. This checklist is a general preconstruction review of the sub-trades safety program as well as an information session to identify
what CEMATRIX requires of our trade contractors. Where the item required a submission by the
sub-trade, the item will not be checked in the affirmative until the submission is received. If the
item does not apply, enter N/A for not applicable.
The following information will assist you in establishing what will be reviewed in each session.
1. Safety Policy
Each employer who has a safety policy and program are to implement that policy. CEMATRIX
will ask for and receive a copy of that program.
2. Safety Representative
Each trade is required to advise who their safety representative is. That representative has duties
as described in the Occupational Health and Safety Act (or applicable provincial regulations).
3. Emergency Procedure
Advise the sub-trade that CEMATRIX has a site layout emergency plan (see CEMATRIX Safety
Manual), supply sub-trade with a copy of your site plan and emergency phone numbers.
4. Employee Orientation
Each and every person working on site for sub-trade, including their subcontractors will be given
an orientation to familiarize them with the site safety program. Orientation will be held by
CEMATRIX Safety Coordinator.
5. Safe Work Plan
Most sub-trades are involved in tasks that subject workers to fall hazards. In order to ensure that
these workers are secured from hazard, the trade contractor will supply us with a written safework plan which assures protection against the hazard. This plan must be signed by a company
representative and communicated to the workers involved in the task.
6. Personal Protective Equipment Review
Advise that all workers require CSA Class B or ANZI approved hard hats, CSA Green Patch
(Triangle) boots (6-8 high), eye, ear and respiratory protection as required (boots and hard hat
at all times, traffic vests, safety glasses, etc.).
Revision: 2013-08
Page 278
7. Fall Protection
Fall restraint or fall arrest protection required where a fall of 3 meters or more is possible. NO
EXCEPTIONS.
8. Housekeeping
Advise of daily or as needed clean-up requirements.
9. Safety Meetings
Each trade contractor is required to conduct weekly safety meetings with their forces and advise
CEMATRIX they have been done by submitting minutes of the safety meeting to CEMATRIX
Safety Supervisor if requested.
10. Material Handling/Storage
Advise sub-trade about storage areas and handling of material so as not to endanger their worker
or another worker. Stacked material to be banded, chained, blocked or otherwise secured.
11. Landing Platform
Advise sub-trade about movement of material on or off platforms. All materials are to be
secured. Platform gates or chains to be kept closed at all times while worker is on platform. If not
possible, worker to be tied off with fall restraint system independent of platform (where
applicable).
12. WHMIS Training
Receive verification that all trade contractor workers are trained and that the sub-trade submits
their MSDS on all site products.
13. Accident Investigations
Any injury to any of their workers must be investigated and reported to CEMATRIX (this
includes near misses and property damage).
14. Verbal, Written, Gone
Explain CEMATRIXs non-compliance. Note where rules are posted.
15. Joint/Worker Safety Committee
Sites of over 20 workers must establish a safety committee; over 50, an additional worker
committee. Workers required to attend committee meetings will do so and not be prevented by
employers (where regulations apply).

Revision: 2013-08
Page 279
16. Fire Protection

All trades involved in performing hot work of any kind are required to provide fire protection at
the work location. All offices, lunch rooms, tool and storage enclosures will have ABC fire
extinguishers.
17. Review all items on Appendix A (Contract)
Self explanatory (most items are covered in this checklist).
18. Guardrails
Advise sub-trades that where temporary removal of guardrails is necessary, the area around them
must be cordoned off with a barrier and that workers within the barrier are required to wear and
use fall restraint or fall arrest devices. Guardrails must be replaced as soon as possible or
whenever the area is left unattended.
19. First Aider
Each sub-trade is required to have a first aid kit and trained first aider. Employer must name their
first aider and give CEMATRIX a photo copy of First Aid Certificates (as per applicable
regulations).
20. Visitors
Advise sub-trade that any visitors to the site must be suitably protected from hazard. They must
wear a hard hat and proper safety footwear while on site and any other personal protective
equipment as required for site condition.
21. Task Lighting
Review responsibilities of task specific lighting (who provides it).
22. Swampers /Riggers Competency
Where cranes are used, the sub-trade must provide CEMATRIX with a written statement
identifying, by name(s), their riggers and that the named person is a competent worker.
23. Scaffolds
Review scaffold building requirements:
Use all braces.
Access ladder for platform over 3 meters (10 feet).
Full width platform if height over 3 meters (10 feet).
Full guard rails and toe boards.
Tied in 3 times base dimension or use of outriggers.
Engineered over 17 meters (50 feet) in height (standard frame type).
Revision: 2013-08
Page 280
24. Elevating Work Platforms

All boom and scissor lifts required to be CSA approved and have approval on machine.
Operators Manual required on machine at all times.
Maintenance record on machine at all times.
Operator must receive training in operation of equipment.
Fall protection must be used at all time on a boom lift.
Fall protection required to be used on scissor lift when unit is being moved.
25. WCB Clearance Certificates
Advise sub-trade that CEMATRIX will not release any funds for payment until a Workers
Compensation Board Clearance Certificate has been received by CEMATRIX.
26. Utility Locations
Underground:
All companies before commencing work which involves underground utilities must call
applicable locations in area for locations of all utilities. When exposing underground utilities, it
must be done by hand digging as per Occupational Health & Safety Regulations, as per
applicable Provincial regulations
.
Overhead:
Before commencing work in the area of overhead lines, contractors must have the voltage
checked to know the required clearance needed for safe work, as per Occupational Health &
Safety Regulations.
27. Excavations (as per applicable Provincial regulations)
Check Occupational Health & Safety Regulations.
28. OH&S Regulations (for applicable province)
Each trade contractor is required to have on site a copy of Occupations Health & Safety
Regulations and any other regulations which pertains to their work environment and conditions.
29. Asbestos (where applicable)
CEMATRIX shall advise sub-trade which work areas contain asbestos and review the hazard
assessment associated with the asbestos laden areas.
30. Clean-up Directive
Sub-trades who fail to clean up their trade debris on a regular basis will be assessed a back
charge in accordance with attached Clean-up Directive sheet.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 281
9.12 SAFETY TRAINING SUMMARY

Updated information is available on the CEMATRIX server in excel format. This information
may be considered confidential and released on request for review.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 282
10.0 INSPECTIONS

Revision: 2013-08
Page 283
10.2 SITE SAFETY INSPECTION CHECKLIST

Location: _____________________________ Date: _________________________________
Conducted By: _________________________ Position: ______________________________
Do not leave any questions blank. Check either OK, action required or N/A if not applicable.
Responsibility for corrective action must be assigned.
1. Ladders
Secured top & bottom
3 ft. above landing
Proper location
Not defective
Other
OK Action N/A
Req.
Corrective Action
Action By
2. Guard Rails
Installed where required
Top rail, mid rail, toe board
Secure
Other
3. Stair Tower
Level footing
Tower plumb & square
Structure in good condition
All braces in place
Hand rails & barriers in place
No storage of material on stairs
Erected to both upper & lower
platforms
Ramp to work platforms of
good construction w/ hand rails
Other
4. Personal Protective
Equipment (Fall Protection)
Using harnesses
Protection plan at 10ft. or more
Tied off properly
Equipment inspected
Other
Revision: 2013-08
Page 285
5. Personal Protective
Equipment (General)
Gloves
Hard hats
Safety boots
Safety glasses
Safety vests
Hearing protection
Other
OK Action N/A
Req.
Corrective Action
Action By
6. Excavation
Slopes properly
Shoring system used
Guardrails as required
Safe means of entry/exit
Other
7. Fire Protection
Available & functional
Inspected
Other
8. First Aid
Qualified attendant
First aid adequate
Dressing station clean
First aid log
Other
9. Housekeeping
Debris cleaned
No tripping hazards
Rebar protected
Floor opening covered & marked
Icy areas cleaned & sanded
10. Traffic Control
Traffic control person
Paddles/flags
Highly visible apparel
Safe headgear/reflective tape
Communication
Safe location
Other
Revision: 2013-08
Page 286
11. Hoisting Operations

Tag lines used
Safe slings
Proper signals used
No loads over workers
Other
OK Action N/A
Req.
Corrective Action
Action By
12. Tools
Good condition
Safeguards in place
Damaged tools replaced/removed
Storage conditions
PPE
Other
13. Electrical
Cords visually inspected
Electrical panel maintained
Other
Other Unsafe Acts/Conditions
Site Safety Inspection By:
_______________________________________________________
Print
_______________________________________________________
Signature
Supervisor Signature:
_______________________________________________________
Copies To:
_______________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________
Reviewed By:
_______________________________________________________

Signature
Revision: 2013-08
Page 287
10.3 CONTRACTOR SAFE WORK PERMIT / CHECKLIST

Revision: 2013-08
Page 288
11.0 INVESTIGATIONS

Revision: 2013-08
Page 289
11.1 POLICY FOR INVESTIGATIONS

PURPOSE OF INVESTIGATION
To investigate incidents so that causes can be determined and corrective actions can be
implemented to prevent recurrence.
POLICY
At CEMATRIX, the following types of incidents shall be fully investigated:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Accidents that result in injuries requiring medical aid.

Accidents that cause property damage or interrupt operation.
Incidents that have the potential to result in (1) or (2) above.
All incidents that, by regulation, must be reported to O.H. & S., WCB, or their regulatory
agencies.
RESPONSIBILITIES
1. All employees shall report any incidents to their immediate superior.
2. Supervisors shall conduct initial investigation and submit reports to their Safety Person(s)
and Operations Manager promptly.
3. Safety Person(s) and Project Managers shall determine the need for and, if necessary,
direct detailed investigations. They shall also determine causes and recommend
corrective action.
4. Management shall review all Managers reports, determine corrective action to be taken,
and ensure that such action is implemented.
THE NATURE OF ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION
Accident investigation is possibly one of the most misunderstood procedures in the industry
today. In far too many instances it is confined to finding out what happened with too little
consideration to why and how the accident occurred. Frequently the entire investigation consists
only of a few questions to the injured employee and any available witnesses.
An accident investigation is a systematic effort to determine all relevant facts and interpretations
regarding how and why an accident occurred. The knowledgeable investigator knows in advance
the general kinds of information he seeks. The Investigator tries to get his information from all
available sources, e.g. the injured person, witnesses, the accident scene and even re-enactment of
the accident, when necessary.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 290
The Investigator doesnt accept what people say at face value. Instead he evaluates the
plausibility and soundness of his information by applying yardstick of his experience, knowledge
and judgment. The Investigator then reports his version of what happened, how it happened, why
it happened and what must be done to prevent the accident from recurring. Such an approach is
far different from merely getting the centrally involved workers account of the accident.
THE PURPOSE OF ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION
Two mistaken viewpoints about accident investigation are often found among Site Managers and
Foremen.
The first sees the accident investigation mainly as a means of completing an accident or claims
report form. This viewpoint is often accompanied by the idea that someone in Head Office needs
the information reported and usually does the bare minimum necessary to complete the accident
report form.
The second mistaken viewpoint sees the accident investigation as a fault finding expedition. An
accident occurred, therefore, someone is at fault. Therefore, it has to be investigated to find out
who is at fault. This fallacy is one of equating placement of responsibility with accident
investigation. Such a viewpoint de-emphasizes the constructive nature of an accident
investigation. It leads to lopsided investigations that look no further once blame can be placed.
The person blamed, of course, is usually the injured worker.
The real purpose of an accident investigation is to establish all relevant facts and opinions as to
how and why an accident occurred so that conclusions can be drawn about what must be done to
prevent recurrence. Preventing recurrence is the true objective of the accident investigation.
Every investigator should keep in mind that they are fact finding, not fault finding. The search
for accident facts is really the search for a solution to prevent recurrence.
THE TIME FOR ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION
Accidents should be investigated as soon as practical after their occurrence. The less the delay
the better. The more time that is allowed to lapse before questioning personnel involved and
witnesses, appraising the scene of the accident, or re-enacting the accident, the greater is the risk
of not getting the true story of what happened and why. People forget accident details very
quickly, particularly under the impact of emotional shock. They also imagine details that in fact,
did not occur. They add facts, fill the gaps, and stretch the truth. Oddly enough, they usually
do so without being aware of it.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 291
This implication is clear. The injured persons version of an accident should be obtained as soon
as practical, before his memory distorts what really happened. Similarly, witnesses should be
questioned individually and with as little delay as possible. The scene of the accident should be
appraised promptly before clues as to what happened are removed.
There are two exceptions to questioning the injured person first and that is, when they require
immediate medical attention and when they are in severe pain. Start your investigation
elsewhere, e.g. witnesses or the accident.
WHO SHOULD DO THE INVESTIGATION
The investigation of accidents is properly the responsibility of all levels of management. Serious
injury or equipment damage accidents are usually investigated by the Safety Supervisor and Site
Manager. First and second line supervisors usually investigate accidents that involve nondisabling injuries or minor equipment damage. It is also common for the lower levels of
supervision to conduct preliminary investigation of disabling injury accidents. More will be said
about this division of responsibility later.
Why should Site Managers and Foreman be made responsible for investigations of accidents
which occur under their supervision? There are several reasons why:
Supervisors are close to jobs, working conditions and workers. First-line supervisors are
naturally qualified to investigate accidents because of their daily contact with jobs, working
conditions and workers. They know the details of jobs, procedures, hazards, environmental
conditions and unusual circumstances. They know their workers, their job experience,
personal characteristics and job language. While such knowledge does not ensure that firstline supervisors will make expert accident investigators, it does provide a background for
good investigation.
Requiring first-line supervisors to investigate accidents that occur under their
supervision emphasizes their responsibility for accident prevention. Some companies
require clerks, first aid or safety personnel to complete minor injury accidents reports instead
of having first-line supervisors investigate such accidents. This is a mistake. It tends to
undermine supervisors sense of responsibility for accidents.
Supervisors need to learn about accident causes. To investigate accidents means to learn
about hazards, causes and accidental circumstances that are likely to occur again. Who needs
to know more about such things than first-line supervisors? They are the ones who must train
new workers, check for unsafe practices, look for unsafe acts and conditions, remind workers
about hazards and generally act to prevent accidents. By investigating, they learn how to
prevent hazards.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 292
Supervisors need to act to prevent recurrence of accidents. Most corrective actions to

prevent recurrence of accidents, e.g. re-instruction of safe job procedures, elimination of
unsafe conditions, correction of the source of the unsafe act, etc. are taken or ordered by the
supervisor. When such supervisors dont investigate the accidents, or at least actively
participate in the investigations, many of the corrective actions simply dont take place. This
is especially so in the case of minor injuries. Perhaps, as a supervisor, many have wondered
on occasion why they should be saddled with the chore of investigating accidents. The
foregoing covers this as they have the opportunity, authority and responsibility.
WHAT TYPE OF ACCIDENTS SHOULD BE INVESTIGATED

The serious or major accidents would appear to be the main candidates for investigation;
however, all accidents should be investigated if you are to control work loss in construction. The
minor accidents and near miss accidents are of prime concern in investigation. This type of
accident could well be considered your loss production barometer as they are generally
warning the supervisor of conditions or practice which, if allowed to carry on, can cause a
serious injury or equipment damage accident. The investigation of these accidents should be as
thorough as in a major accident, as the cause must be found in order to prevent recurrence.
There is a major problem in the construction industry today with regard to accident investigation
and that problem is The Unreported Accident. Many workers will not report minor or near
miss accidents for fear of supervisor disapproval, getting a bad reputation, not wanting to lose
time off the job, fear of medical treatment, fear of being called accident prone, ridicule from
fellow workers, etc. Remember an unreported accident means:
Nothing is learned from the experience.

Accident causes are not corrected.
Infections and injury aggravation can result.
This failure to report attitude could spread.
SPECIFIC POINTS WITH REGARD TO ACCIDENT INVESTIGATIONS

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Take control of the scene and reassure the injured party.

Never leave an injured person alone!
Ensure that any injured person is cared for and an ambulance is called, if necessary.
Examine equipment/materials involved.
Interview people involved. All witnesses should be interviewed alone and signed statements
obtained as soon as possible.
6. Analyze all available information to determine the causes.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 293
7. Look for all causes; including all workers actions, equipment or system error or malfunction.
Ensure adequate photographic records are compiled.
8. Determine what corrective action will prevent recurrence.
9. Complete the Injury/Incident Report Form and submit it to the Safety Supervisor by the end
of the work shift during which the accident took place.
10. Conduct a post-investigation review with employees to provide feedback.
MINOR INJURIES
All injuries, no matter how minor, should be given First Aid and a notation made in the First Aid
Log and the Job Foremans Site Report regarding who-when-where and treatment. Minor
accidents can become major accidents. All accidents should be investigated, the cause
determined and corrective action taken to prevent recurrence.
PROCEDURES FOR ACCIDENT REPORTING
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Investigate the accident as promptly as possible.

Go to the scene of the accident for initial investigation.
Ensure debris is not liable to cause further accidents.
Try to have the scene kept as undisturbed as possible.
Take photographs, make drawings and take measurements.
Gather all witnesses; interview them one at a time.
Reassure each witness of the real purpose for the investigation, i.e. this is a fact finding, not
fault finding process. The purpose is to find out what went wrong and to take the necessary
steps to prevent it from happening again.
8. Be objective; dont form any fixed opinions in advance.
9. Witnesses should be encouraged to be completely frank and open in the giving of
information.
10. Do not push words into the witnesses mouth.
11. When interviewing the witnesses, get their versions with as little interruption as possible
other than ensuring you have understood the exact chronological sequence of events.
12. When the witnesses finish giving their statements, ask questions to fill in any gaps.
13. Before drawing conclusions, review the witnesses statements with them.
14. Before finalizing conclusions, ensure all the facts have a local place in the sequence. One
item that does not fit the picture means the investigation is incomplete and the conclusions
may be totally wrong.
The information printed on the Injury/Incident Report Form should be used in conjunction with
this procedure to ensure a complete and effective investigation is conducted.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 294
EVENTS THAT MUST BE REPORTED AND INVESTIGATED

Events that fall within the following categories, involving CEMATRIX Cellular Concrete
Solutions employees or subcontractors performing a task on or off the work site and/or
involving the public, must be reported.
Category 1:
Fatality or serious risk of death.

Major structural failure or collapse (bridge, building, tower, crane, hoist, temporary
construction support system, or excavation).
Major release of a toxic or hazardous substance.
Explosion.
Category 2:
Injury requiring medical treatment.

Potential for serious injury/near miss.
In addition to filling the appropriate accident investigations forms and reports, incidents in
Category 1 must be immediately reported in person or via telephone or fax (post current contact
names and numbers) to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Site Manager (Project Manager).

Regional Manager.
Safety Supervisor.
President.
Provincial Occupational Health and Safety or Workers Compensation Board as required.
Police and other local authorities as required.
Incidents in Category 2, in addition to follow the appropriate emergency protocol, require the
completion and filing of forms and reports to:
1. Safety Supervisor
2. Provincial Occupational Health and Safety or Workers Compensation Board as required.
3. Regional Manager.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 295
POLICY FOR NOTIFYING NEXT OF KIN IN THE EVENT OF A FATALITY OR

SERIOUS ACCIDENT
CEMATRIX Inc. is responsible for doing everything possible to ensure a company
representative is the first person to tell the next of kin that a serious accident has occurred
involving a family member. The company representative should tell them what hospital the
family member was taken to and who to contact. No other details should be provided at this time.
A discussion of personal affairs should be left until an alternate date when an offer of assistance
can also be made.
COMPLETION OF FORMS AND REPORTS
A copy of the WCB form must be forwarded within 24 hours; the remaining completed forms
and reports must be forwarded within three (3) working days. Any relevant WCB information
regarding the worker is to be submitted to the Safety Supervisor within 24 hours. Consult your
applicable Authority for filing requirements.
The following is a guideline for completing CEMATRIX Inc. and Workers Compensation
forms:
1. All WCB reports are to be completed by site personnel and sent directly to the WCB with
copies sent to the division office.
2. The Injury/Incident Report Form and/or Medical Treatment Memorandum are to be
completed according to guidelines on the forms.
3. The Contract Number must be on all forms and the form must be signed by the Site Manger
or designate.
4. Record all injuries in the First Aid and Accident Record Book.
5. The Claim Number, when assigned by the Workers Compensation Board, must be shown
on all correspondence and additional forms sent to the Board.
6. The worker continues to be an employee and remains the responsibility of the Site Manager
until he can return to pre-accident work.
7. The worker is still our responsibility until he is back to full duties (modified or light duties
must be used where applicable).
8. The Site Manager is responsible for obtaining current reports for an injured worker. If the
Site Manager is transferred from the job or, for any other reason, is unable to finalize open
cases, he must follow the instruction in item 10.
9. The job site must retain copies of all Workers Compensation Board forms in an active
WCB file for workers who have been injured and are unable to return to work. This
information is confidential and should be locked. The Site Manager must maintain contact
with injured workers to ascertain their progress towards complete rehabilitation.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 296
When a worker is able to return to work, move the Compensation forms to your inactive
WCB file, filing alphabetically by employees surname and by date of accident if he/she has
had more than one accident. Confidentiality must be maintained.
10. Site Managers are responsible for delivering all outstanding accident reports and First Aid
Treatment Logs to the Safety Supervisor at the completion of a job. The Safety Supervisor
will then assume responsibility for keeping in touch with injured workers until they can
return to work.
EMPLOYEE REQUIREMENTS
1. Employees are required to report immediately any accidents and/or injuries to their
supervisor, as well as seek First Aid, no matter how minor the injury. A notation must be
made in the First Aid Log.
2. When an employee is treated by a physician following an injury, he must report any
anticipated loss of work time to his supervisor as soon as possible. A Company Medical
Treatment form must be completed by a physician and returned to the Site Manager.
3. If injured on the job site, an employee must fill out any Workers Compensation forms
prescribed by legislation.
WCB EMPLOYERS REPORT OF ACCIDENTS OR INDUSTRIAL DISEASE
This form must be completed for every accident that occurs on your site and must be prepared
the same day as the accident occurs. Do not wait for a reminder card from the WCB forward this report immediately. Penalties for late filing are expensive.
When describing the accident location on the Employers report, include the contract number.
This procedure will assist the computerized accident recording system.
It is extremely important to fill out the accident report forms as completely and accurately as
possible. When there are circumstances pertinent to the accident which the company or the WCB
should be made aware of, include such information in your report. The Workers Compensation
Act is based on the premise of a No Fault system. If it is likely the employee was injured on
the site while working, he will be paid benefits. The onus is on the employer to provide evidence
that the injury did not occur on his premises during the course of employment or in the manner
described by the employee. Detailed documentation is extremely important in fraudulent or
bogus claims. Information must be verifiable.
If this information is not included, the Company can only assume your report is covering a
legitimate accident and will instruct the Board to process the report for compensation
payment.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 297
If your concerns about the legitimacy of the claim are expressed, the Company will ask the
Board to investigate the accident further before compensation is paid. For example, if an
employee is injured after he has been notified he is to be laid off, provide this information on the
form.
In Alberta, for all lost time or modified work claims involving progressive/gradual injuries, both
the Site Manager and the worker must complete the WCBs Progressive Injury Questionnaires
(C-606 and C-504) and send with reports of accident to WCB (only as required).
Compensation paid to an injured employee generally commences on the day following the
accident or the official date of disability. It is, therefore, extremely important to report all
hours the employee works between the accident date and the day he is laid off. This is the
only way we can control the duplication of wages and compensation payment.
Most follow-up correspondence is the result of inaccurate reporting or conflicting statements
given in cases where the accident investigation was not conducted immediately after the
occurrence. A few minutes spent accurately recording the facts of an accident, while memories
are still fresh and information readily available can save needless delay and additional
paperwork. It is also essential to ensure forms are completed promptly for legitimate claims so
the employee does not suffer an interruption in earnings.
FIRST AID ACCIDENT RECORD
Whenever First Aid is administered on the job site, there is a legal requirement to complete and
maintain a First Aid Accident Record. The record must include the name of the worker, the
nature of injuries, the date they were suffered, the data reported, the date they were treated, the
nature of the treatment and the name and address of the person given treatment. If possible, the
First Aid Accident Record Book should be initialed by the employees Foreman as to the
legitimacy of the claim.
Once the Record has been filled, or the project has been completed, the Record must be returned
to the Safety Supervisor. These records must remain on file for statistical purposes and by law
for seven years in Alberta and ten years in British Columbia.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 298
REPORTING ACCIDENTS INVOLVING PRIVATE PROPERTY OR PERSONAL

INJURY TO NON-EMPLOYEES
All damage to private property or personal injury to a non-employee must be reported
immediately to the Safety Supervisor. The Safety Supervisor will contact the appropriate Site
Manager to verify the details of the accident. Accurate reporting of accidents saves time and
money and reduces the chance of a repeat occurrence.
POLICY REGARDING PRODUCTIVE LIGHT DUTY MODIFIED WORK
The WCB encourages employers to have injured employees remain on the job if possible.
Statistics suggest that healing and recovery time is greatly reduced and an employee returns to
active employment much faster if he/she can remain on the job doing some type of modified,
productive work. Productive and meaningful light duty is available and encouraged on our sites
provided all the conditions listed below are met:
1. Complete recovery is expected within a reasonable period of time.
2. The employee is able to report for his full shift each day or major portion thereof.
3. Productive light duty is available on the site and the work performed will benefit the
project or the Site.
Contact your safety person for more information.
SITE MANAGERS RESPONSIBILITY FOR AN INJURED EMPLOYEE DURING
REHABILITATION
At the time of injury, Light Duty Modified Work Duty should be discussed with the physician
and the injured employee. The attending physician should also be asked to complete the
Medical Treatment/Modified Work form (if possible, the injured employee should take the
form with him/her to the doctor). The Project Site Manager is required to complete a Physical
Demands Analysis of the workers regular job. The WCB will request this information in every
case of modified work. A copy of this completed form should accompany the Medical
Treatment/Modified Work Form to assist the physician in making his assessment of the workers
ability to return to work. Note: if copies of Physical Demands Analysis are kept in your Safety
Manual, you will soon have a library from which to choose as the need arises. A copy of each
Analysis should also be sent to the Safety Supervisor to enable sharing of this valuable
information.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 299
11.2 ACCIDENT / INCIDENT REPORT

Company: CEMATRIX Inc.
Business Type: Industrial Cellular Concrete Provider
Address: 5440 53st Southeast, Calgary, Alberta, T2C 4B6
Project Name: __________________________ Project Number: ________________________
Employee Involved in Incident
Name: ________________________________________________________________________
(Printed First Name)
(Printed Last Name)
Address: ______________________________________________________________________
Phone: (
(Apt/house #)
(Street)
) ______ - __________
(Home)
(City, Province, Postal Code)
) ______ - __________
(Cellular)
Birth Date: ____________________________ Hire Date: _____________________________

(Day-Month-Year)
(Day-Month-Year)
Position: ______________________________________________________________________
Incident Information
Date of Incident: ________________________ Time of Incident: _______________________
(Day-Month-Year)
Location of Incident: ____________________________________________________________

Date and Time Reported: _________________________________________________________
Person Incident Was Reported To: _________________________________________________
Description of Incident:
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Revision: 2013-08
Page 301
Description of Conditions at Time and Location of Incident: (e.g. housekeeping, weather,

communication, etc.)
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Was there anyone else directly involved in the accident? If so, provide details about their specific
actions and ensure they also fill out an incident report (third parties).
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
What Personal Protective Equipment was required and employed in the incident?
PPE Required For Job
PPE Being Worn

During Incident

If a discrepancy exists, why?
Revision: 2013-08
Page 302
Were there any witnesses to the incident? If so, provide their contact information below and
ensure a witness statement is filled out and corresponds to the witness in the table.
Witness
Report #
Name
Address
Phone Number
Witness Report
Completed
If applicable, provide a sketch of the incident scene in the space below, with labeling:
Was First Aid given?

If yes, by whom? _______________________________________________________________
Was the employee transported to the hospital?
If yes, who accompanied them to the health care facility? _______________________________
Hospital/Health Care Facility
Name: ________________________________________________________________________
Address: ______________________________________________________________________
Contact Information: ____________________________________________________________
Specific Treatment Given: ________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Revision: 2013-08
Page 303
Has the health care professional been made aware of the companys modified work program?
______________________________________________________________________________
Has the Medical Treatment/Modified Work Form been provided to the employee?
______________________________________________________________________________
Will the employee return to work?
If yes, date expected to return: _____________________________________________________
If on modified duties, list them specifically: __________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Prevention and Mitigation
How can this incident be prevented from happening again? Provide recommendations for
mitigation.
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Revision: 2013-08
Page 304
What action has been taken to prevent recurrence? Who is responsible for the implementation?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Post Incident Review

Investigated By: _____________________________________ Date: ____________________
Workers Immediate Supervisor
Name: ____________________________________________
Signature: _________________________________________
Date: _____________________________________________
Worker Involved in Incident
Signature: _________________________________________
Copy Given To:

Supervisor
Follow Up Action
Required
Completion Date
Foreman
Safety Supervisor
Subcontractor (if involved)
Prime Contractor

Revision: 2013-08
Page 305
11.3 INCIDENT WITNESS STATEMENT

Witness Report Number:
Name of Witness:
Phone Number (Home):
Phone Number (Cellular):
Employer:
Incident Date and Time:
Location of Incident:
Account of Incident:
Witness Signature

Date
Revision: 2013-08
Page 306
11.4 NEAR MISS REPORT

Location of Near Miss Incident:
Type of Work Being Done:
Near Miss Date and Time:
Employee Who Reported the Near Miss:
Person Incident Was Reported To:
What acts or conditions led directly to the near miss incident? Comment on whether these acts or
conditions were deemed to be unsafe.
Prevention and Mitigation

How can this near miss be mitigated to prevent it from becoming an incident? Provide
recommendations for mitigations.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 307
What action has been taken to prevent recurrence? Who is responsible for the implementation?
Post Incident Review

Investigated By:
Date:
Name
Signature
Date
Supervisor:
Worker Involved:
Copy Given To:
Supervisor
Follow Up Action
Required
Completion Date
Foreman
Safety Supervisor
Subcontractor (if involved)
Prime Contractor

Revision: 2013-08
Page 308
11.5 AUTOMOBILE ACCIDENT REPORT

Company Vehicle Information
Drivers Name:
Drivers License Number:
Drivers/Company Phone Number:
Date of Incident:
Vehicle Number:
Vehicle Plate:
Vehicle Make & Model:
Insurance Company Name:
Policy Number:
Expiration Date:
Documentation of Damage:
Explanation of Damage Should It Be Necessary:
Passengers in Company Vehicle

Name

Location in Vehicle
Driver
Front Passenger
Middle Passenger
Revision: 2013-08
Page 309
Back Driver
Back Passenger
Back Middle
Other
Other Partys Vehicle Information
Drivers Name:
Drivers Address:
Drivers License Number:
Drivers/Company Phone Number:
Registered Address and Owner:
Vehicle Number:
Vehicle Plate:
Vehicle Make & Model:
Insurance Company Name:
Policy Number:
Expiration Date:
Documentation of Damage:
Explanation of Damage Should It Be Necessary:

Revision: 2013-08
Page 310
Passengers in Other Vehicle

Name
Location in Vehicle
Driver
Front Passenger
Middle Passenger
Back Driver
Back Passenger
Back Middle
Other
Incident Information
Date:
Time:
Location:
Road Conditions:
Weather Conditions:
Witnesses to Incident
Witness
Name
Report #

Address
Revision: 2013-08
Phone Number
Witness Report
Completed
Page 311
11.6 AUTOMOBILE INCIDENT WITNESS STATEMENT

Witness Report Number:
Name of Witness:
Phone Number (Home):
Phone Number (Cellular):
Incident Date and Time:
Location of Incident:
Account of Incident:
Witness Signature

Date
Revision: 2013-08
Page 312
11.7 DAMAGE PAYMENT RELEASE

This release is in respect of damages for:
In consideration of the payment for the sum of

_______________________________________________
$ ___________________________
And which is directed by the undersigned to be paid as follows:

_______________________________________________ $ ___________________________
The undersigned hereby for themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and
assigns:
1. Release and forever discharge CEMATRIX Inc. (herein referred to as the Releasee) from
any action, cause of action, or claim for damages specified above where the injury or, as the
case may be, the damage has been sustained as at the date hereof or may be sustained
thereafter, as a result of an incident taken place in ______________________ on or about
the ____________ day of ____________, 20____.
2. Agree not to make any claim or take proceeding against any person or corporation who
might claim contribution or indemnity under provisions of any statute or otherwise.
3. Agree that the said payment does not constitute an admission of liability on the part of the
Releasee; and
4. Declare that the terms of this settlement are fully understood, that the amount stated herein is
the sole consideration of this release and that such amount is accepted voluntarily as a full
and final settlement of the claim for damages specified above.
Signed at _____________________________ this ____________ day of ____________, 20____

Print Name: ___________________________________________________________________
Signature: _____________________________________________________________________
Revision: 2013-08
Page 313
11.8 FIRST AID RECORD

Employers First Aid Record Number: ______________________________________________
Date of Injury or Illness: _______________________________ Time: __________________
Date Injury or Illness Reported: __________________________ Time: __________________
Full Name of Injured or Ill Worker: ________________________________________________
Description of the Injury or Illness:
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Description of Where the Injury or Illness Occurred/Began:
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Cause of the Injury or Illness:
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
First Aid Provided?
(If yes, complete rest of this page)
Keep this record for at least 3 years from the date of injury or illness
Name of First Aider: ____________________________________________________________
First Aider Qualifications
Emergency First Aider
Standard First Aider
Advanced First Aider
Nurse
Emergency Medical Technician Paramedic

Emergency Medical Technician Ambulance
Emergency Medical Technician
Emergency Medical Responder
Remarks:
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Revision: 2013-08
Page 314
11.10 MODIFIED WORK DUTIES

Date: _________________________________ WCB Claim #: _________________________
Employee Name: _______________________________________________________________
CEMATRIX Inc. is committed to providing transitional work following a workplace injury. We
understand our obligations and agree that providing appropriate work to meet your physical
capabilities/demands is the most positive approach to successful rehabilitation and return to preaccident duties.
In order to accommodate your requirement of modified work due to the accident, which occurred
on _____________________, we are offering you the following position.
Job Duties Will Include:
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Job Title: _____________________________ Start Date: ____________________________
Hours of Work: ________________________ Rate of Pay: ___________________________
Supervisor Name: _______________________________________________________________
Supervisor Signature: ____________________________________________________________
I, _____________________ (the Employee), am willing to accept modified duties, which my
employer is offering to me.
I, _____________________ (the Employee), am NOT willing to accept modified duties, which
my employer is offering to me.
Signature: _____________________________ Date: _________________________________
Revision: 2013-08
Page 316
11.11 STANDING REQUIREMENTS

Code
Keyword
Description
Minimal
Infrequent standing, less than two hours, if any. For example:

bookkeeper, stenographer, telephone receptionist.
Quarter Day
Standing up to two hours during an eight hour shift. For

example: jewelry polisher, lab technician, weigh scale
operator.
Half Day
Standing up to four hours during an eight hour shift. For

example: service advisor, catering truck operator, grader
operator.
Three Quarter Day
Standing up to six hours during an eight hour shift. For

example: shoe repair, cook, and door person.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 317
11.12 BENDING REQUIREMENTS

General Activity: The use of body members such as the spine, legs, knees, hands and feet to
perform movement involving stopping, kneeing and crawling.
Code
Keyword
Description
Never or rarely required to bend. Work normally performed
from a sitting or standing position. For example: jewelry
repair, dispatcher, dental technician.
Minimal
Occasional
Bending is required occasionally to perform work duties. For

example: cleaner (general), light fixture assembler, sales clerk.
Moderate
Bending is required on a regular, but not continuous, basis. For

example: small engine repair (snowmobile), shipping/receiving
clerk, maintenance electrician.
Repetitive
Frequent and continuous bending. For example: stacking wood

pieces on pallets, floor tile seller, tree planter.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 318
11.13 WALKING REQUIREMENTS

General Activity: An act or instance of moving on foot.
Code
Keyword
Description
Minimal
Walking infrequent. Less than two hours if any. For example:

secretary, computer operator, sewing machine operator.
Quarter Day
Walking up to two hours during eight hour shift. For example:

cashier, radio and television repair, rehabilitation counselor.
Half Day
Walking up to four hours during eight hour shift. For example:

telephone installer, sales person (outside), delivery driver.
Three Quarter Day
Walking up to six hours during eight hour shift. For example:

scaler, service station attendant, mail person.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 319
11.14 SITTING REQUIREMENTS

General Activity: Act of one that sits while performing his/her job function.
Code
Keyword
Minimal
Quarter Day
Sitting approximately two hours during eight hour shift. For

example: florist, teacher, filing clerk.
Half Day
Sitting approximately four hours during eight hour shift. For

example: electronic assembly, security guard, tool
grinder/sharpener.
Three Quarter Day
Sitting approximately six hours during eight hour shift. For

example: dispatcher, switchboard operator, bus driver.

Description
Rarely sits, less than two hours per eight hour shift. For
example: bank teller, auto mechanic, customs inspector.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 320
11.15 HAND/EYE COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS

General Activity: The coordination of movement of the hand(s) in accordance with visual
stimuli.
Code
Keyword
Not Required
Description
Work duties do not require hand/eye coordination. Individuals
with severe visual and/or motor impairments may perform this
work. For example: telephone solicitor, translator, and
receptionist.
Minimal
Little or minimal hand/eye coordination ability. Working with

large objects involving firm grasping. For example: casting
operator, janitor/cleaner, rough carpenter.
Average
Able to perform tasks which require medium degree hand

coordination. No vision impairment. For example: small
appliance repair, motor vehicle mechanic, shoe repair.
Fine

Requires firm manipulation of small objects. Excellent vision.

Able to distinguish small print. For example: electronic circuit
board assembler, watch repair, jewelry grinder/polisher.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 321
11.16 LIFTING REQUIREMENTS

General Activity: Involves raising and lowering an object from one level to another. Includes
carrying, pushing and pulling of objects.
Code
Keyword
Description
Minimal
Lifts 10 lbs. (4.05 kg) maximum. Normally lifts and/or carries

articles such as small tools, ledgers, files, etc.
Lifts 20 lbs. (9.09 kg) maximum. Normally lifting and/or
carrying objects weighing up to 10 lbs. For example: small
appliance repair, gunsmith, locksmith.
Light
Medium

carrying objects weighing up to 20 lbs. For example: cabinet
maker, tool and die makers, furniture refinisher.
Heavy

carrying objects weighing up to 50 lbs. For example: butcher,
construction laborer, mover.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 322
11.17 WCB EMPLOYERS REPORT

Revision: 2013-08
Page 323

Revision: 2013-08
Page 324
11.18 WCB WORKERS REPORT

Revision: 2013-08
Page 325

Revision: 2013-08
Page 326

Revision: 2013-08
Page 327
12.0 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS

Revision: 2013-08
Page 328
12.2 EMERGENCY CONTACT LIST (To be posted at site by telephone)

Location:
Address:
1
Arrange for
immediate and
continuing first aid
treatment of injured
worker
2
Notify Supervisors
and inform them of
circumstances of
incident
Ambulance/Hospital
Fire Department
Police
Gas Company
Electrical System
Buried Utilities
After Hours
Emergency Contacts
3
If emergency
transportation is
required, contact
nearest ambulance
authority
4
Describe nature of
emergency including
estimate of injury
severity and age of
worker involved
Superintendent
Mechanical Supervisor
Electrical Supervisor
Safety Consultant
Construction Manager
Corporate Safety
Hospital/Clinic
Location
Procedure to be followed by employees/contractors working on CEMATRIX properties when

facing serious injuries or incidents (fire, explosion, etc.):
1. As soon as the incident is noticed, the work must be stopped, notify Site Manager
immediately.
2. Qualified contractors workers and sub-trades to provide appropriate help to eliminate risks
and damage (i.e. first aid worker, extinguish fire, shut off valves, provide traffic control,
etc.).
3. Call police, ambulance, firefighters, hospital, etc. per Emergency Contact List.
4. All other workers to go outside the fenced work site to assigned location and await
instruction.
5. Incident area to be cordoned off.
6. Call Project Manager and Safety Coordinator.
7. Process Incident Report and forward to Project Manager.
8. Ensure site is safe and obtain permission from Project Manager to resume work.
9. Perform a thorough incident investigation as soon as possible, with corrective
recommendations implemented immediately.
10. Incident findings to be reviewed with workers at the next Safety Meeting.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 330
12.3 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PROGRAM

GENERAL OVERVIEW
CEMATRIX is a provider of site produced cellular concrete. Generally, CEMATRIX is
contracted as a sub-contractor to a Prime or General Contractor who are responsible for
providing. Site Specific Emergency Response plans and procedures. CEMATRIX is responsible
for adhering to the Site Specific Emergency Response plans and procedures. Site orientations
and pre-production meetings will determine if these processes are developed. In the event that a
client does not have a site specific plan/procedures in place, as can occur on some small scale
projects, CEMATRIX will assist in the development of the Site Specific Emergency Response
plan. These plans will then be communicated with all staff.
Cellular concrete components are slurry, cement, fly ash, water, foaming agents (Provoton/CF1).
All products are non-toxic and bio degradable. MSDS sheets for all components including
cellular concrete are provided to the contractor and in every mobile unit for review.
Cematrix must ensure that the General Contractor has a plan and is adequately prepared. All
emergencies including potential environmental emergencies must be assessed and included in the
planning. Form leaks and or failure of formwork constructed to hold in place the Cellular
concrete, especially in environmentally sensitive locations must be priority. CEMATRIX staff
must inspect and insure that formwork is adequate for the pressure and is leak proof. Secondary
containment must be provided for all work performed in all environmentally sensitive areas.
Travel to site, shop work and office will not be covered in a general contractor`s site specific
emergency response plans. CEMATRIX has in place procedures to address these emergency`s
all staff have received training in these emergency response procedures.
Site spill mitigation should include equipment drop sheets, berms to ensure that containment is in
place. This will be reviewed with the contractor`s representatives at pre job safety/kickoff
meetings.
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PILLARS
A comprehensive emergency management program is one that incorporates a riskmanagement approach supported by the five pillars of emergency management - prevention,
mitigation, preparedness, response and recovery.
Actions taken to prevent the chance of an emergency occurring (e.g.
Prevention:
th

Revision: 2013-08
Page 331
development of spill prevention plans). CEMATRIX prevention measures

include identified resources, appropriate communication of the plan,
appropriate training of the staff and hazard identification. Prior to any new
projects proceeding, if changes should occur in the normal business of the
company as it relates to the office and shop areas these items must be
addressed.
Mitigation:
Actions taken to reduce or eliminate the effects of an emergency (e.g. land use
restrictions, drinking water source protection, and spill diversion or
containment structures). Site Mitigation is typically the responsibility of the
General Contractor. However CEMATRIX will verify that site mitigation is
adequate prior to any production. CEMATRIX has developed procedures and
trained employees on Emergency Response. Spill Kits, First Aid Kits, etc. are
to be part of the site mitigation planning.
Preparedness: Measures taken prior to an emergency to ensure an effective response. This
includes the development of emergency response and continuity of operations
plans and procedures, training and exercises.
Response:
Actions taken to respond to an actual emergency. These actions are aimed at
providing a controlled, effective and timely response. Ministry response is
coordinated with local authorities as well as with other provincial and federal
agencies when required.
Recovery:
Actions taken to recover from an emergency. The aim is to assist individuals,
businesses and communities to return to a state of normalcy. Recovery
measures may include environmental cleanup and site restoration.
The company Preparedness, Prevention, Mitigation, Response, Recovery actions are set out in
this Emergency Response Plan.
EMERGENCY RESOURCES
It is important to identify which resources are available and have contingency plans in place to
make up for any deficiencies.
The most important resource on most projects will be a 911 system. It is essential to verify that
911 is in effect in the area. This is the main point of contact for CEMATRIX shop and office
locations. Most provincial communities have a 911 system in place, but it is important to know
the facilities or limitations available in that location. Is a high-reach rescue team available? What
is the response time? What must site personnel do in the meantime?
Other on-site resources such as fire extinguishers, spills containment equipment, and first aid kits
must be maintained and clearly identified. Construction equipment may be included among
Revision: 2013-08
Page 332
potential emergency resources. Personnel, especially on-site medical staff or workers trained in
first aid, should be included in the plan.
There may be situations where outside resources are so far away that an adequate response is not
possible. In these situations, resources may have to be obtained and kept on site. Examples
would include fire protection or ambulance/medical resources in remote areas.
Whatever the situation may be, people, equipment, facilities, and materials are needed for
emergency response. Where they will come from must be determined in advance. Moreover, the
people supplying these resources must be made aware of their role in the plan.
This document identifies the potential emergencies and provides emergency response procedures
that are specific to the scope of work that CEMATRIX provides.
COMMUNICATION OF THE PROCEDURE
To be effective, an Emergency Response Procedure must be clearly communicated to all site
personnel. The following activities should be considered:
Review the procedure with new site subcontractors and new workers to ensure that it
covers their activities adequately.
Review the procedure with suppliers to ensure that it covers any hazards that the storage
or delivery of their materials might create.
Review new work areas in operating plants with owner/client to ensure that new hazards
are identified and covered in the procedure.
Review the procedure with the Joint Health and Safety Committee or Health and Safety
Representative on a regular basis to address new hazards or significant changes in site
conditions.
Post the procedure in a conspicuous location.
The Emergency Response Procedure for a construction project must continually undergo review
and revision to meet changing conditions.
COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
An important key to effective emergency response is a communications system that can relay
accurate information quickly. To do this, reliable communications equipment must be used,
procedures developed, and personnel trained. It is a good idea to have a backup system in place,
in case the system is rendered useless by the emergency. For example, telephone lines may be
cut.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 333
The type and location of emergency communication systems must be posted on the project. This
will include location of telephones, a list of site personnel with cellular phones or two-way
radios, and any other equipment available.
Emergency phone numbers and the site address/location should be posted beside all site phones.
On large sites, the location of emergency phones must be clearly marked. An Emergency
Response Poster can be used to record this and other information.
A communication system must be made up of strategically placed equipment and properly
defined responsibilities. The emergency response plan posted in a conspicuous place on the
project must identify the designated equipment and the people to operate it.
ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
The task of administering and organizing the plan is vital to its effectiveness. The person who
has this task will normally be the person in charge of the emergency response operation. It is
their task to ensure
That everyone clearly understands their roles and responsibilities within the emergency
response plan (a chart may be helpful in this regard).
That emergency resources, whether people or equipment, are kept at adequate levels in step
with the progress of the project.
It is very important to review the emergency plan on a regular basis and especially after an
emergency has occurred. Changes may be necessary where deficiencies became apparent as the
plan went into operation.
DEFINITION OF AN EMERGENCY
An emergency is defined as any unexpected, unplanned event which could result in serious
injury, loss of life, property damage, environmental damage and that demands immediate action.
Examples of emergencies that CEMATRIX may prepare for are:
1. Medical
Serious injury or death
Serious health problem
Allergic reaction
2. Project Specific
Falls into concrete/drowning hazard
Revision: 2013-08
Page 334
Concrete spill significant or in an environmentally sensitive location

Fire or explosion causing property damage or down-time
Oil or chemical spill, gas leak
3. Other Potential Emergencies

Motor vehicle accident
Major weather activity
Site specific emergency, example - H2S discharge
Emergencies are defined in three levels:
Level 1:
In a level 1 emergency, there is no potential danger to the public outside company

property. The situation can be handled entirely by company personnel.
Level 2:
A level 2 emergency occurs where there is no immediate danger but sufficient

potential for danger exists to justify alerting outside services such as police, fire,
OH&S. There are requirements in the legislation for reporting.
Level 3:
In a level 3 emergency, safe operating control has been lost causing or potentially
causing severe injuries or fatalities of employees, the public at large, or serious
damage to the environment and property.
Appropriate action in handling the media and public are important.

An emergency can be reported from any source a worker on site, an outside agency, or the
public. Remember that circumstances may change during the course of an emergency. Any
procedures you develop must be able to respond to the ongoing situation.
ACTIONS TO TAKE
The following list covers basic actions to take in an emergency. These steps apply to almost any
emergency and should be followed in sequence.
Your example can influence others and thereby aid the emergency
response.
Assess the situation Determine what happened and what the emergency is. Look at the big
picture. What has happened to whom and what will continue to happen if
no action is taken? Try to identify the cause that must be controlled to
eliminate immediate, ongoing, or further danger.
The most senior person on the scene should take charge and call, or
Take command
Stay calm

Revision: 2013-08
Page 335
delegate someone to call, emergency services, generally 911,

and explain the situation. Assign tasks for controlling the emergency. This
action also helps to maintain order and prevent panic.
Provide protection Eliminate further losses and safeguard the area. Control the energy source
causing the emergency. Protect victims, equipment, materials,
environment, and accident scene from continuing damage or further
hazards. Divert traffic, suppress fire, prevent objects from falling, shut
down equipment or utilities, and take other necessary measures. Preserve
the accident scene; only disturb what is essential to maintain life or relieve
human suffering and prevent immediate or further losses.
Provide first aid or help those already doing so. Manage personnel at the
Aid and manage
scene. Organize the workforce for both a headcount and emergency
assignments. Direct all workers to a safe location or command post. This
makes it easier to identify the missing, control panic, and assign people to
emergency duties. Dispatch personnel to guide emergency services on
arrival.
Keep emergency services informed of situation. Contact utilities such as
Maintain contact
gas and hydro where required. Alert management and keep them informed.
Exercise increasing control over the emergency until immediate hazards
are controlled or eliminated and causes can be identified.
Guide emergency Meet services on site. Lead them to emergency scene. Explain ongoing and
potential hazards and cause(s), if known.
services
EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES
CEMATRIX has identified three areas where potential emergencies exist and specific procedures
have been developed for each area.
Head Office/Shop
A site specific plan has been developed, included in the Safety Manual and posted at doors and
on each floor at the head office. Muster station location, emergency responders, procedures, and
roles and responsibilities are addressed in this document. The plan is reviewed with all
employees at orientation. Drills are conducted and recorded.
Travel and Field Work

Revision: 2013-08
Page 336
The Emergency Response Plan addresses procedures for travel and field work locations specific
to CEMATRIX. Existing contractor developed site emergency response plans will be followed.
If a contractor does not have a plan in place, CEMATRIX will follow these procedures.
SUMMARY
Slow response, lack of resources, or the absence of trained personnel will lead to chaos in an
emergency. To minimize human suffering and financial losses, all personnel must know their
responsibilities under the emergency response plan.
Remember planning for emergencies should include the following points:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Hazard identification/assessment
Emergency resources
Communication systems
Administration of the plan
Emergency response procedure
Communication of the procedure
Debriefing and post-traumatic stress procedure
The plan will be used to set emergency procedures, implement and communicate the procedures,
and ensure that any required training has been completed. The plan will be evaluated regularly to
ensure that it conforms to current operations and conditions.
In any Emergency Response Procedure, the following steps are basic and essential:
Stay calm
Assess the situation
Take command
Provide protection
Aid and manage
Maintain contact
Guide emergency services

Revision: 2013-08
Page 337
12.4 OFFICE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN

Potential Emergencies
The following are identified potential emergencies:

Fire
Injury
Emergency Procedures
In the event of a fire occurring within or affecting the

work site, the fire warden (or deputy) makes the
following decisions and ensures the appropriate key
steps are taken.
Advise all personnel use the paging system to
notify all
Sound the fire alarm
Evacuate all persons to the designated muster point
in the parking lot
Assist ill or injured workers to evacuate the
building
Bring the copy of the MSDS kept at the front desk
Take attendance including sign in sheet for visitors
Provide first aid to injured workers if required
Call 911 to arrange for transportation of ill or
injured workers to the nearest health care facility if
required
Location of Emergency Equipment
Emergency equipment is located at:

Fire horn Safety Coordinators office
Fire extinguisher hallways near entrances on both
floors of office and by doors in shop
First Aid
First Aid supplies are located at lunchrooms, shop and

in the Safety Coordinators office
Workers Trained In The Use of

Emergency Equipment and Holding a
Valid First Aid Ticket
Jeff Kendrick
Steve Bent
Ed Dobler
Cameron Nerland
Location and Use of Emergency

Facilities
The nearest emergency services are located at:

Fire Station 911

Revision: 2013-08
Alex Zhu
Page 338
Police 911
Hospital Peter Lougheed 403 943 4555
Emergency Response Training

Requirements
Type of Training:
Use of Fire Extinguishers
Practice Fire Drills
First Aid
Fire Protection Requirements
Fire Extinguishers
Alarm and Emergency Communication

Requirements
Use the page all button on any phone to alert everyone

in and outside of the building; air horn
Designated Rescue and Evacuation

Workers
Cameron Nerland (Fire Warden & First Aid)

Jim Li (Deputy Fire Warden)
Jeff Kendrick (Standard First Aid)
Steve Bent (Standard First Aid)

Revision: 2013-08
Frequency:
Third Party Training
At the Call of Management
Every 3 Years
Page 339
12.5 SITUATION SPECIFIC EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES

SPILL RESPONSE PROCEDURES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Put on PPE
Attempt to stop leak
Contact Spray-Rite management (this is for Level 2 Emergencies)
Contact Provincial Environment Spill/Release notification number
Prevent chemical from entering storm drain, irrigation ditch or any water body
Contact applicable landowner
Clean up spill site
MOTOR VEHICLE ACCIDENT RESPONSE PROCEDURES

1. If physically able, check for injuries in passengers of your vehicle or the other vehicle if
applicable, deploy the first aid kit and render assistance commensurate with abilities and
training
2. Call Police, Ambulance or Fire Department as applicable
3. Call CEMATRIX management
4. Check vehicle for fuel, oil or chemical leaks
5. If leak detected, take action to stop leak if possible deploy spill kit
6. Prevent by any means possible the movement of chemical, fuel or oil into storm drains,
irrigation ditches or water bodies of any type by use of spill kit containment.
7. If chemical leak detected, call Provincial Environment Spill/Release Notification number
8. If a product designated as a dangerous good is involved in the leak, immediately contact
the Dangerous Goods Incident notification number
WORKING AT HEIGHTS RESCUE PROCEDURES
This document is intended to provide guidance for developing site-specific working at heights
rescue plans.
Company Policy on Working at Heights Rescues
The implementation and maintenance of a safe work environment is the collective responsibility
of all employees, contractors, and visitors to the jobsite. It is our company policy to provide
prompt medical treatment when a worker is injured on the jobsite. To do this, workers may have
to perform a working at heights rescue to bring down a worker who has fallen and is suspended
in a safety harness. This procedure applies to all managers, supervisors, forepersons, employees,
subcontractors, and visitors of the jobsite.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 340
Purpose of Working at Heights Rescues

When a worker falls and is suspended in a harness, its important to rescue him or her as quickly
as possible because of the following reasons.
The worker may have suffered injuries during the fall and may need medical attention.
When workers are suspended in their safety harnesses for long periods, they may suffer
from blood pooling in the lower body. This can lead to suspension trauma.
Suspended workers may panic if they are not rescued quickly.
The event that led to the fall may create additional risks that need to be addressed.
Emergency Planning
The three main parts of emergency planning are:
1.
Training
All site personnel must attend a site-specific safety training session where they will review
emergency response procedures and receive instruction on alarms and assembly areas.
Train a designated crew to perform the rescue. This crew must know how to use the equipment
that is available to them at the jobsite and where they can find it. They should review the rescue
procedure every two weeks with the crane crews.
2.
Emergency Response Plan
If a worker falls and is suspended by a safety harness, implement the emergency response plan
by following the steps below.
Note: Its important to know your role.
1. The site supervisor (or alternate foreperson) takes control of the situation.
2. The site supervisor sounds the emergency alarm two long blasts from a horn. All
workers in the immediate vicinity of the incident stop working. The site supervisor
quickly evaluates the situation and identifies any further hazards that could arise.
3. The site supervisor or their designate goes to get help if workers are close by. If no one is
close enough, the site supervisor calls for help.
4. The site supervisor calls 911 to notify local police, fire, and ambulance if required.
5. The crane operator remains on standby. The operator frees the hook and waits for further
direction in case the designated rescue team must perform a basket rescue.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 341
6. The site supervisor (or a worker assigned to the task) isolates the accident zone and its
perimeter to limit further exposure.
7. The site supervisor (or a worker assigned to the task) moves all non-affected personnel to
a safe zone or directs them to remain where they are.
8. The site supervisor enables radio silence on the jobsite, except for crisis communications
from emergency responders. These communications are conducted on a pre-selected
"emergency only" radio channel.
9. The site supervisor sends a designated worker to the site gate to meet the response team
(police, medical, fire, etc.) and ensure that they have a safe access path to the accident
scene.
10. The site supervisor assembles the emergency rescue team at the accident site as quickly
as possible to determine the best rescue procedure for the situation.
3.
Rescue Procedures
The following rescue procedures are ordered (A) through (D), with (A) being the preferred
method and (D) being the method used when there is no other means of rescue.
A. Elevating Work Platform Rescue if an elevating work platform (EWP) is available on
site and the suspended worker can be reached by the platform, follow the procedure below.
1. Bring the EWP to the accident site and use it to reach the suspended worker.
2. Ensure that rescue workers are wearing full-body harnesses attached to appropriate
anchors in the EWP.
3. Ensure that the EWP has the load capacity for both the rescuer(s) and the fallen worker. If
the fallen worker is not conscious, two rescuers will probably be needed to safely handle
the weight of the fallen worker.
4. Position the EWP platform below the worker and disconnect the workers lanyard when it
is safe to do so. When the worker is safely on the EWP, reattach the lanyard to an
appropriate anchor point on the EWP if possible.
5. Lower the worker to a safe location and administer first aid. Treat the worker for
suspension trauma and any other injury.
6. Arrange transportation to hospital if required.
B. Ladder Rescue if an elevating work platform is not available, use ladders to rescue the
fallen worker with the procedure outlined below.
1. If the fallen worker is suspended from a lifeline, move the worker (if possible) to an area
that rescuers can access safely with a ladder.
2. Set up the appropriate ladder(s) to reach the fallen worker.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 342
3. Rig separate lifelines for rescuers to use while carrying out the rescue from the ladder(s).
4. If the fallen worker is not conscious or cannot reliably help with the rescue, at least two
rescuers may be needed.
5. If the fallen worker is suspended directly from a lanyard or a lifeline, securely attach a
separate lowering line to the harness.
6. Other rescuers on the ground (or closest work surface) should lower the fallen worker
while the rescuer on the ladder guides the fallen worker to the ground (or work surface).
7. Once the fallen worker has been brought to a safe location, administer first aid and treat
the person for suspension trauma and any other injury.
C. Rescue from Work Area or Floor Below if the fallen worker is suspended near a work
area and can be safely reached from the floor below or the area from which they fell, use the
following procedure.
1. Ensure that rescuers are protected against falling.
2. If possible, securely attach a second line to the fallen workers harness to help rescuers
pull the fallen worker to a safe area. You will need at least two strong workers to pull
someone up to the level from which they fell.
3. Take up any slack in the retrieving line to avoid slippage.
4. Once the worker has been brought to a safe location, administer first aid and treat the
person for suspension trauma and any other injury.
D. Basket Rescue if a worker has fallen and is suspended in an inaccessible area, you may
need to perform a basket rescue.
For basket rescues, the basket must be designed by a professional engineer in accordance with
good manufacturing processes to withstand all loads to which it may be subjected. It must be
kept on site at all times in an accessible location where it is clear of material or other equipment.
Fit the rescue basket with appropriate rigging for quick hookup by the crane operator.
Always keep the following items in the rescue basket.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
First-aid kit
Three lanyards equipped with shock absorbers
One full-body harness
Tag line attached to the basket at all times
Descent controller rescue device in good working condition
Secondary safety line to tie the basket above the headache ball of the crane.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 343
To perform a basket rescue, follow the steps below.

1. Make sure preferred methods A, B, and C are not possible.
2. Notify the crane operator right away to position the crane to attach the basket.
3. While the basket is being attached, the crew leader checks that all safety rigging is done
and all the required safety equipment is available.
4. With two rescuers in the basket, hoist it to a position that is above and as close as possible
to the fallen worker. A designated worker on the ground guides the basket with a tag line.
The designated worker must make sure that when the rescue basket reaches the right
elevation, the door of the basket is facing the structural steel to provide an easy exit for
rescuer #1.
5. Rescuer #1 exits the rescue basket and gets into a position to reach the fallen worker.
When doing this, rescuer #1 must be tied-off at all times to either the structure or the
rescue basket.
6. Rescuer #2, who is still in the rescue basket, lowers the line that will be used to retrieve
the worker. Rescuer #2 attaches an extra lanyard to the line if required.
7. Rescuer #1 assesses the fallen worker for injuries and then decides how to proceed (i.e.,
treat injuries first, guide the fallen worker into the rescue basket, or lower the basket to
the ground with the fallen worker attached to it).
8. Once the fallen worker has been brought to a safe location, administer first aid. Treat the
person for suspension trauma and any other injury.
9. Arrange transportation to hospital. A designated worker must accompany the injured
worker to hospital.
If the basket rescue is the method used, keep the following points in mind.
Perform a basket rescue only when it is not possible to use conventional equipment to
rescue the fallen worker in a safe manner.
Never exceed the maximum number of workers in the basket as indicated on the
nameplate.
Ensure that a competent worker inspects the crane and equipment being used prior to
lifting rescuers.
Always equip the crane with a fail-safe mechanism to prevent the boom from descending
in the event of a power source or system failure.
Maintain an adequate means of communication between the rescuers in the basket and
the crane operator at all times.
Ensure that workers in the rescue basket wear full-body safety harnesses attached to a
lanyard and anchored to appropriate points in the basket at all times.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 344
Make sure that all rigging used to attach the rescue basket to the hook of a load line has a
safety factor of 10 against failure. There should be a safety line attached to the load line
directly from the basket.
Do not allow cranes to travel while rescuers are in the basket.
Do not use suspended rescue baskets during high winds, electrical storms, snow, ice,
sleet, or other adverse conditions that could affect the safety of personnel on the platform
or in the basket.
POST-RESCUE PROCEDURE
All non-affected workers should remain in the designated safe gathering zone until the site
supervisor notifies them to do otherwise.
The site supervisor and health and safety representative should:
Begin the accident investigation.

Quarantine all fall-arrest equipment that may have been subjected to fall fatigue effects
and/or shock loading for further investigation.
Secure the area (the OHSA requires that an accident scene not be disturbed where a fatal
or critical injury has occurred).
Determine whether or not the jobsite-specific rescue and evacuation plans were followed
as designed.
Record modifications or additions to the plans that the rescue team deems necessary.
Record all documented communications with fire, police, MOL, and other contractors
involved. When a fall occurs and is arrested, you must notify the MOL in writing.
Record all documented statements from employees, witnesses, and others.
Save all photographs of the incident.
Record all key information such as dates, time, weather, general site conditions, and
specific accident locales including sketches of the immediate incident area, complete with
measurements if applicable.
DEBRIEFING AND POST-TRAUMATIC STRESS PROCEDURE

The recovery process, or what happens after the emergency response has been completed, is a
critical step in the plan. Many emergency tasks may be handled by people who are not
accustomed to dealing with emergencies. People may have seen their work partners and friends
badly injured and suffering great pain.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 345
Once the emergency is over, the attitude should not be Okay, lets get back to work or Lets
go home. Some of the people involved may need assistance in order to recover. In some cases
professional counseling may be needed. As part of site emergency planning, construction
companies should have measures in place to deal with post-traumatic stress. For more
information, refer to the brochure Post-Traumatic Stress (F013), available from CSAO. Local
hospitals, ambulance services, and medical practitioners may also be able to help.
Debriefing is necessary to review how well the plan worked in the emergency and to correct any
deficiencies that were identified. Debriefing is critical to the success of future emergency
response planning.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 346
12.6 EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANNING CHECKLIST

In Progress
Completed Date
Program Administration (Who is responsible

for implementing the plan?)
Emergency Response Standard Developed
Develop Site Emergency Plan
Identify emergency access routes
Indicate location of first aid stations/boxes and
fire extinguishers
Show job office(s) and storage facilities.
(Blankets and special rescue equipment storage)
Ensure specialized PPE equipment is on site
(indicate location)
Ensure sufficient medical aid supplies are
available on site (splints, stretchers etc.) and
location
Locate other firefighting equipment (Standpipes,
Siamese connections and hydrants)
Locate main power supply to project
Identify the location of emergency phones (Post
emergency list)
Identify nearest hospital or medical center
Identify worker evacuation route(s) and assembly
area(s)
Contact local fire, police and ambulance and
provide them with your site plan and list of
potential emergencies
Locate services to the project (both above ground
and underground)
Develop onsite traffic routes
Locate outside materials storage and fabricating
areas
Locate cranes man/material hoists and unloading
Revision: 2013-08
Page 347
docks
Locate flammable/combustible materials and
cylinder storage
Locate garbage dumpsters and recycling bins
Complete Hazard Identification and Emergency
Response checklist
Identify if high level rescue is a possibility
Develop Emergency Response procedures for
items identified in your hazard assessment
Ensure that all trades on site keep daily personnel
lists. (In the event of a major emergency check
names against personnel gathered in the assembly
area)
Include requirements for written notices. (Whats
required? When? Completed by whom? Who
does it go to?) See legal obligations.
Identify the emergency response team &
alternates (Post names)
Provide specialized training for ER Team
members
Designate a contact person to call necessary
emergency services and MOL, MOEE, etc.
Select member of ER Team to meet and direct
emergency services vehicles to accident scene
Select team member to deal with Media, MOL,
MOEE, etc.
Ensure all required rescue equipment/materials
are readily available on site
Provide for emergency traffic control person
(Properly trained)
Make provisions for cordoning off the accident
scene to protect workers
Ensure someone on the ER team documents
where the injured worker has been taken.
(Hospital, medical center etc.)
Set out method of communicating the plan

Revision: 2013-08
Page 348
12.7 FIRST AID REGULATIONS

The First Aid regulations refer to Part 11 (177-184) of the OH&S and specify the number and
qualifications of first aid trained personnel who must be present in a workplace.
A first aider refers to an emergency first aider, standard first aider or advanced first aider
designated by an employer to provide first aid to workers at a work site. A worker who
successfully completes the training of an approved training agency must meet the standards for a
certificate in emergency first aid, standard first aid, or advanced first aid that are adopted by the
Director of Medical Services in consultation with the Joint First Aid Training Standards Board.
In accordance with OH&S Code Part 2 (179), CEMATRIX will ensure that:
First aid services, first aid equipment and supplies are located at or near all worksites, in
company vehicles and office trailers, and are available and accessible during all working
hours.
First aid equipment and supplies are maintained in a clean, dry and serviceable condition
and contained in a material that protects the contents from the environment, and clearly
identified as first aid equipment and supplies.
First aid stations are inspected regularly, at least monthly, and shall ensure that its contents
are maintained in a clean, dry, and serviceable condition.
There are signs indicating the location of first aid services, equipment and supplies. If
posting of signs is not practicable, ensure that each worker knows the location of first aid
services, equipment and supplies.
An emergency communication system is in place for workers to summon first aid services.
An up-to-date list of telephone numbers is readily available in a conspicuous place
accessible to all employees, for use in emergencies.
At every workplace at which six or more employees are working at any time, the employer
shall ensure that there is a first aid attendant. At every remote workplace at which two or
more employees are working at any time, the employer shall ensure that there is a first aid
attendant. At every workplace at which an employee is working on live high voltage
electrical equipment, the employer shall ensure that (a) a first aid attendant is readily
available; or (b) at least one of the employees has the training necessary to provide
resuscitation by mouth-to-mouth resuscitation, cardiopulmonary resuscitation or an
equivalent direct method.
At every workplace that is required to have a first aid attendant, the employer shall ensure
that the first aid attendant at the workplace is qualified by having at least: (a) if the
workplace is an office workplace for which the ambulance response time is (i) up to two
hours, a basic first aid certificate, or (ii) more than two hours, a standard first aid certificate;

Revision: 2013-08
Page 349
(b) if the workplace is any other workplace, other than a workplace in a wilderness area, and
the ambulance response time for the workplace is (i) less than twenty minutes, a basic first
aid certificate, or (ii) twenty minutes or more but not more than two hours, a standard first
aid certificate; and (c) if the workplace is in a wilderness area, a standard first aid certificate
and wilderness first aid training that is specially designed to meet the first aid needs of
persons who work, live, or travel in such an area.
If a hazard for skin or eye injury from a hazardous substance exists in the workplace, the
employer shall ensure that shower facilities to wash the skin and eye wash facilities to
irrigate the eyes are provided for immediate use by employees.
If a worker has an acute illness or injury at the work site, the worker must report the illness
or injury to their supervisor as soon as is practicable.
CEMATRIX Inc. will record every acute illness or injury that occurs at the work site in a
record kept for the purpose as soon as is practicable after the illness or injury is reported.
Record will include the following: (a) the name of the worker; (b) the name and
qualifications of the person giving first aid; (c) a description of the illness or injury; (d) the
first aid given to the worker; (e) the date and time of the illness or injury; (f) the date and
time the illness or injury was reported; (g) where at the work site the incident occurred; (h)
the work-related cause of the incident, if any. Records will be retained for three years from
the date the incident is recorded.
Before assigning employees to a workplace, CEMATRIX shall: (a) ensure that for that
workplace there is an ambulance service or other suitable means of transporting an injured
or ill employee to a health unit or medical treatment facility; and (b) provide for that
workplace a means of quickly summoning the ambulance service or other suitable means of
transportation.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 350
13.0 RECORDS AND STATISTICS

Revision: 2013-08
Page 351
13.1 INSPECTION OF VEHICLES AND MACHINERY

Maintenance and repair records for each unit shall be kept on file by the Supervisor in charge of
such equipment. These records shall be readily available upon request to Provincial OH&S
Officers or other authorized persons.
INVESTIGATION OF ACCIDENTS
Reports of accidents/incidents involving the company shall be kept on file at the Head
Office and made available as per Provincial OH&S Regulations. The client may be given a
copy upon request. Safety Representative(s) and/or Safety Committee shall be allowed
access to such reports.
SAFETY COMMITTEE
Minutes of meeting shall be recorded and kept on file at the Site and Head Office and made
available as per the Provincial OH&S Regulations, if required.
REPORT OF ACCIDENT FORMS
Accident forms shall be completed in accordance with the company rules and WCB
reporting procedures and formats.
TOOL BOX MEETING
Reports of tool box meetings shall be kept in job files.

Clients may require a copy of each meeting. Other on-site authorized representatives may
have copies also.
INSPECTION REPORTS
Inspection reports shall be completed for planned/formal Site inspections and a copy kept on
file at the office.
FIRST AID TREATMENT RECORD BOOK
A First Aid Treatment Record Book shall be maintained at the Site. Such record can be kept
on file at the branch.
Each record of entry shall be signed by the first aid attendant or the person giving the first
aid treatment.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 352
QUARTERLY STATISTICS FROM WCB

The information compiled in summaries provides raw numbers. You will need to convert these
numbers into standardized indicators for the purpose of measuring safety performance. These
indicators can also be used for making comparisons:
Across sections of a company;

Over different time periods; and
With other organizations.
Even though statistics are used as a yardstick to measure safety performance, safety evaluations
will provide a more accurate picture of a company's overall performance. The injury frequency
rate and injury severity rate, as set in the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Z16.4
code, are two commonly used indicators. The Injury Frequency Rate is calculated as follows:
IFR =
No. of recordable cases 200,000

No. of employee-hours of exposure
A recordable case is an injury incident which results in one or more lost work days other than the
day of the incident. The Injury Severity Rate is calculated as follows:
ISR =
No. of work days lost 200,000

No. of employee-hours of exposure
TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

Lost Time Claim: A claim for an occupational injury or disease which disables the worker
beyond the day of injury. Included are claims for which wages compensation is paid, permanent
disability claims and facilities.
First Aid Cases: Any one time treatment and subsequent observation of minor scratches, cuts,
burns, splinters and so forth which do not require medical care even though provided by a
physician or registered professional personnel. These are not included in the frequency
calculation.
Medical Treatment Case: Any treatment (other than for first aid) administered by a physician
or by a registered professional personnel under the standing orders of a physician. These are not
to be confused with First Aid Cases.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 353
Restricted Workday Case: Any work-related or incurred injury/illness which involves days of
restricted work activity.
Days of Restricted Work Activity: The number of workdays (consecutive or not) on which,
because of a work related injury or illness:
1. The employee was assigned to another job on a temporary basis;
2. The employee worked at a permanent job less than full time; or
3. The employee worked at a permanent assigned job but could not perform all duties
normally connected with it.
Recordable Injury: Work related or incurred injury/illness, which required medical attention by
a physician; as opposed to treatment by a physician, which is of a first-aid only or a one-time
(non-serious) nature. Any medical treatment (other than for first aid) administered by a physician
or by a registered professional personnel under the standing orders of a physician.
Employee or Exposure Hours: The total number of employee hours worked by all employees
including those in operating production, maintenance , transportation, clerical, administrative
sales and other activities. Calendar each month and calendar year to date.
Work Related Case: Any occupational injury such as a cut, fracture, amputation, etc. suffered
by an employee which results from a work accident or from an exposure involving a single
incident in the work environment. Occupational illness, any abnormal condition or disorders of
an employee which results from an exposure to environmental factors associated with
employment.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 354
14.0 LEGISLATION

Revision: 2013-08
Page 355
14.1 LEGISLATION
CEMATRIX Inc. is committed to Health and Safety and views it to be a core value for
conducting its business. This will extend to satisfying and/or exceeding any occupational, health
and environmental regulations.
The Safety Policy is pursuant to the Occupational Health and Safety legislation and regulations
in effect for all work sites and its purpose is:
To provide safe working conditions for all employees, thereby preventing injury.
To prevent losses from damages to property and equipment.
To promote good work practices, thereby preventing incidents.
To provide uniformity in safety practices and standards for all contractor/clients and their
employees.
The provisions contained in this Safety Policy Manual do not replace provisions relating to
safety contained in applicable laws, rules and regulations.
It is the duty of CEMATRIX to furnish employees with a safe and healthy place of employment
with adequate safety equipment, to adopt methods and processes that render the place of
employment safe and to do everything necessary to protect life, safety and health of employees
and contractors.
It is the employees obligation to notify CEMATRIX of any unsafe and hazardous conditions in
the workplace without delay. Employees maintain the right to notify the Alberta Occupational
Health and Safety about potentially hazardous conditions in the workplace and to request an
inspection, to participate in inspections and to be free from discrimination for their exercising
their rights under this plan.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 356
15.0 APPENDIX

Revision: 2013-08
Page 357
Appendix Index
15.1 Fit For Duty USA
15.2 Fit For Duty Wood Buffalo
15.3 USA Training Matrix
15.4 Manitoba Subsection
15.5 Saskatchewan Subsection
15.6 Ontario Subsection
15.7 B.C. Subsection
15.8 USA Subsection
15.9 Job Position Hazard Assessments
15.10 Additional Changes For Next Publishing
15.11 Frequently Used Forms

Revision: 2013-08
Page 358
15.1 FIT FOR DUTY (USA) POLICY

(For Employees not covered by Collective Bargaining Agreements)
CEMATRIX (USA) Inc. (CEMATRIX) is committed to the health and safety of our
employees and everyone visiting our premises and any active worksite. With this commitment
CEMATRIX has strict rules covering substance abuse for all employees not covered under
Collective Bargaining Agreements and these rules are set out in the following Substance Abuse
Prevention Program.
1. Substance abuse is prohibited. No employee may use, possess, distribute, deliver, or be
under the influence of a drug, or use or be under the influence of alcohol, while performing
work on any CEMATRIX project. An employee is considered to be under the influence of
alcohol for purposes of this Act if the alcohol concentration in his or her blood or breath at
the time alleged as shown by analysis of the employees blood or breath is at or above 0.02.
a. A minimum requirement of a 9 panel urine drug test plus a test for alcohol. Testing an
employees blood may only be used for post-accident testing; however, blood testing is
not mandatory where a urine test is sufficient.
b. A prohibition against the actions or conditions specified in Section 1.
c. A requirement that employees performing the work on a public works project submit to
pre-hire, random, reasonable suspicion, and post-accident drug and alcohol testing.
Testing of an employee before commencing work on a public works project is not
required if the employee has been participating in a random testing program during the
90 days preceding the date on which the employee commenced work on the public works
project.
d. A procedure for notifying an employee who violates Section 1, who tests positive for the
presence of a drug in his or her system, or who refuses to submit to drug or alcohol
testing as required under the program, that the employee may not perform work on any
CEMATRIX projects until the employee meets the conditions is specified in subdivisions
4.a.i and 4.a.ii of section 4.
2. Reasonable suspicion testing. An employee whose supervisor has reasonable suspicion to
believe the employee is under the influence of alcohol or a drug is subject to discipline up to
and including suspension, and be required to undergo an alcohol or drug test. Reasonable
suspicion means a belief, based on behavioral observations or other evidence, sufficient to
lead a prudent or reasonable person to suspect an employee is under the influence and
exhibits slurred speech, erratic behavior, decreased motor skills, or other such traits.
Circumstances, both physical and psychological, shall be given consideration. Whenever
possible before an employee is required to submit to testing based on reasonable suspicion,
Revision: 2013-08
Page 359
the employee shall be observed by more than one supervisory or managerial employee. It is
encouraged that observation of an employee should be performed by a supervisory or
managerial employee who has successfully completed a certified training program to
recognize drug and alcohol abuse. The employer who is requiring an employee to be tested
based upon reasonable suspicion shall provide transportation for the employee to the testing
facility and may send a representative to accompany the employee to the testing facility.
Under no circumstances may an employee thought to be under the influence of alcohol or a
drug be allowed to operate a vehicle or other equipment for any purpose. The employee shall
be removed from the job site and placed on inactive status pending CEMATRIXs receipt of
notice of the test results. The employee shall have the right to request a representative or
designee to be present at the time he or she is directed to provide a specimen for testing
based upon reasonable suspicion. If the test result is positive for drugs or alcohol, the
employee shall be subject to termination. The employer shall pay all costs related to this
testing. If the test result is negative, the employee shall be placed on active status and shall
be put back to work by the employer. The employee shall be paid for all lost time to include
all time needed to complete the drug or alcohol test and any and all overtime according to
the employees contract.
3. CEMATRIX is responsible for the cost of developing, implementing, and enforcing its
substance abuse prevention program, including the cost of drug and alcohol testing of its
employees under the program, except when these costs are covered under provisions in a
collective bargaining agreement. The testing must be performed by a laboratory that is
certified for Federal Workplace Drug Testing Programs by the Substance Abuse and Mental
Health Service Administration of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. The
contracting agency is not responsible for that cost, for the cost of any medical review of a
test result, or for any rehabilitation provided to an employee.
4. Employee access to project.
a. CEMATRIX will not permit an employee who violates Section 1, who tests positive for
the presence of a drug in his or her system, or who refuses to submit to drug or alcohol
testing as required under CEMATRIXs substance abuse prevention program to perform
work on any CEMATRIX project until the employee meets the conditions specified in
subdivisions 4.b.i and 4.b.ii. CEMATRIX will immediately remove an employee from
work on any CEMATRIX projects if any of the following occurs
i. The employee violates Section 1, tests positive for the presence of a drug in his or
her system, or refuses to submit to drug or alcohol testing as required under the
employers substance abuse prevention program.
ii. An officer or employee of the contracting agency, preferably one trained to recognize
drug and alcohol abuse, has a reasonable suspicion that the employee is in violation
Revision: 2013-08
Page 360
15.2 FIT FOR DUTY (WOOD BUFFALO) POLICY

SCOPE AND PURPOSE
CEMATRIX is committed to providing a safe work environment for its employees and for those
whose safety may be affected by its employees. CEMATRIX recognizes that the use of alcohol
and drugs can adversely impact a safe work environment.
This policy, supporting standards and site specific standards are aimed at ensuring a safe work
environment and outline specific responsibilities, requirements and expectations to adequately
mitigate the workplace risks associated with alcohol and drugs. This policy outlines the
expectations regarding Fitness for Duty, and the prohibitions against the use and possession of
alcohol and drugs. This policy supports the Environmental Health and Safety Policy and is only
one facet of an overall approach to risk mitigation and safety.
GUIDANCE & STANDARDS
This Policy applies to all CEMATRIX employees working in the Wood Buffalo Region.
In addition to the obligations set out in this policy and supporting standards, all employees must
comply with any additional site specific standards.
1. RESPONSIBILITIES
a. Employees will perform their job safely and responsibly, and in all ways consistent with
established Company practices. In addition, all employees will:
i. Report Fit for Duty for all scheduled or unscheduled duty and remain Fit for Duty while
on Company Business and Company Premises;
ii. Read, understand and abide by this policy and supporting standards, as well as their
responsibilities under it;
iii. Seek advice and follow appropriate treatment if they have a current or emerging
problem, and follow recommended monitoring programs after attending treatment;
iv. Co-operate with any work modification related to safety concerns;
v. Notify their leader if they believe a co-worker, contract worker or visitor is not Fit for
Duty on the job; and
vi. Cooperate as required with an investigation into a violation of this policy or supporting
standards, including any request to participate in the testing program as and when
required to do so under this policy.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 362
b. The Company is responsible for:

i. Ongoing leadership and supervision to ensure safe operations and effectiveness of the
program;
ii. Determining and providing appropriate levels of training for employees;
iii. Guiding employees who voluntarily seek assistance for a personal problem to
appropriate resources (e.g., Health and Wellness, EFAP and/or other local resources)
while maintaining confidentiality in accordance with this policy;
iv. Making arrangements for an assessment through Health and Wellness if, in the course
of any performance-related discussion, an employee states they have a problem with
alcohol or drugs;
v. Taking appropriate steps to investigate any possible violation of the requirements set out
in this policy and supporting standards; and
vi. Implementing the requirements of this policy and supporting standards.
2. DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of this policy, capitalized terms herein shall have the following meaning:
a. Affiliates shall mean a corporation or partnership that is affiliated with Cematrix, and, for
the purpose of this definition, a corporation or partnership is affiliated with CEMATRIX if
CEMATRIX controls sufficient votes to elect a majority of the directors or if CEMATRIX
owns more than a 50% interest in the partnership or acts as the sole general partner of the
partnership.
b. Alcohol refers to beer, wine and distilled spirits, and includes the intoxicating agent found in
medicines or other products.
c. BAC means blood alcohol concentration.
d. Company or Suncor means Suncor Energy Inc. and its Affiliates.
e. Company Business refers to all business activities undertaken by employees in the course
of the Company's operations regardless of where the activities are conducted.
f. Company Premises includes but is not restricted to all land, aerodromes, facilities,
operations, equipment and worksites used for the purpose of performing Company Business.
Worksites include any work location to which employees have been assigned including any
offsite work location.
g. Drug means any substance, including Illicit Drugs and Medications, the use of which has
the potential to change or adversely affect the way a person thinks, feels or acts.
h. Drug Paraphernalia means any equipment, product or material intended or designed for
use in manufacturing, compounding, converting, concealing, processing, preparing or
introducing an Illicit Drug or Alcohol into the human body. This also refers to any product
or device that may be used to attempt to mask, tamper with or adulterate an Alcohol and
Revision: 2013-08
Page 363
Drug testing sample.

i. Employee(s) means all regular full time, part time, temporary, casual and seasonal
employees on the Company payroll and, subject to the terms of any applicable agreement,
coop students.
j. Employee and Family Assistance Program or EFAP means an employer-sponsored
benefit that provides confidential, professional counseling and advisory services for
employees and immediate family members. The program provides access to services
provided by a variety of professionals including psychologists, social workers, and addiction
specialists.
k. Equipment includes all vehicles, machinery, equipment and aircraft which are owned,
leased or otherwise controlled by the Company. This also includes Company provided
transportation.
l. Failure to Test includes the failure to report directly for a test, refusal to submit to a test, or
refusal to agree to disclosure of a test result to the Company Program Coordinator. A failure
to test will also include inability to provide sufficient quantities of breath or urine fluid to be
tested without a valid medical explanation acceptable to the Company.
m. Fitness for Duty or Fit for Duty means the ability to safely and acceptably perform
assigned duties without any limitations due to the use or after-effects of alcohol or drugs.
n. Health and Wellness means Suncors health and wellness department.
o. Illicit Drugs means any controlled substance or drug, illegal to possess, cultivate or traffic
pursuant to the Controlled Drugs and Substances Act, the Criminal Code of Canada, or any
other applicable legislation or regulation. For greater certainty, Illicit Drugs does not
include medication.
p. Leader(s) refers to an employee accountable for a particular work area or shift of
employees, including leaders, managers, directors and others in supervisory positions that
are directly responsible for the performance of others.
q. Medical Review Officer means a properly qualified independent physician who validates
alcohol and drug test results.
r. Medication means a drug obtained (i) over-the-counter, or (ii) by the employee through a
doctors prescription, or (iii) through a Health Canada authorization.
s. Policy or Alcohol and Drug Policy means this Alcohol and Drug policy.
t. Program means this policy, supporting standards and any additional site specific standards.
u. Program Coordinator means the Company Alcohol and Drug program coordinator.
v. Program Governance Committee means the Company committee constituted to oversee
the program.
w. Safety-Sensitive Position means a position in which employees have a key or direct role in
an operation where if actions or decisions are not carried out properly could result in a
serious incident affecting the health or safety of employees, contractors, customers, the
public, the environment; or an inappropriate response or failure to respond to an emergency
or operational situation. Employees who are required to temporarily relieve in a SafetyDate: August 6th, 2013
Revision: 2013-08
Page 364
Sensitive Position and Leaders who directly supervise the Safety-Sensitive Positions and
who may perform the same duties or exercise the same responsibilities are deemed to hold
Safety-Sensitive Positions.
x. Specified Position means an executive position that the Company designates as having
significant and ongoing responsibilities for decisions or actions that are likely to affect the
safe operations of the Company.
y. Site Coordinator means the Suncor Alcohol and Drug site coordinator.
z. Site Specific Standard means those Standards described in this Policy.
aa. Substance Abuse Assessment means an assessment conducted by a Substance Abuse
Professional to determine whether an Employee has a substance dependence disorder.
bb. Substance Abuse Professional means an individual with knowledge of and clinical
experience in the diagnosis and treatment of Alcohol and Drug related issues.
cc. Supporting Standards means those standards adopted in furtherance of this policy
including, without limitation, those standards listed at the end of this policy and otherwise as
may be adopted or amended from time to time.
3. REQUIREMENTS AND PROHIBITIONS
a. The following are prohibited while on Company Business or at Company Premises:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
The use, possession, cultivation, manufacture, storage, distribution, offering or sale of

Alcohol, Illicit Drugs or Drug Paraphernalia;
The possession, storage or use of prescription Medications prescribed for another
individual or the possession, storage or use of prescription Medications without being
able to produce a legally, medically obtained prescription;
The distribution, offering or sale of Medications;
Reporting to work or being at work while not Fit for Duty; and
The consumption of Alcohol or Illicit Drugs or the consumption of any product
containing Alcohol while on duty including during meals or breaks unless otherwise
permitted in accordance with the Social and Business Hosting Standard.
b. Employees must comply with the following requirements:

i.
ii.
iii.
Report Fit for Duty and remain Fit for Duty while at work;
Report for testing and participate in testing as required and promote the integrity of the
testing process without tampering, adulterating or interfering with testing (e.g.,
masking agents, diluting);
Use Medications responsibly and seek appropriate guidance regarding Medications
that may impact safe work performance. Medications of concern are those that inhibit
or may inhibit an Employee's ability to perform their job safely. More detail is found

Revision: 2013-08
Page 365
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
viii.
in the Medication Standard;

When designated on call, Employees must remain Fit for Duty to respond to a call
and be in compliance with this Policy and Supporting Standards;
If an Employee is under the influence of Alcohol or Drugs and is contacted by the
Company to perform unscheduled services, Employees must decline the work request
without any adverse consequences to the Employee;
Employees must advise a Leader if a person may not be Fit for Duty, may be under the
influence of Alcohol or Drugs, or may otherwise be in violation of this Policy and
Supporting Standards. Reports must be made as soon as possible;
Subject always to an obligation to be Fit for Duty, an Employee must also refrain from
the use of Alcohol or Drugs (other than Medications used in accordance with the
Medication Standard) after being involved in or observing an incident until the earlier
of (i) the Employee has been tested, or (ii) the Employee has been advised by the
Company that they will not be tested, or (iii) 32 hours have elapsed since the incident;
and
Employees must, when requested, participate fully in any investigation under this
Policy and Supporting Standards.
4. PREVENTION, ASSISTANCE, REHABILITATION, AFTERCARE

Prevention:
This Policy and the Supporting Standards stress the importance of prevention and early
identification of potential Alcohol or Drug abuse. The Company will provide ongoing education
and make information available on health and safety issues associated with alcohol and drug use
and abuse. Employees are encouraged to access assistance through EFAP, Health and Wellness,
their personal physician, the appropriate Leader or community service for help with any Alcohol
or Drug use or abuse that has the potential to affect their safe work performance.
In addition, the normal process of job performance monitoring will continue to be emphasized.
Where appropriate, Employees with performance problems may be reminded that they can
access assistance through EFAP, Health and Wellness, their personal physician, or appropriate
community services.
Request for Assistance:
The Company recognizes that Alcohol and Drug dependencies are treatable illnesses and that
early intervention improves the probability of a lasting recovery. Anyone who suspects they have
a substance dependency or emerging Alcohol or Drug problem is encouraged to seek immediate
advice and to follow appropriate treatment.
Revision: 2013-08
Page 366
Employees may request help with an Alcohol or Drug problem through their Leader or human
resources advisor, Health and Wellness or EFAP. If a request is made through a Leader, a human
resources advisor or EFAP, the Employee may subsequently be referred to Health and Wellness.
In appropriate cases Health and Wellness may refer the Employee to a Substance Abuse
Professional for a Substance Abuse Assessment. Employees will be supported through any
recommended treatment and aftercare program consistent with the Substance Abuse
Professionals recommendations and within the bounds of the Company benefit plan. The
Substance Abuse Professional will assess if the Employee has an Alcohol or Drug dependency,
make recommendations as appropriate regarding education and treatment, and recommend a
return to work monitoring program including unannounced follow-up testing as appropriate.
Accessing assistance or declaring a problem does not eliminate the requirement for maintenance
of safe and acceptable performance levels and, for greater certainty, compliance with this Policy
and the Supporting Standards including, without limitation, the requirement to be Fit for Duty.
Aftercare:
All Employees who complete primary treatment (e.g., residential or out-patient treatment) for
Alcohol or Drug problems as a result of a performance-related referral or request for assistance
as provided for in this Policy may be required to participate in an aftercare program when
returning to work. They may also be required to enter into a written agreement which will outline
the conditions governing their return to work, and the consequences for failing to meet those
conditions.
Return to Work Restrictions:
As part of an Employees return to work, where a medical professional, Substance Abuse
Professional, EFAP professional, other counseling professional or Health and Wellness advises
that there may be a risk that would prevent an Employee from doing their job safely, a work
modification may, in appropriate cases, be issued. Employees may be assigned alternate duties if
available and at the discretion of the Company.
5. INVESTIGATION
The Company will investigate any violations or suspected violations of the Policy and
Supporting Standards including but not limited to in the following situations:

Revision: 2013-08
Page 367
a. Unfit for Duty Situations:

In all situations when an Employee may be unfit to be on Company Premises or to perform
their duties, the Employee will be escorted by a Leader to a private place, interviewed, and
given an opportunity to explain why they do not appear Fit for Duty. The Employee will be
given an opportunity to provide a reasonable explanation for their behavior or condition, and
the Leader will take action appropriate to the situation. If the explanation is not reasonable,
and/or the Leader conducting the interview still believes the Employee is not Fit for Duty,
the Leader may take any of the following actions:
i.
ii.
Referral for medical attention if there are immediate medical concerns (e.g. a health
center, local hospital or clinic); and/or
Referral for an Alcohol and Drug test if there is reasonable cause.
The Employee will be provided with transportation and escorted to the collection site or
hospital/clinic depending on the circumstances, and then transported to their local place of
residence or the care of another adult person. At no time is the Employee to operate
Equipment until the matter has been resolved. The Employee may be temporarily removed
from their duties or reassigned pending completion of any investigation.
b. Suspected Presence of Alcohol, Drugs or Drug Paraphernalia:
The Company reserves the right to investigate any situation when there are reasonable
grounds to believe that Alcohol, Drugs or Drug Paraphernalia are present on any Company
Premises in violation of this Policy and Supporting Standards. Leaders are responsible for
identifying situations where an investigation is justified based on a combination of indicators
which could include behaviour, odour, or presence of Alcohol, Drugs or Drug Paraphernalia.
Leaders will be responsible for advising their manager of the situation, who, after
consultation, will make the final decision as to whether and how to initiate an investigation.
6. TESTING
Further information on Alcohol and Drug testing is found in the Alcohol and Drug Testing
Standard. All Employees are subject to the following Alcohol and Drug testing:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Post incident
Reasonable cause
Return to duty post violation
Return to duty post treatment
Certification (Employees in Safety Sensitive Positions)

Revision: 2013-08
Page 368
f. Additional forms of Alcohol and Drug testing may be required on a site-specific basis.
7. EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Loss of License/Impaired Driving Charge/Suspension:
If an Employee has been charged with an impaired driving-related offense or has received an
administrative temporary license suspension as a result of impaired driving, then, prior to
operating any Equipment, an Employee must advise their Leader accordingly. Impaired driving
includes, but is not restricted to, testing over the legal BAC in that jurisdiction, driving while
impaired, refusal to blow into a breath analyzer or refusal to provide a sample for testing. This
may result in not being able to operate Equipment until the suspension is complete and the
Employee has no further restrictions on their drivers license.
8. SOCIAL SITUATIONS
In the case of any Company social event, appropriate regard will be taken for the safety and wellbeing of the individuals present and the community. Subject to any site specific limitations,
responsible Alcohol use may be permitted at Company sponsored social functions with
appropriate prior approval. Alternative transportation arrangements will be made available when
possible.
Consistent with the above, if Alcohol is made available to Company guests in the course of
conducting Company Business (e.g., restaurant meetings), Employees are expected to use
reasonable judgment and be responsible in hosting others, and remain in compliance with the
Policy and Supporting Standards.
Procedures for hosting events are set out in the Social and Business Hosting Standard.
9. CONSEQUENCES OF A POLICY VIOLATION
General Requirements:
Any violation of this Policy and Supporting Standards may result in discipline up to and
including termination of employment. In all situations, an investigation will be conducted to
verify that a Policy or Standard violation has occurred. The appropriate discipline in a particular
case depends on the nature of the Policy or Standard violation and the circumstances surrounding
the situation. The severity of the violation will warrant entering the discipline process at different
levels. General violations of this Policy include:
Revision: 2013-08
Page 369
a. Failure to comply with the Policy and Supporting Standards;

b. A positive Alcohol or Drug test (refer to the Alcohol and Drug Testing Standard); or
c. A Failure to Test.
Referral for Assessment:
After any confirmed positive Alcohol and Drug test, an Employee may be referred by Health and
Wellness to a Substance Abuse Professional for a Substance Abuse Assessment (refer to the
Substance Abuse Assessment Standard). Failing to meet with the Substance Abuse Professional
or attend a scheduled Substance Abuse Assessment is a violation of this Policy.
Conditions for Continued Employment:
Should the Company determine that employment will be continued after a violation of the Policy
or Supporting Standards, the Employee will be required to enter into an agreement governing
their continued employment which may require any or all of the following actions, or any other
condition appropriate to the situation:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Temporary removal from their position;

Adherence to any recommended treatment and aftercare program;
Successful completion of a return to work Alcohol and Drug test;
Ongoing unannounced follow-up Alcohol and Drug testing for the duration of their
agreement;
e. Adherence to any ongoing rehabilitation conditions or requirements; and
f. No further Policy or Standard violations during the monitoring period.
Failure to meet the requirements of the agreement will be grounds for discipline up to and
including termination.
10. CONFIDENTIALITY
Confidentiality will be maintained to the greatest extent possible and disclosure will be restricted
to where it is necessary for related health and safety concerns. Only information relating to the
level of functionality (e.g. Fitness for Duty and any restrictions that may apply) may be shared
with Leaders and for the sole purpose of determining Fitness for Duty, appropriate work
accommodations, and/or work re-entry initiatives.

Revision: 2013-08
Page 370
15.3 USA TRAINING MATRIX

Revision: 2013-08
Page 372
15.4 USA SUBSECTION

Revision: 2013-08
Page 373
15.5 MANITOBA SUBSECTION

Revision: 2013-08
Page 374
15.6 SASKATCHEWAN SUBSECTION

Revision: 2013-08
Page 375
15.7 ONTARIO SUBSECTION

Revision: 2013-08
Page 376
15.8 B.C. SUBSECTION

Revision: 2013-08
Page 377
15.9 ADDITIONAL CHANGES FOR NEXT PUBLISHING

Revision: 2013-08
Page 378
15.10 FREQUENTLY USED FORMS

Revision: 2013-08
Page 379

Cematrix

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Cematrix

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CORPORATE HEALTH, SAFETY &

ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY &

I, _________________________________________________, hereby acknowledge that I have

(CEMATRIX Inc. Site Representative)

Date: August 6th, 2013

POLICIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................. 10

Company Safety Policy .................................................................................... 11

Assignment Of Responsibilities ........................................................................ 12

Health, Safety And Environmental Policy ......................................................... 17

Waste Management ......................................................................................... 18

Site Posting Requirements ............................................................................... 19

HAZARD ASSESSMENT & CHECKLISTS ........................................................ 21

How To Conduct A Hazard Assessment .......................................................... 22

Worksite Corrective Action Form...................................................................... 28

CODE OF PRACTICE ......................................................................................... 29

Code Of Practice: Sour Areas And Respiratory Protective Equipment For H 2s

Code Of Practice: Confined Space Entry ......................................................... 41

SAFE WORK PRACTICES ................................................................................. 54

Safe Work Practices Annual Review ................................................................ 56

Asbestos Identified ........................................................................................... 58

Barricades And Guard Rails ............................................................................. 59

Confined Space Entry ...................................................................................... 60

Confined Space Entry Permit .................................................................... 68

Confined Space Entry Log ......................................................................... 70

Confined Space Hazard Assessment Form ............................................... 71

Supplementary Confined Space Entry Checklist ....................................... 72

Construction Heater Safety .............................................................................. 74

Defective Tool .................................................................................................. 75

Disease Awareness And Prevention ................................................................ 76

Explosive Actuated Fastening Tools ................................................................ 77

4.10 Exposure To Cold ............................................................................................ 79

4.11 Exposure To Heat ............................................................................................ 85

Hot Work Permit ................................................................................... 132

4.38 Working Near Overhead Power Lines ............................................................ 133

JOB PROCEDURES ......................................................................................... 153

Job Procedures .............................................................................................. 154

General Non Standard Procedures ................................................................ 154

Job Procedures Annual Review ............................................................... 155

Block Wall Bracing ......................................................................................... 156

Cold Start (For Starting Equipment) ............................................................... 158

Cranes And Rigging ....................................................................................... 159

Cranes Boom Loading And Critical Lifts ......................................................... 162

Cranes Mobile Equipment Pre-Job Checklist ................................................. 164

Crane Signals................................................................................................. 169

Excavating Near Underground Utilities .......................................................... 170

5.10 Fall Protection ................................................................................................ 171

Hot Work Permit ................................................................................... 189

5.13 Lock-Out Procedures ..................................................................................... 190

Electrical Lock-Out Log Book ............................................................... 194

5.14 Guide On How To Complete A Jsa ................................................................ 195

Job Safety Analysis (Jsa) ..................................................................... 198

5.15 Traffic Control................................................................................................. 201

RULES AND POLICIES .................................................................................... 208

General Safety Rules ..................................................................................... 209

Fit For Duty Policy .......................................................................................... 211

Violence And Harassment Prevention Policy ................................................. 212

Date: August 6th, 2013

Violence And Harassment Report Or Complaint ..................................... 217

Violence And Harassment Investigation .................................................. 218

Vehicle Rules ................................................................................................. 219

Transportation Responsibilities Policy ............................................................ 222

Subcontractor Safety Management Policy ..................................................... 225

Workers Right To Know And Refuse Policy .................................................. 227

Progressive Discipline Policy ......................................................................... 229